CHAPTER I. PREHISTORIC SCIENCE

CHAPTER II. EGYPTIAN SCIENCE

CHAPTER III. SCIENCE OF BABYLONIA AND ASSYRIA

CHAPTER IV. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALPHABET

CHAPTER V. THE BEGINNINGS OF GREEK SCIENCE

CHAPTER VI. THE EARLY GREEK PHILOSOPHERS IN ITALY

CHAPTER VII. GREEK SCIENCE IN THE EARLY ATTIC PERIOD

CHAPTER VIII. POST-SOCRATIC SCIENCE AT ATHENS

CHAPTER IX. GREEK SCIENCE OF THE ALEXANDRIAN OR HELLENISTIC PERIOD

CHAPTER X. SCIENCE OF THE ROMAN PERIOD

CHAPTER XI. A RETROSPECTIVE GLANCE AT CLASSICAL SCIENCE

APPENDIX

A HISTORY OF SCIENCE

BOOK I

Should the story that is about to be unfolded be found to lack interest,

the writers must stand convicted of unpardonable lack of art. Nothing

but dulness in the telling could mar the story, for in itself it is

the record of the growth of those ideas that have made our race and its

civilization what they are; of ideas instinct with human interest,

vital with meaning for our race; fundamental in their influence on human

development; part and parcel of the mechanism of human thought on the

one hand, and of practical civilization on the other. Such a phrase as

"fundamental principles" may seem at first thought a hard saying, but

the idea it implies is less repellent than the phrase itself, for

the fundamental principles in question are so closely linked with the

present interests of every one of us that they lie within the grasp of

every average man and woman--nay, of every well-developed boy and girl.

These principles are not merely the stepping-stones to culture, the

prerequisites of knowledge--they are, in themselves, an essential part

of the knowledge of every cultivated person.

It is our task, not merely to show what these principles are, but to

point out how they have been discovered by our predecessors. We shall

trace the growth of these ideas from their first vague beginnings. We

shall see how vagueness of thought gave way to precision; how a general

truth, once grasped and formulated, was found to be a stepping-stone to

other truths. We shall see that there are no isolated facts, no

isolated principles, in nature; that each part of our story is linked

by indissoluble bands with that which goes before, and with that which

comes after. For the most part the discovery of this principle or that

in a given sequence is no accident. Galileo and Keppler must precede

Newton. Cuvier and Lyall must come before Darwin;--Which, after all, is

no more than saying that in our Temple of Science, as in any other piece

of architecture, the foundation must precede the superstructure.

We shall best understand our story of the growth of science if we think

of each new principle as a stepping-stone which must fit into its own

particular niche; and if we reflect that the entire structure of modern

civilization would be different from what it is, and less perfect than

it is, had not that particular stepping-stone been found and shaped and

placed in position. Taken as a whole, our stepping-stones lead us up and

up towards the alluring heights of an acropolis of knowledge, on which

stands the Temple of Modern Science. The story of the building of this

wonderful structure is in itself fascinating and beautiful.

I. PREHISTORIC SCIENCE

To speak of a prehistoric science may seem like a contradiction of

terms. The word prehistoric seems to imply barbarism, while science,

clearly enough, seems the outgrowth of civilization; but rightly

considered, there is no contradiction. For, on the one hand, man had

ceased to be a barbarian long before the beginning of what we call the

historical period; and, on the other hand, science, of a kind, is no

less a precursor and a cause of civilization than it is a consequent. To

get this clearly in mind, we must ask ourselves: What, then, is science?

The word runs glibly enough upon the tongue of our every-day speech, but

it is not often, perhaps, that they who use it habitually ask themselves

just what it means. Yet the answer is not difficult. A little attention

will show that science, as the word is commonly used, implies these

things: first, the gathering of knowledge through observation; second,

the classification of such knowledge, and through this classification,

the elaboration of general ideas or principles. In the familiar

definition of Herbert Spencer, science is organized knowledge.

Now it is patent enough, at first glance, that the veriest savage must

have been an observer of the phenomena of nature. But it may not be so

obvious that he must also have been a classifier of his observations--an

organizer of knowledge. Yet the more we consider the case, the more

clear it will become that the two methods are too closely linked

together to be dissevered. To observe outside phenomena is not more

inherent in the nature of the mind than to draw inferences from these

phenomena. A deer passing through the forest scents the ground and

detects a certain odor. A sequence of ideas is generated in the mind of

the deer. Nothing in the deer's experience can produce that odor but

a wolf; therefore the scientific inference is drawn that wolves have

passed that way. But it is a part of the deer's scientific knowledge,

based on previous experience, individual and racial; that wolves are

dangerous beasts, and so, combining direct observation in the present

with the application of a general principle based on past experience,

the deer reaches the very logical conclusion that it may wisely turn

about and run in another direction. All this implies, essentially, a

comprehension and use of scientific principles; and, strange as it seems

to speak of a deer as possessing scientific knowledge, yet there is

really no absurdity in the statement. The deer does possess scientific

knowledge; knowledge differing in degree only, not in kind, from the

knowledge of a Newton. Nor is the animal, within the range of its

intelligence, less logical, less scientific in the application of that

knowledge, than is the man. The animal that could not make accurate

scientific observations of its surroundings, and deduce accurate

scientific conclusions from them, would soon pay the penalty of its lack

of logic.

What is true of man's precursors in the animal scale is, of course, true

in a wider and fuller sense of man himself at the very lowest stage

of his development. Ages before the time which the limitations of our

knowledge force us to speak of as the dawn of history, man had reached

a high stage of development. As a social being, he had developed all

the elements of a primitive civilization. If, for convenience of

classification, we speak of his state as savage, or barbaric, we use

terms which, after all, are relative, and which do not shut off our

primitive ancestors from a tolerably close association with our own

ideals. We know that, even in the Stone Age, man had learned how to

domesticate animals and make them useful to him, and that he had also

learned to cultivate the soil. Later on, doubtless by slow and painful

stages, he attained those wonderful elements of knowledge that enabled

him to smelt metals and to produce implements of bronze, and then of

iron. Even in the Stone Age he was a mechanic of marvellous skill, as

any one of to-day may satisfy himself by attempting to duplicate such an

implement as a chipped arrow-head. And a barbarian who could fashion

an axe or a knife of bronze had certainly gone far in his knowledge of

scientific principles and their practical application. The practical

application was, doubtless, the only thought that our primitive ancestor

had in mind; quite probably the question as to principles that might

be involved troubled him not at all. Yet, in spite of himself, he

knew certain rudimentary principles of science, even though he did not

formulate them.

Let us inquire what some of these principles are. Such an inquiry will,

as it were, clear the ground for our structure of science. It will

show the plane of knowledge on which historical investigation begins.

Incidentally, perhaps, it will reveal to us unsuspected affinities

between ourselves and our remote ancestor. Without attempting anything

like a full analysis, we may note in passing, not merely what primitive

man knew, but what he did not know; that at least a vague notion may be

gained of the field for scientific research that lay open for historic

man to cultivate.

It must be understood that the knowledge of primitive man, as we are

about to outline it, is inferential. We cannot trace the development

of these principles, much less can we say who discovered them. Some of

them, as already suggested, are man's heritage from non-human ancestors.

Others can only have been grasped by him after he had reached a

relatively high stage of human development. But all the principles here

listed must surely have been parts of our primitive ancestor's knowledge

before those earliest days of Egyptian and Babylonian civilization,

the records of which constitute our first introduction to the so-called

historical period. Taken somewhat in the order of their probable

discovery, the scientific ideas of primitive man may be roughly listed

as follows:

1. Primitive man must have conceived that the earth is flat and of

limitless extent. By this it is not meant to imply that he had a

distinct conception of infinity, but, for that matter, it cannot be said

that any one to-day has a conception of infinity that could be called

definite. But, reasoning from experience and the reports of travellers,

there was nothing to suggest to early man the limit of the earth. He

did, indeed, find in his wanderings, that changed climatic conditions

barred him from farther progress; but beyond the farthest reaches of

his migrations, the seemingly flat land-surfaces and water-surfaces

stretched away unbroken and, to all appearances, without end. It would

require a reach of the philosophical imagination to conceive a limit

to the earth, and while such imaginings may have been current in the

prehistoric period, we can have no proof of them, and we may well

postpone consideration of man's early dreamings as to the shape of the

earth until we enter the historical epoch where we stand on firm ground.

2. Primitive man must, from a very early period, have observed that the

sun gives heat and light, and that the moon and stars seem to give light

only and no heat. It required but a slight extension of this observation

to note that the changing phases of the seasons were associated with the

seeming approach and recession of the sun. This observation, however,

could not have been made until man had migrated from the tropical

regions, and had reached a stage of mechanical development enabling him

to live in subtropical or temperate zones. Even then it is conceivable

that a long period must have elapsed before a direct causal relation was

felt to exist between the shifting of the sun and the shifting of the

seasons; because, as every one knows, the periods of greatest heat in

summer and greatest cold in winter usually come some weeks after the

time of the solstices. Yet, the fact that these extremes of temperature

are associated in some way with the change of the sun's place in the

heavens must, in time, have impressed itself upon even a rudimentary

intelligence. It is hardly necessary to add that this is not meant

to imply any definite knowledge of the real meaning of, the seeming

oscillations of the sun. We shall see that, even at a relatively late

period, the vaguest notions were still in vogue as to the cause of the

sun's changes of position.

That the sun, moon, and stars move across the heavens must obviously

have been among the earliest scientific observations. It must not be

inferred, however, that this observation implied a necessary conception

of the complete revolution of these bodies about the earth. It is

unnecessary to speculate here as to how the primitive intelligence

conceived the transfer of the sun from the western to the eastern

horizon, to be effected each night, for we shall have occasion to

examine some historical speculations regarding this phenomenon. We may

assume, however, that the idea of the transfer of the heavenly bodies

beneath the earth (whatever the conception as to the form of that body)

must early have presented itself.

It required a relatively high development of the observing faculties,

yet a development which man must have attained ages before the

historical period, to note that the moon has a secondary motion, which

leads it to shift its relative position in the heavens, as regards

the stars; that the stars themselves, on the other hand, keep a fixed

relation as regards one another, with the notable exception of two or

three of the most brilliant members of the galaxy, the latter being the

bodies which came to be known finally as planets, or wandering stars.

The wandering propensities of such brilliant bodies as Jupiter and Venus

cannot well have escaped detection. We may safely assume, however, that

these anomalous motions of the moon and planets found no explanation

that could be called scientific until a relatively late period.

3. Turning from the heavens to the earth, and ignoring such primitive

observations as that of the distinction between land and water, we may

note that there was one great scientific law which must have forced

itself upon the attention of primitive man. This is the law of universal

terrestrial gravitation. The word gravitation suggests the name of

Newton, and it may excite surprise to hear a knowledge of gravitation

ascribed to men who preceded that philosopher by, say, twenty-five or

fifty thousand years. Yet the slightest consideration of the facts will

make it clear that the great central law that all heavy bodies fall

directly towards the earth, cannot have escaped the attention of the

most primitive intelligence. The arboreal habits of our primitive

ancestors gave opportunities for constant observation of the

practicalities of this law. And, so soon as man had developed the mental

capacity to formulate ideas, one of the earliest ideas must have been

the conception, however vaguely phrased in words, that all unsupported

bodies fall towards the earth. The same phenomenon being observed to

operate on water-surfaces, and no alteration being observed in its

operation in different portions of man's habitat, the most primitive

wanderer must have come to have full faith in the universal action of

the observed law of gravitation. Indeed, it is inconceivable that he can

have imagined a place on the earth where this law does not operate.

On the other hand, of course, he never grasped the conception of the

operation of this law beyond the close proximity of the earth. To extend

the reach of gravitation out to the moon and to the stars, including

within its compass every particle of matter in the universe, was the

work of Newton, as we shall see in due course. Meantime we shall

better understand that work if we recall that the mere local fact

of terrestrial gravitation has been the familiar knowledge of all

generations of men. It may further help to connect us in sympathy with

our primeval ancestor if we recall that in the attempt to explain this

fact of terrestrial gravitation Newton made no advance, and we of to-day

are scarcely more enlightened than the man of the Stone Age. Like the

man of the Stone Age, we know that an arrow shot into the sky falls

back to the earth. We can calculate, as he could not do, the arc it will

describe and the exact speed of its fall; but as to why it returns to

earth at all, the greatest philosopher of to-day is almost as much

in the dark as was the first primitive bowman that ever made the

experiment.

Other physical facts going to make up an elementary science of

mechanics, that were demonstratively known to prehistoric man, were such

as these: the rigidity of solids and the mobility of liquids; the

fact that changes of temperature transform solids to liquids and vice

versa--that heat, for example, melts copper and even iron, and that

cold congeals water; and the fact that friction, as illustrated in the

rubbing together of two sticks, may produce heat enough to cause a fire.

The rationale of this last experiment did not receive an explanation

until about the beginning of the nineteenth century of our own era.

But the experimental fact was so well known to prehistoric man that he

employed this method, as various savage tribes employ it to this day,

for the altogether practical purpose of making a fire; just as he

employed his practical knowledge of the mutability of solids and liquids

in smelting ores, in alloying copper with tin to make bronze, and in

casting this alloy in molds to make various implements and weapons.

Here, then, were the germs of an elementary science of physics.

Meanwhile such observations as that of the solution of salt in water

may be considered as giving a first lesson in chemistry, but beyond such

altogether rudimentary conceptions chemical knowledge could not have

gone--unless, indeed, the practical observation of the effects of fire

be included; nor can this well be overlooked, since scarcely another

single line of practical observation had a more direct influence in

promoting the progress of man towards the heights of civilization.

4. In the field of what we now speak of as biological knowledge,

primitive man had obviously the widest opportunity for practical

observation. We can hardly doubt that man attained, at an early day, to

that conception of identity and of difference which Plato places at

the head of his metaphysical system. We shall urge presently that it

is precisely such general ideas as these that were man's earliest

inductions from observation, and hence that came to seem the

most universal and "innate" ideas of his mentality. It is quite

inconceivable, for example, that even the most rudimentary intelligence

that could be called human could fail to discriminate between living

things and, let us say, the rocks of the earth. The most primitive

intelligence, then, must have made a tacit classification of the natural

objects about it into the grand divisions of animate and inanimate

nature. Doubtless the nascent scientist may have imagined life animating

many bodies that we should call inanimate--such as the sun, wandering

planets, the winds, and lightning; and, on the other hand, he may

quite likely have relegated such objects as trees to the ranks of the

non-living; but that he recognized a fundamental distinction between,

let us say, a wolf and a granite bowlder we cannot well doubt. A step

beyond this--a step, however, that may have required centuries

or millenniums in the taking--must have carried man to a plane of

intelligence from which a primitive Aristotle or Linnaeus was enabled

to note differences and resemblances connoting such groups of things

as fishes, birds, and furry beasts. This conception, to be sure, is an

abstraction of a relatively high order. We know that there are savage

races to-day whose language contains no word for such an abstraction as

bird or tree. We are bound to believe, then, that there were long ages

of human progress during which the highest man had attained no such

stage of abstraction; but, on the other hand, it is equally little in

question that this degree of mental development had been attained long

before the opening of our historical period. The primeval man, then,

whose scientific knowledge we are attempting to predicate, had become,

through his conception of fishes, birds, and hairy animals as separate

classes, a scientific zoologist of relatively high attainments.

In the practical field of medical knowledge, a certain stage of

development must have been reached at a very early day. Even animals

pick and choose among the vegetables about them, and at times seek out

certain herbs quite different from their ordinary food, practising a

sort of instinctive therapeutics. The cat's fondness for catnip is

a case in point. The most primitive man, then, must have inherited a

racial or instinctive knowledge of the medicinal effects of certain

herbs; in particular he must have had such elementary knowledge of

toxicology as would enable him to avoid eating certain poisonous

berries. Perhaps, indeed, we are placing the effect before the cause

to some extent; for, after all, the animal system possesses marvellous

powers of adaption, and there is perhaps hardly any poisonous vegetable

which man might not have learned to eat without deleterious effect,

provided the experiment were made gradually. To a certain extent, then,

the observed poisonous effects of numerous plants upon the human system

are to be explained by the fact that our ancestors have avoided this

particular vegetable. Certain fruits and berries might have come to have

been a part of man's diet, had they grown in the regions he inhabited

at an early day, which now are poisonous to his system. This thought,

however, carries us too far afield. For practical purposes, it suffices

that certain roots, leaves, and fruits possess principles that are

poisonous to the human system, and that unless man had learned in some

way to avoid these, our race must have come to disaster. In point of

fact, he did learn to avoid them; and such evidence implied, as has been

said, an elementary knowledge of toxicology.

Coupled with this knowledge of things dangerous to the human system,

there must have grown up, at a very early day, a belief in the remedial

character of various vegetables as agents to combat disease. Here,

of course, was a rudimentary therapeutics, a crude principle of an

empirical art of medicine. As just suggested, the lower order of animals

have an instinctive knowledge that enables them to seek out remedial

herbs (though we probably exaggerate the extent of this instinctive

knowledge); and if this be true, man must have inherited from his

prehuman ancestors this instinct along with the others. That he extended

this knowledge through observation and practice, and came early to make

extensive use of drugs in the treatment of disease, is placed beyond

cavil through the observation of the various existing barbaric tribes,

nearly all of whom practice elaborate systems of therapeutics. We shall

have occasion to see that even within historic times the particular

therapeutic measures employed were often crude, and, as we are

accustomed to say, unscientific; but even the crudest of them are really

based upon scientific principles, inasmuch as their application implies

the deduction of principles of action from previous observations.

Certain drugs are applied to appease certain symptoms of disease because

in the belief of the medicine-man such drugs have proved beneficial in

previous similar cases.

All this, however, implies an appreciation of the fact that man is

subject to "natural" diseases, and that if these diseases are not

combated, death may result. But it should be understood that the

earliest man probably had no such conception as this. Throughout all the

ages of early development, what we call "natural" disease and "natural"

death meant the onslaught of a tangible enemy. A study of this question

leads us to some very curious inferences. The more we look into the

matter the more the thought forces itself home to us that the idea

of natural death, as we now conceive it, came to primitive man as

a relatively late scientific induction. This thought seems almost

startling, so axiomatic has the conception "man is mortal" come to

appear. Yet a study of the ideas of existing savages, combined with

our knowledge of the point of view from which historical peoples regard

disease, make it more probable that the primitive conception of human

life did not include the idea of necessary death. We are told that

the Australian savage who falls from a tree and breaks his neck is not

regarded as having met a natural death, but as having been the victim of

the magical practices of the "medicine-man" of some neighboring tribe.

Similarly, we shall find that the Egyptian and the Babylonian of the

early historical period conceived illness as being almost invariably

the result of the machinations of an enemy. One need but recall the

superstitious observances of the Middle Ages, and the yet more recent

belief in witchcraft, to realize how generally disease has been

personified as a malicious agent invoked by an unfriendly mind. Indeed,

the phraseology of our present-day speech is still reminiscent of this;

as when, for example, we speak of an "attack of fever," and the like.

When, following out this idea, we picture to ourselves the conditions

under which primitive man lived, it will be evident at once how

relatively infrequent must have been his observation of what we usually

term natural death. His world was a world of strife; he lived by the

chase; he saw animals kill one another; he witnessed the death of his

own fellows at the hands of enemies. Naturally enough, then, when a

member of his family was "struck down" by invisible agents, he ascribed

this death also to violence, even though the offensive agent was

concealed. Moreover, having very little idea of the lapse of

time--being quite unaccustomed, that is, to reckon events from any fixed

era--primitive man cannot have gained at once a clear conception of age

as applied to his fellows. Until a relatively late stage of development

made tribal life possible, it cannot have been usual for man to have

knowledge of his grandparents; as a rule he did not know his own parents

after he had passed the adolescent stage and had been turned out upon

the world to care for himself. If, then, certain of his fellow-beings

showed those evidences of infirmity which we ascribe to age, it did not

necessarily follow that he saw any association between such infirmities

and the length of time which those persons had lived. The very fact that

some barbaric nations retain the custom of killing the aged and infirm,

in itself suggests the possibility that this custom arose before a clear

conception had been attained that such drags upon the community would be

removed presently in the natural order of things. To a person who had

no clear conception of the lapse of time and no preconception as to

the limited period of man's life, the infirmities of age might very

naturally be ascribed to the repeated attacks of those inimical powers

which were understood sooner or later to carry off most members of

the race. And coupled with this thought would go the conception that

inasmuch as some people through luck had escaped the vengeance of all

their enemies for long periods, these same individuals might continue

to escape for indefinite periods of the future. There were no written

records to tell primeval man of events of long ago. He lived in the

present, and his sweep of ideas scarcely carried him back beyond

the limits of his individual memory. But memory is observed to be

fallacious. It must early have been noted that some people recalled

events which other participants in them had quite forgotten, and it may

readily enough have been inferred that those members of the tribe who

spoke of events which others could not recall were merely the ones who

were gifted with the best memories. If these reached a period when their

memories became vague, it did not follow that their recollections

had carried them back to the beginnings of their lives. Indeed, it is

contrary to all experience to believe that any man remembers all

the things he has once known, and the observed fallaciousness and

evanescence of memory would thus tend to substantiate rather than to

controvert the idea that various members of a tribe had been alive for

an indefinite period.

Without further elaborating the argument, it seems a justifiable

inference that the first conception primitive man would have of his

own life would not include the thought of natural death, but would,

conversely, connote the vague conception of endless life. Our

own ancestors, a few generations removed, had not got rid of this

conception, as the perpetual quest of the spring of eternal youth amply

testifies. A naturalist of our own day has suggested that perhaps birds

never die except by violence. The thought, then, that man has a term of

years beyond which "in the nature of things," as the saying goes, he

may not live, would have dawned but gradually upon the developing

intelligence of successive generations of men; and we cannot feel

sure that he would fully have grasped the conception of a "natural"

termination of human life until he had shaken himself free from the idea

that disease is always the result of the magic practice of an enemy. Our

observation of historical man in antiquity makes it somewhat doubtful

whether this conception had been attained before the close of the

prehistoric period. If it had, this conception of the mortality of man

was one of the most striking scientific inductions to which prehistoric

man attained. Incidentally, it may be noted that the conception of

eternal life for the human body being a more primitive idea than the

conception of natural death, the idea of the immortality of the spirit

would be the most natural of conceptions. The immortal spirit, indeed,

would be but a correlative of the immortal body, and the idea which we

shall see prevalent among the Egyptians that the soul persists only

as long as the body is intact--the idea upon which the practice of

mummifying the dead depended--finds a ready explanation. But this phase

of the subject carries us somewhat afield. For our present purpose it

suffices to have pointed out that the conception of man's mortality--a

conception which now seems of all others the most natural and

"innate"--was in all probability a relatively late scientific induction

of our primitive ancestors.

5. Turning from the consideration of the body to its mental complement,

we are forced to admit that here, also, our primitive man must have

made certain elementary observations that underlie such sciences as

psychology, mathematics, and political economy. The elementary emotions

associated with hunger and with satiety, with love and with hatred, must

have forced themselves upon the earliest intelligence that reached the

plane of conscious self-observation. The capacity to count, at least

to the number four or five, is within the range of even animal

intelligence. Certain savages have gone scarcely farther than this;

but our primeval ancestor, who was forging on towards civilization, had

learned to count his fingers and toes, and to number objects about him

by fives and tens in consequence, before he passed beyond the plane of

numerous existing barbarians. How much beyond this he had gone we

need not attempt to inquire; but the relatively high development of

mathematics in the early historical period suggests that primeval man

had attained a not inconsiderable knowledge of numbers. The humdrum

vocation of looking after a numerous progeny must have taught the

mother the rudiments of addition and subtraction; and the elements of

multiplication and division are implied in the capacity to carry on

even the rudest form of barter, such as the various tribes must have

practised from an early day.

As to political ideas, even the crudest tribal life was based on

certain conceptions of ownership, at least of tribal ownership, and the

application of the principle of likeness and difference to which we have

already referred. Each tribe, of course, differed in some regard from

other tribes, and the recognition of these differences implied in

itself a political classification. A certain tribe took possession of a

particular hunting-ground, which became, for the time being, its home,

and over which it came to exercise certain rights. An invasion of this

territory by another tribe might lead to war, and the banding together

of the members of the tribe to repel the invader implied both a

recognition of communal unity and a species of prejudice in favor of

that community that constituted a primitive patriotism. But this unity

of action in opposing another tribe would not prevent a certain rivalry

of interest between the members of the same tribe, which would show

itself more and more prominently as the tribe increased in size. The

association of two or more persons implies, always, the ascendency of

some and the subordination of others. Leadership and subordination are

necessary correlatives of difference of physical and mental endowment,

and rivalry between leaders would inevitably lead to the formation of

primitive political parties. With the ultimate success and ascendency

of one leader, who secures either absolute power or power modified in

accordance with the advice of subordinate leaders, we have the germs of

an elaborate political system--an embryo science of government.

Meanwhile, the very existence of such a community implies the

recognition on the part of its members of certain individual rights,

the recognition of which is essential to communal harmony. The right of

individual ownership of the various articles and implements of every-day

life must be recognized, or all harmony would be at an end. Certain

rules of justice--primitive laws--must, by common consent, give

protection to the weakest members of the community. Here are the

rudiments of a system of ethics. It may seem anomalous to speak of this

primitive morality, this early recognition of the principles of right

and wrong, as having any relation to science. Yet, rightly considered,

there is no incongruity in such a citation. There cannot well be a doubt

that the adoption of those broad principles of right and wrong which

underlie the entire structure of modern civilization was due to

scientific induction,--in other words, to the belief, based on

observation and experience, that the principles implied were essential

to communal progress. He who has scanned the pageant of history knows

how often these principles seem to be absent in the intercourse of men

and nations. Yet the ideal is always there as a standard by which all

deeds are judged.

It would appear, then, that the entire superstructure of later science

had its foundation in the knowledge and practice of prehistoric man. The

civilization of the historical period could not have advanced as it has

had there not been countless generations of culture back of it. The new

principles of science could not have been evolved had there not

been great basal principles which ages of unconscious experiment had

impressed upon the mind of our race. Due meed of praise must be given,

then, to our primitive ancestor for his scientific accomplishments; but

justice demands that we should look a little farther and consider the

reverse side of the picture. We have had to do, thus far, chiefly

with the positive side of accomplishment. We have pointed out what our

primitive ancestor knew, intimating, perhaps, the limitations of his

knowledge; but we have had little to say of one all-important feature

of his scientific theorizing. The feature in question is based on the

highly scientific desire and propensity to find explanations for the

phenomena of nature. Without such desire no progress could be made. It

is, as we have seen, the generalizing from experience that constitutes

real scientific progress; and yet, just as most other good things can

be overdone, this scientific propensity may be carried to a disastrous

excess.

Primeval man did not escape this danger. He observed, he reasoned,

he found explanations; but he did not always discriminate as to the

logicality of his reasonings. He failed to recognize the limitations of

his knowledge. The observed uniformity in the sequence of certain events

impressed on his mind the idea of cause and effect. Proximate causes

known, he sought remoter causes; childlike, his inquiring mind was

always asking, Why? and, childlike, he demanded an explicit answer. If

the forces of nature seemed to combat him, if wind and rain opposed his

progress and thunder and lightning seemed to menace his existence, he

was led irrevocably to think of those human foes who warred with

him, and to see, back of the warfare of the elements, an inscrutable

malevolent intelligence which took this method to express its

displeasure. But every other line of scientific observation leads

equally, following back a sequence of events, to seemingly causeless

beginnings. Modern science can explain the lightning, as it can explain

a great number of the mysteries which the primeval intelligence could

not penetrate. But the primordial man could not wait for the revelations

of scientific investigation: he must vault at once to a final solution

of all scientific problems. He found his solution by peopling the world

with invisible forces, anthropomorphic in their conception, like himself

in their thought and action, differing only in the limitations of their

powers. His own dream existence gave him seeming proof of the existence

of an alter ego, a spiritual portion of himself that could dissever

itself from his body and wander at will; his scientific inductions

seemed to tell him of a world of invisible beings, capable of

influencing him for good or ill. From the scientific exercise of his

faculties he evolved the all-encompassing generalizations of invisible

and all-powerful causes back of the phenomena of nature. These

generalizations, early developed and seemingly supported by the

observations of countless generations, came to be among the most

firmly established scientific inductions of our primeval ancestor.

They obtained a hold upon the mentality of our race that led subsequent

generations to think of them, sometimes to speak of them, as "innate"

ideas. The observations upon which they were based are now, for the most

part, susceptible of other interpretations; but the old interpretations

have precedent and prejudice back of them, and they represent ideas

that are more difficult than almost any others to eradicate. Always,

and everywhere, superstitions based upon unwarranted early scientific

deductions have been the most implacable foes to the progress of

science. Men have built systems of philosophy around their conception of

anthropomorphic deities; they have linked to these systems of philosophy

the allied conception of the immutability of man's spirit, and they have

asked that scientific progress should stop short at the brink of these

systems of philosophy and accept their dictates as final. Yet there is

not to-day in existence, and there never has been, one jot of scientific

evidence for the existence of these intangible anthropomorphic powers

back of nature that is not susceptible of scientific challenge and

of more logical interpretation. In despite of which the superstitious

beliefs are still as firmly fixed in the minds of a large majority of

our race as they were in the mind of our prehistoric ancestor. The fact

of this baleful heritage must not be forgotten in estimating the debt of

gratitude which historic man owes to his barbaric predecessor.

II. EGYPTIAN SCIENCE

In the previous chapter we have purposely refrained from referring to

any particular tribe or race of historical man. Now, however, we are

at the beginnings of national existence, and we have to consider the

accomplishments of an individual race; or rather, perhaps, of two or

more races that occupied successively the same geographical territory.

But even now our studies must for a time remain very general; we shall

see little or nothing of the deeds of individual scientists in the

course of our study of Egyptian culture. We are still, it must be

understood, at the beginnings of history; indeed, we must first bridge

over the gap from the prehistoric before we may find ourselves fairly on

the line of march of historical science.

At the very outset we may well ask what constitutes the distinction

between prehistoric and historic epochs--a distinction which has been

constantly implied in much that we have said. The reply savors somewhat

of vagueness. It is a distinction having to do, not so much with facts

of human progress as with our interpretation of these facts. When we

speak of the dawn of history we must not be understood to imply that, at

the period in question, there was any sudden change in the intellectual

status of the human race or in the status of any individual tribe or

nation of men. What we mean is that modern knowledge has penetrated the

mists of the past for the period we term historical with something more

of clearness and precision than it has been able to bring to bear upon

yet earlier periods. New accessions of knowledge may thus shift from

time to time the bounds of the so-called historical period. The clearest

illustration of this is furnished by our interpretation of Egyptian

history. Until recently the biblical records of the Hebrew captivity or

service, together with the similar account of Josephus, furnished about

all that was known of Egyptian history even of so comparatively recent

a time as that of Ramses II. (fifteenth century B.C.), and from that

period on there was almost a complete gap until the story was taken

up by the Greek historians Herodotus and Diodorus. It is true that

the king-lists of the Alexandrian historian, Manetho, were all along

accessible in somewhat garbled copies. But at best they seemed to supply

unintelligible lists of names and dates which no one was disposed

to take seriously. That they were, broadly speaking, true historical

records, and most important historical records at that, was not

recognized by modern scholars until fresh light had been thrown on the

subject from altogether new sources.

These new sources of knowledge of ancient history demand a moment's

consideration. They are all-important because they have been the means

of extending the historical period of Egyptian history (using the word

history in the way just explained) by three or four thousand years. As

just suggested, that historical period carried the scholarship of the

early nineteenth century scarcely beyond the fifteenth century B.C., but

to-day's vision extends with tolerable clearness to about the middle

of the fifth millennium B.C. This change has been brought about chiefly

through study of the Egyptian hieroglyphics. These hieroglyphics

constitute, as we now know, a highly developed system of writing; a

system that was practised for some thousands of years, but which fell

utterly into disuse in the later Roman period, and the knowledge of

which passed absolutely from the mind of man. For about two thousand

years no one was able to read, with any degree of explicitness, a single

character of this strange script, and the idea became prevalent that

it did not constitute a real system of writing, but only a more or less

barbaric system of religious symbolism. The falsity of this view was

shown early in the nineteenth century when Dr. Thomas Young was led,

through study of the famous trilingual inscription of the Rosetta stone,

to make the first successful attempt at clearing up the mysteries of the

hieroglyphics.

This is not the place to tell the story of his fascinating discoveries

and those of his successors. That story belongs to nineteenth-century

science, not to the science of the Egyptians. Suffice it here that Young

gained the first clew to a few of the phonetic values of the Egyptian

symbols, and that the work of discovery was carried on and vastly

extended by the Frenchman Champollion, a little later, with the result

that the firm foundations of the modern science of Egyptology were laid.

Subsequently such students as Rosellini the Italian, Lepsius the German,

and Wilkinson the Englishman, entered the field, which in due course

was cultivated by De Rouge in France and Birch in England, and by

such distinguished latter-day workers as Chabas, Mariette, Maspero,

Amelineau, and De Morgan among the Frenchmen; Professor Petrie and Dr.

Budge in England; and Brugsch Pasha and Professor Erman in Germany, not

to mention a large coterie of somewhat less familiar names. These men

working, some of them in the field of practical exploration, some as

students of the Egyptian language and writing, have restored to us a

tolerably precise knowledge of the history of Egypt from the time of the

first historical king, Mena, whose date is placed at about the middle

of the fifth century B.C. We know not merely the names of most of the

subsequent rulers, but some thing of the deeds of many of them;

and, what is vastly more important, we know, thanks to the modern

interpretation of the old literature, many things concerning the life

of the people, and in particular concerning their highest culture, their

methods of thought, and their scientific attainments, which might well

have been supposed to be past finding out. Nor has modern investigation

halted with the time of the first kings; the recent explorations of such

archaeologists as Amelineau, De Morgan, and Petrie have brought to light

numerous remains of what is now spoken of as the predynastic period--a

period when the inhabitants of the Nile Valley used implements of

chipped stone, when their pottery was made without the use of the

potter's wheel, and when they buried their dead in curiously cramped

attitudes without attempt at mummification. These aboriginal inhabitants

of Egypt cannot perhaps with strict propriety be spoken of as living

within the historical period, since we cannot date their relics with any

accuracy. But they give us glimpses of the early stages of civilization

upon which the Egyptians of the dynastic period were to advance.

It is held that the nascent civilization of these Egyptians of the

Neolithic, or late Stone Age, was overthrown by the invading hosts of a

more highly civilized race which probably came from the East, and which

may have been of a Semitic stock. The presumption is that this invading

people brought with it a knowledge of the arts of war and peace,

developed or adopted in its old home. The introduction of these arts

served to bridge somewhat suddenly, so far as Egypt is concerned, that

gap between the prehistoric and the historic stage of culture to which

we have all along referred. The essential structure of that bridge,

let it now be clearly understood, consisted of a single element. That

element is the capacity to make written records: a knowledge of the art

of writing. Clearly understood, it is this element of knowledge that

forms the line bounding the historical period. Numberless mementos are

in existence that tell of the intellectual activities of prehistoric

man; such mementos as flint implements, pieces of pottery, and fragments

of bone, inscribed with pictures that may fairly be spoken of as works

of art; but so long as no written word accompanies these records, so

long as no name of king or scribe comes down to us, we feel that these

records belong to the domain of archaeology rather than to that of

history. Yet it must be understood all along that these two domains

shade one into the other and, it has already been urged, that the

distinction between them is one that pertains rather to modern

scholarship than to the development of civilization itself. Bearing this

distinction still in mind, and recalling that the historical period,

which is to be the field of our observation throughout the rest of our

studies, extends for Egypt well back into the fifth millennium B.C., let

us briefly review the practical phases of that civilization to which the

Egyptian had attained before the beginning of the dynastic period. Since

theoretical science is everywhere linked with the mechanical arts, this

survey will give us a clear comprehension of the field that lies open

for the progress of science in the long stages of historical time upon

which we are just entering.

We may pass over such rudimentary advances in the direction of

civilization as are implied in the use of articulate language, the

application of fire to the uses of man, and the systematic making of

dwellings of one sort or another, since all of these are stages of

progress that were reached very early in the prehistoric period.

What more directly concerns us is to note that a really high stage of

mechanical development had been reached before the dawnings of Egyptian

history proper. All manner of household utensils were employed; the

potter's wheel aided in the construction of a great variety of earthen

vessels; weaving had become a fine art, and weapons of bronze, including

axes, spears, knives, and arrow-heads, were in constant use. Animals had

long been domesticated, in particular the dog, the cat, and the ox;

the horse was introduced later from the East. The practical arts of

agriculture were practised almost as they are at the present day in

Egypt, there being, of course, the same dependence then as now upon the

inundations of the Nile.

As to government, the Egyptian of the first dynasty regarded his king

as a demi-god to be actually deified after his death, and this point of

view was not changed throughout the stages of later Egyptian history. In

point of art, marvellous advances upon the skill of the prehistoric

man had been made, probably in part under Asiatic influences, and that

unique style of stilted yet expressive drawing had come into vogue,

which was to be remembered in after times as typically Egyptian. More

important than all else, our Egyptian of the earliest historical period

was in possession of the art of writing. He had begun to make those

specific records which were impossible to the man of the Stone Age, and

thus he had entered fully upon the way of historical progress which, as

already pointed out, has its very foundation in written records. From

now on the deeds of individual kings could find specific record. It

began to be possible to fix the chronology of remote events with some

accuracy; and with this same fixing of chronologies came the advent of

true history. The period which precedes what is usually spoken of as

the first dynasty in Egypt is one into which the present-day searcher

is still able to see but darkly. The evidence seems to suggest than an

invasion of relatively cultured people from the East overthrew, and in

time supplanted, the Neolithic civilization of the Nile Valley. It is

impossible to date this invasion accurately, but it cannot well have

been later than the year 5000 B.C., and it may have been a great many

centuries earlier than this. Be the exact dates what they may, we find

the Egyptian of the fifth millennium B.C. in full possession of a highly

organized civilization.

All subsequent ages have marvelled at the pyramids, some of which date

from about the year 4000 B.C., though we may note in passing that these

dates must not be taken too literally. The chronology of ancient Egypt

cannot as yet be fixed with exact accuracy, but the disagreements

between the various students of the subject need give us little concern.

For our present purpose it does not in the least matter whether the

pyramids were built three thousand or four thousand years before the

beginning of our era. It suffices that they date back to a period long

antecedent to the beginnings of civilization in Western Europe. They

prove that the Egyptian of that early day had attained a knowledge of

practical mechanics which, even from the twentieth-century point of

view, is not to be spoken of lightly. It has sometimes been suggested

that these mighty pyramids, built as they are of great blocks of stone,

speak for an almost miraculous knowledge on the part of their builders;

but a saner view of the conditions gives no warrant for this thought.

Diodoras, the Sicilian, in his famous World's History, written about

the beginning of our era, explains the building of the pyramids by

suggesting that great quantities of earth were piled against the side

of the rising structure to form an inclined plane up which the blocks

of stone were dragged. He gives us certain figures, based, doubtless,

on reports made to him by Egyptian priests, who in turn drew upon the

traditions of their country, perhaps even upon written records no

longer preserved. He says that one hundred and twenty thousand men

were employed in the construction of the largest pyramid, and that,

notwithstanding the size of this host of workers, the task occupied

twenty years. We must not place too much dependence upon such figures as

these, for the ancient historians are notoriously given to exaggeration

in recording numbers; yet we need not doubt that the report given by

Diodorus is substantially accurate in its main outlines as to the method

through which the pyramids were constructed. A host of men putting their

added weight and strength to the task, with the aid of ropes, pulleys,

rollers, and levers, and utilizing the principle of the inclined plane,

could undoubtedly move and elevate and place in position the

largest blocks that enter into the pyramids or--what seems even more

wonderful--the most gigantic obelisks, without the aid of any other

kind of mechanism or of any more occult power. The same hands could, as

Diodorus suggests, remove all trace of the debris of construction and

leave the pyramids and obelisks standing in weird isolation, as if

sprung into being through a miracle.

ASTRONOMICAL SCIENCE

It has been necessary to bear in mind these phases of practical

civilization because much that we know of the purely scientific

attainments of the Egyptians is based upon modern observation of their

pyramids and temples. It was early observed, for example, that the

pyramids are obviously oriented as regards the direction in which they

face, in strict accordance with some astronomical principle. Early in

the nineteenth century the Frenchman Biot made interesting studies in

regard to this subject, and a hundred years later, in our own time, Sir

Joseph Norman Lockyer, following up the work of various intermediary

observers, has given the subject much attention, making it the central

theme of his work on The Dawn of Astronomy.(1) Lockyer's researches

make it clear that in the main the temples of Egypt were oriented with

reference to the point at which the sun rises on the day of the summer

solstice. The time of the solstice had peculiar interest for the

Egyptians, because it corresponded rather closely with the time of the

rising of the Nile. The floods of that river appear with very great

regularity; the on-rushing tide reaches the region of Heliopolis and

Memphis almost precisely on the day of the summer solstice. The

time varies at different stages of the river's course, but as the

civilization of the early dynasties centred at Memphis, observations

made at this place had widest vogue.

Considering the all-essential character of the Nile floods-without which

civilization would be impossible in Egypt--it is not strange that the

time of their appearance should be taken as marking the beginning of a

new year. The fact that their coming coincides with the solstice makes

such a division of the calendar perfectly natural. In point of fact,

from the earliest periods of which records have come down to us, the new

year of the Egyptians dates from the summer solstice. It is certain that

from the earliest historical periods the Egyptians were aware of the

approximate length of the year. It would be strange were it otherwise,

considering the ease with which a record of days could be kept from Nile

flood to Nile flood, or from solstice to solstice. But this, of course,

applies only to an approximate count. There is some reason to believe

that in the earliest period the Egyptians made this count only 360 days.

The fact that their year was divided into twelve months of thirty days

each lends color to this belief; but, in any event, the mistake was

discovered in due time and a partial remedy was applied through the

interpolation of a "little month" of five days between the end of the

twelfth month and the new year. This nearly but not quite remedied

the matter. What it obviously failed to do was to take account of that

additional quarter of a day which really rounds out the actual year.

It would have been a vastly convenient thing for humanity had it chanced

that the earth had so accommodated its rotary motion with its speed

of transit about the sun as to make its annual flight in precisely 360

days. Twelve lunar months of thirty days each would then have coincided

exactly with the solar year, and most of the complexities of the

calendar, which have so puzzled historical students, would have been

avoided; but, on the other hand, perhaps this very simplicity would

have proved detrimental to astronomical science by preventing men from

searching the heavens as carefully as they have done. Be that as it may,

the complexity exists. The actual year of three hundred and sixty-five

and (about) one-quarter days cannot be divided evenly into months,

and some such expedient as the intercalation of days here and there is

essential, else the calendar will become absolutely out of harmony with

the seasons.

In the case of the Egyptians, the attempt at adjustment was made, as

just noted, by the introduction of the five days, constituting what the

Egyptians themselves termed "the five days over and above the year."

These so-called epagomenal days were undoubtedly introduced at a very

early period. Maspero holds that they were in use before the first

Thinite dynasty, citing in evidence the fact that the legend of Osiris

explains these days as having been created by the god Thot in order

to permit Nuit to give birth to all her children; this expedient being

necessary to overcome a ban which had been pronounced against Nuit,

according to which she could not give birth to children on any day of

the year. But, of course, the five additional days do not suffice fully

to rectify the calendar. There remains the additional quarter of a day

to be accounted for. This, of course, amounts to a full day every fourth

year. We shall see that later Alexandrian science hit upon the expedient

of adding a day to every fourth year; an expedient which the Julian

calendar adopted and which still gives us our familiar leap-year. But,

unfortunately, the ancient Egyptian failed to recognize the need of

this additional day, or if he did recognize it he failed to act on

his knowledge, and so it happened that, starting somewhere back in the

remote past with a new year's day that coincided with the inundation of

the Nile, there was a constantly shifting maladjustment of calendar and

seasons as time went on.

The Egyptian seasons, it should be explained, were three in number: the

season of the inundation, the season of the seed-time, and the season

of the harvest; each season being, of course, four months in extent.

Originally, as just mentioned, the season of the inundations began and

coincided with the actual time of inundation. The more precise fixing of

new year's day was accomplished through observation of the time of

the so-called heliacal rising of the dog-star, Sirius, which bore the

Egyptian name Sothis. It chances that, as viewed from about the region

of Heliopolis, the sun at the time of the summer solstice occupies an

apparent position in the heavens close to the dog-star. Now, as is well

known, the Egyptians, seeing divinity back of almost every phenomenon

of nature, very naturally paid particular reverence to so obviously

influential a personage as the sun-god. In particular they thought it

fitting to do homage to him just as he was starting out on his tour of

Egypt in the morning; and that they might know the precise moment of his

coming, the Egyptian astronomer priests, perched on the hill-tops near

their temples, were wont to scan the eastern horizon with reference

to some star which had been observed to precede the solar luminary.

Of course the precession of the equinoxes, due to that axial wobble in

which our clumsy earth indulges, would change the apparent position of

the fixed stars in reference to the sun, so that the same star could not

do service as heliacal messenger indefinitely; but, on the other hand,

these changes are so slow that observations by many generations of

astronomers would be required to detect the shifting. It is believed

by Lockyer, though the evidence is not quite demonstrative, that the

astronomical observations of the Egyptians date back to a period when

Sothis, the dog-star, was not in close association with the sun on the

morning of the summer solstice. Yet, according to the calculations of

Biot, the heliacal rising of Sothis at the solstice was noted as early

as the year 3285 B.C., and it is certain that this star continued

throughout subsequent centuries to keep this position of peculiar

prestige. Hence it was that Sothis came to be associated with Isis, one

of the most important divinities of Egypt, and that the day in which

Sothis was first visible in the morning sky marked the beginning of

the new year; that day coinciding, as already noted, with the summer

solstice and with the beginning of the Nile flow.

But now for the difficulties introduced by that unreckoned quarter of

a day. Obviously with a calendar of 365 days only, at the end of four

years, the calendar year, or vague year, as the Egyptians came to call

it, had gained by one full day upon the actual solar year--that is to

say, the heliacal rising of Sothis, the dog-star, would not occur on

new year's day of the faulty calendar, but a day later. And with each

succeeding period of four years the day of heliacal rising, which marked

the true beginning of the year--and which still, of course, coincided

with the inundation--would have fallen another day behind the calendar.

In the course of 120 years an entire month would be lost; and in 480

years so great would become the shifting that the seasons would be

altogether misplaced; the actual time of inundations corresponding with

what the calendar registered as the seed-time, and the actual seed-time

in turn corresponding with the harvest-time of the calendar.

At first thought this seems very awkward and confusing, but in all

probability the effects were by no means so much so in actual practice.

We need go no farther than to our own experience to know that the names

of seasons, as of months and days, come to have in the minds of most of

us a purely conventional significance. Few of us stop to give a thought

to the meaning of the words January, February, etc., except as they

connote certain climatic conditions. If, then, our own calendar were

so defective that in the course of 120 years the month of February had

shifted back to occupy the position of the original January, the change

would have been so gradual, covering the period of two life-times or

of four or five average generations, that it might well escape general

observation.

Each succeeding generation of Egyptians, then, may not improbably have

associated the names of the seasons with the contemporary climatic

conditions, troubling themselves little with the thought that in an

earlier age the climatic conditions for each period of the calendar were

quite different. We cannot well suppose, however, that the astronomer

priests were oblivious to the true state of things. Upon them devolved

the duty of predicting the time of the Nile flood; a duty they were

enabled to perform without difficulty through observation of the rising

of the solstitial sun and its Sothic messenger. To these observers it

must finally have been apparent that the shifting of the seasons was

at the rate of one day in four years; this known, it required no great

mathematical skill to compute that this shifting would finally effect a

complete circuit of the calendar, so that after (4 X 365 =) 1460

years the first day of the calendar year would again coincide with the

heliacal rising of Sothis and with the coming of the Nile flood. In

other words, 1461 vague years or Egyptian calendar years Of 365 days

each correspond to 1460 actual solar years of 365 1/4 days each. This

period, measured thus by the heliacal rising of Sothis, is spoken of as

the Sothic cycle.

To us who are trained from childhood to understand that the year

consists of (approximately) 365 1/4 days, and to know that the calendar

may be regulated approximately by the introduction of an extra day every

fourth year, this recognition of the Sothic cycle seems simple enough.

Yet if the average man of us will reflect how little he knows, of his

own knowledge, of the exact length of the year, it will soon become

evident that the appreciation of the faults of the calendar and the

knowledge of its periodical adjustment constituted a relatively

high development of scientific knowledge on the part of the Egyptian

astronomer. It may be added that various efforts to reform the calendar

were made by the ancient Egyptians, but that they cannot be credited

with a satisfactory solution of the problem; for, of course, the

Alexandrian scientists of the Ptolemaic period (whose work we shall have

occasion to review presently) were not Egyptians in any proper sense of

the word, but Greeks.

Since so much of the time of the astronomer priests was devoted to

observation of the heavenly bodies, it is not surprising that they

should have mapped out the apparent course of the moon and the visible

planets in their nightly tour of the heavens, and that they should have

divided the stars of the firmament into more or less arbitrary groups

or constellations. That they did so is evidenced by various sculptured

representations of constellations corresponding to signs of the

zodiac which still ornament the ceilings of various ancient temples.

Unfortunately the decorative sense, which was always predominant with

the Egyptian sculptor, led him to take various liberties with the

distribution of figures in these representations of the constellations,

so that the inferences drawn from them as to the exact map of the

heavens as the Egyptians conceived it cannot be fully relied upon. It

appears, however, that the Egyptian astronomer divided the zodiac

into twenty-four decani, or constellations. The arbitrary groupings

of figures, with the aid of which these are delineated, bear a close

resemblance to the equally arbitrary outlines which we are still

accustomed to use for the same purpose.

IDEAS OF COSMOLOGY

In viewing this astronomical system of the Egyptians one cannot avoid

the question as to just what interpretation was placed upon it as

regards the actual mechanical structure of the universe. A proximal

answer to the question is supplied us with a good deal of clearness.

It appears that the Egyptian conceived the sky as a sort of tangible or

material roof placed above the world, and supported at each of its four

corners by a column or pillar, which was later on conceived as a great

mountain. The earth itself was conceived to be a rectangular box, longer

from north to south than from east to west; the upper surface of this

box, upon which man lived, being slightly concave and having, of course,

the valley of the Nile as its centre. The pillars of support were

situated at the points of the compass; the northern one being located

beyond the Mediterranean Sea; the southern one away beyond the habitable

regions towards the source of the Nile, and the eastern and western ones

in equally inaccessible regions. Circling about the southern side

of the world was a great river suspended in mid-air on something

comparable to mountain cliffs; on which river the sun-god made his daily

course in a boat, fighting day by day his ever-recurring battle against

Set, the demon of darkness. The wide channel of this river enabled the

sun-god to alter his course from time to time, as he is observed to do;

in winter directing his bark towards the farther bank of the channel;

in summer gliding close to the nearer bank. As to the stars, they were

similar lights, suspended from the vault of the heaven; but just how

their observed motion of translation across the heavens was explained

is not apparent. It is more than probable that no one explanation was,

universally accepted.

In explaining the origin of this mechanism of the heavens, the Egyptian

imagination ran riot. Each separate part of Egypt had its own hierarchy

of gods, and more or less its own explanations of cosmogony. There does

not appear to have been any one central story of creation that found

universal acceptance, any more than there was one specific deity

everywhere recognized as supreme among the gods. Perhaps the most

interesting of the cosmogonic myths was that which conceived that Nuit,

the goddess of night, had been torn from the arms of her husband, Sibu

the earth-god, and elevated to the sky despite her protests and her

husband's struggles, there to remain supported by her four limbs, which

became metamorphosed into the pillars, or mountains, already mentioned.

The forcible elevation of Nuit had been effected on the day of creation

by a new god, Shu, who came forth from the primeval waters. A

painting on the mummy case of one Betuhamon, now in the Turin Museum,

illustrates, in the graphic manner so characteristic of the Egyptians,

this act of creation. As Maspero(2) points out, the struggle of Sibu

resulted in contorted attitudes to which the irregularities of the

earth's surface are to be ascribed.

In contemplating such a scheme of celestial mechanics as that just

outlined, one cannot avoid raising the question as to just the degree

of literalness which the Egyptians themselves put upon it. We know how

essentially eye-minded the Egyptian was, to use a modern psychological

phrase--that is to say, how essential to him it seemed that all his

conceptions should be visualized. The evidences of this are everywhere:

all his gods were made tangible; he believed in the immortality of

the soul, yet he could not conceive of such immortality except in

association with an immortal body; he must mummify the body of the dead,

else, as he firmly believed, the dissolution of the spirit would take

place along with the dissolution of the body itself. His world was

peopled everywhere with spirits, but they were spirits associated always

with corporeal bodies; his gods found lodgment in sun and moon and

stars; in earth and water; in the bodies of reptiles and birds and

mammals. He worshipped all of these things: the sun, the moon, water,

earth, the spirit of the Nile, the ibis, the cat, the ram, and apis the

bull; but, so far as we can judge, his imagination did not reach to the

idea of an absolutely incorporeal deity. Similarly his conception of

the mechanism of the heavens must be a tangibly mechanical one. He must

think of the starry firmament as a substantial entity which could not

defy the law of gravitation, and which, therefore, must have the same

manner of support as is required by the roof of a house or temple. We

know that this idea of the materiality of the firmament found elaborate

expression in those later cosmological guesses which were to dominate

the thought of Europe until the time of Newton. We need not doubt,

therefore, that for the Egyptian this solid vault of the heavens had a

very real existence. If now and then some dreamer conceived the great

bodies of the firmament as floating in a less material plenum--and such

iconoclastic dreamers there are in all ages--no record of his musings

has come down to us, and we must freely admit that if such thoughts

existed they were alien to the character of the Egyptian mind as a

whole.

While the Egyptians conceived the heavenly bodies as the abiding-place

of various of their deities, it does not appear that they practised

astrology in the later acceptance of that word. This is the more

remarkable since the conception of lucky and unlucky days was carried

by the Egyptians to the extremes of absurdity. "One day was lucky

or unlucky," says Erman,(3) "according as a good or bad mythological

incident took place on that day. For instance, the 1st of Mechir, on

which day the sky was raised, and the 27th of Athyr, when Horus and, Set

concluded peace together and divided the world between them, were lucky

days; on the other hand, the 14th of Tybi, on which Isis and Nephthys

mourned for Osiris, was an unlucky day. With the unlucky days, which,

fortunately, were less in number than the lucky days, they distinguished

different degrees of ill-luck. Some were very unlucky, others only

threatened ill-luck, and many, like the 17th and the 27th Choiakh, were

partly good and partly bad according to the time of day. Lucky days

might, as a rule, be disregarded. At most it might be as well to visit

some specially renowned temple, or to 'celebrate a joyful day at home,'

but no particular precautions were really necessary; and, above all,

it was said, 'what thou also seest on the day is lucky.' It was quite

otherwise with the unlucky and dangerous days, which imposed so many

and such great limitations on people that those who wished to be prudent

were always obliged to bear them in mind when determining on any course

of action. Certain conditions were easy to carry out. Music and singing

were to be avoided on the 14th Tybi, the day of the mourning of Osiris,

and no one was allowed to wash on the 16th Tybi; whilst the name of Set

might not be pronounced on the 24th of Pharmuthi. Fish was forbidden on

certain days; and what was still more difficult in a country so rich

in mice, on the 12th of Tybi no mouse might be seen. The most tiresome

prohibitions, however, were those which occurred not infrequently,

namely, those concerning work and going out: for instance, four times in

Paophi the people had to 'do nothing at all,' and five times to sit

the whole day or half the day in the house; and the same rule had to be

observed each month. It was impossible to rejoice if a child was born on

the 23d of Thoth; the parents knew it could not live. Those born on the

20th of Choiakh would become blind, and those born on the 3d of Choiakh,

deaf."

CHARMS AND INCANTATIONS

Where such conceptions as these pertained, it goes without saying that

charms and incantations intended to break the spell of the unlucky

omens were equally prevalent. Such incantations consisted usually of the

recitation of certain phrases based originally, it would appear, upon

incidents in the history of the gods. The words which the god had spoken

in connection with some lucky incident would, it was thought, prove

effective now in bringing good luck to the human supplicant--that is

to say, the magician hoped through repeating the words of the god to

exercise the magic power of the god. It was even possible, with the aid

of the magical observances, partly to balk fate itself. Thus the person

predestined through birth on an unlucky day to die of a serpent bite

might postpone the time of this fateful visitation to extreme old age.

The like uncertainty attached to those spells which one person was

supposed to be able to exercise over another. It was held, for example,

that if something belonging to an individual, such as a lock of hair

or a paring of the nails, could be secured and incorporated in a waxen

figure, this figure would be intimately associated with the personality

of that individual. An enemy might thus secure occult power over one;

any indignity practised upon the waxen figure would result in like

injury to its human prototype. If the figure were bruised or beaten,

some accident would overtake its double; if the image were placed over

a fire, the human being would fall into a fever, and so on. But, of

course, such mysterious evils as these would be met and combated by

equally mysterious processes; and so it was that the entire art of

medicine was closely linked with magical practices. It was not, indeed,

held, according to Maspero, that the magical spells of enemies were

the sole sources of human ailments, but one could never be sure to what

extent such spells entered into the affliction; and so closely were the

human activities associated in the mind of the Egyptian with one form or

another of occult influences that purely physical conditions were at a

discount. In the later times, at any rate, the physician was usually

a priest, and there was a close association between the material and

spiritual phases of therapeutics. Erman(4) tells us that the following

formula had to be recited at the preparation of all medicaments: "That

Isis might make free, make free. That Isis might make Horus free from

all evil that his brother Set had done to him when he slew his father,

Osiris. O Isis, great enchantress, free me, release me from all evil red

things, from the fever of the god, and the fever of the goddess, from

death and death from pain, and the pain which comes over me; as thou

hast freed, as thou hast released thy son Horus, whilst I enter into the

fire and come forth from the water," etc. Again, when the invalid took

the medicine, an incantation had to be said which began thus: "Come

remedy, come drive it out of my heart, out of these limbs strong in

magic power with the remedy." He adds: "There may have been a few

rationalists amongst the Egyptian doctors, for the number of magic

formulae varies much in the different books. The book that we

have specially taken for a foundation for this account of Egyptian

medicine--the great papyrus of the eighteenth dynasty edited by

Ebers(5)--contains, for instance, far fewer exorcisms than some later

writings with similar contents, probably because the doctor who compiled

this book of recipes from older sources had very little liking for

magic."

It must be understood, however--indeed, what has just been said implies

as much--that the physician by no means relied upon incantations alone;

on the contrary, he equipped himself with an astonishing variety of

medicaments. He had a particular fondness for what the modern physician

speaks of as a "shot-gun" prescription--one containing a great variety

of ingredients. Not only did herbs of many kinds enter into this, but

such substances as lizard's blood, the teeth of swine, putrid meat,

the moisture from pigs' ears, boiled horn, and numerous other even more

repellent ingredients. Whoever is familiar with the formulae employed by

European physicians even so recently as the eighteenth century will note

a striking similarity here. Erman points out that the modern Egyptian

even of this day holds closely to many of the practices of his remote

ancestor. In particular, the efficacy of the beetle as a medicinal

agent has stood the test of ages of practice. "Against all kinds of

witchcraft," says an ancient formula, "a great scarabaeus beetle; cut

off his head and wings, boil him; put him in oil and lay him out;

then cook his head and wings, put them in snake fat, boil, and let the

patient drink the mixture." The modern Egyptian, says Erman, uses almost

precisely the same recipe, except that the snake fat is replaced by

modern oil.

In evidence of the importance which was attached to practical medicine

in the Egypt of an early day, the names of several physicians have come

down to us from an age which has preserved very few names indeed, save

those of kings. In reference to this Erman says(6): "We still know

the names of some of the early body physicians of this time;

Sechmetna'eonch, 'chief physician of the Pharaoh,' and Nesmenan his

chief, the 'superintendent of the physicians of the Pharaoh.' The

priests also of the lioness-headed goddess Sechmet seem to have been

famed for their medical wisdom, whilst the son of this goddess, the

demi-god Imhotep, was in later times considered to be the creator of

medical knowledge. These ancient doctors of the New Empire do not seem

to have improved upon the older conceptions about the construction of

the human body."

As to the actual scientific attainments of the Egyptian physician, it is

difficult to speak with precision. Despite the cumbersome formulae and

the grotesque incantations, we need not doubt that a certain practical

value attended his therapeutics. He practised almost pure empiricism,

however, and certainly it must have been almost impossible to determine

which ones, if any, of the numerous ingredients of the prescription had

real efficacy.

The practical anatomical knowledge of the physician, there is every

reason to believe, was extremely limited. At first thought it might

seem that the practice of embalming would have led to the custom of

dissecting human bodies, and that the Egyptians, as a result of this,

would have excelled in the knowledge of anatomy. But the actual

results were rather the reverse of this. Embalming the dead, it must

be recalled, was a purely religious observance. It took place under the

superintendence of the priests, but so great was the reverence for the

human body that the priests themselves were not permitted to make the

abdominal incision which was a necessary preliminary of the process.

This incision, as we are informed by both Herodotus(7) and Diodorus(8),

was made by a special officer, whose status, if we may believe the

explicit statement of Diodorus, was quite comparable to that of the

modern hangman. The paraschistas, as he was called, having performed

his necessary but obnoxious function, with the aid of a sharp Ethiopian

stone, retired hastily, leaving the remaining processes to the priests.

These, however, confined their observations to the abdominal viscera;

under no consideration did they make other incisions in the body. It

follows, therefore, that their opportunity for anatomical observations

was most limited.

Since even the necessary mutilation inflicted on the corpse was regarded

with such horror, it follows that anything in the way of dissection

for a less sacred purpose was absolutely prohibited. Probably the same

prohibition extended to a large number of animals, since most of these

were held sacred in one part of Egypt or another. Moreover, there is

nothing in what we know of the Egyptian mind to suggest the probability

that any Egyptian physician would make extensive anatomical observations

for the love of pure knowledge. All Egyptian science is eminently

practical. If we think of the Egyptian as mysterious, it is because

of the superstitious observances that we everywhere associate with his

daily acts; but these, as we have already tried to make clear, were

really based on scientific observations of a kind, and the attempt at

true inferences from these observations. But whether or not the Egyptian

physician desired anatomical knowledge, the results of his inquiries

were certainly most meagre. The essentials of his system had to do with

a series of vessels, alleged to be twenty-two or twenty-four in number,

which penetrated the head and were distributed in pairs to the various

members of the body, and which were vaguely thought of as carriers of

water, air, excretory fluids, etc. Yet back of this vagueness, as must

not be overlooked, there was an all-essential recognition of the heart

as the central vascular organ. The heart is called the beginning of all

the members. Its vessels, we are told, "lead to all the members; whether

the doctor lays his finger on the forehead, on the back of the head, on

the hands, on the place of the stomach (?), on the arms, or on the feet,

everywhere he meets with the heart, because its vessels lead to all

the members."(9) This recognition of the pulse must be credited to the

Egyptian physician as a piece of practical knowledge, in some measure

off-setting the vagueness of his anatomical theories.

ABSTRACT SCIENCE

But, indeed, practical knowledge was, as has been said over and

over, the essential characteristic of Egyptian science. Yet another

illustration of this is furnished us if we turn to the more abstract

departments of thought and inquire what were the Egyptian attempts

in such a field as mathematics. The answer does not tend greatly to

increase our admiration for the Egyptian mind. We are led to see,

indeed, that the Egyptian merchant was able to perform all the

computations necessary to his craft, but we are forced to conclude that

the knowledge of numbers scarcely extended beyond this, and that even

here the methods of reckoning were tedious and cumbersome. Our knowledge

of the subject rests largely upon the so-called papyrus Rhind,(10) which

is a sort of mythological hand-book of the ancient Egyptians. Analyzing

this document, Professor Erman concludes that the knowledge of the

Egyptians was adequate to all practical requirements. Their mathematics

taught them "how in the exchange of bread for beer the respective value

was to be determined when converted into a quantity of corn; how to

reckon the size of a field; how to determine how a given quantity of

corn would go into a granary of a certain size," and like every-day

problems. Yet they were obliged to make some of their simple

computations in a very roundabout way. It would appear, for example,

that their mental arithmetic did not enable them to multiply by a number

larger than two, and that they did not reach a clear conception of

complex fractional numbers. They did, indeed, recognize that each part

of an object divided into 10 pieces became 1/10 of that object; they

even grasped the idea of 2/3 this being a conception easily visualized;

but they apparently did not visualize such a conception as 3/10 except

in the crude form of 1/10 plus 1/10 plus 1/10. Their entire idea

of division seems defective. They viewed the subject from the more

elementary stand-point of multiplication. Thus, in order to find out

how many times 7 is contained in 77, an existing example shows that the

numbers representing 1 times 7, 2 times 7, 4 times 7, 8 times 7 were set

down successively and various experimental additions made to find out

which sets of these numbers aggregated 77.

--1 7

--2 14

--4 28

--8 56

A line before the first, second, and fourth of these numbers indicated

that it is necessary to multiply 7 by 1 plus 2 plus 8--that is, by 11,

in order to obtain 77; that is to say, 7 goes 11 times in 77. All this

seems very cumbersome indeed, yet we must not overlook the fact that the

process which goes on in our own minds in performing such a problem

as this is precisely similar, except that we have learned to slur

over certain of the intermediate steps with the aid of a memorized

multiplication table. In the last analysis, division is only the

obverse side of multiplication, and any one who has not learned his

multiplication table is reduced to some such expedient as that of the

Egyptian. Indeed, whenever we pass beyond the range of our memorized

multiplication table-which for most of us ends with the twelves--the

experimental character of the trial multiplication through which

division is finally effected does not so greatly differ from the

experimental efforts which the Egyptian was obliged to apply to smaller

numbers.

Despite his defective comprehension of fractions, the Egyptian was

able to work out problems of relative complexity; for example, he could

determine the answer of such a problem as this: a number together with

its fifth part makes 21; what is the number? The process by which the

Egyptian solved this problem seems very cumbersome to any one for whom

a rudimentary knowledge of algebra makes it simple, yet the method

which we employ differs only in that we are enabled, thanks to our

hypothetical x, to make a short cut, and the essential fact must not be

overlooked that the Egyptian reached a correct solution of the problem.

With all due desire to give credit, however, the fact remains that

the Egyptian was but a crude mathematician. Here, as elsewhere, it

is impossible to admire him for any high development of theoretical

science. First, last, and all the time, he was practical, and there is

nothing to show that the thought of science for its own sake, for the

mere love of knowing, ever entered his head.

In general, then, we must admit that the Egyptian had not progressed far

in the hard way of abstract thinking. He worshipped everything about him

because he feared the result of failing to do so. He embalmed the

dead lest the spirit of the neglected one might come to torment him.

Eye-minded as he was, he came to have an artistic sense, to love

decorative effects. But he let these always take precedence over his

sense of truth; as, for example, when he modified his lists of kings at

Abydos to fit the space which the architect had left to be filled; he

had no historical sense to show to him that truth should take precedence

over mere decoration. And everywhere he lived in the same happy-go-lucky

way. He loved personal ease, the pleasures of the table, the luxuries

of life, games, recreations, festivals. He took no heed for the morrow,

except as the morrow might minister to his personal needs. Essentially

a sensual being, he scarcely conceived the meaning of the intellectual

life in the modern sense of the term. He had perforce learned some

things about astronomy, because these were necessary to his worship

of the gods; about practical medicine, because this ministered to his

material needs; about practical arithmetic, because this aided him in

every-day affairs. The bare rudiments of an historical science may be

said to be crudely outlined in his defective lists of kings. But beyond

this he did not go. Science as science, and for its own sake, was

unknown to him. He had gods for all material functions, and festivals

in honor of every god; but there was no goddess of mere wisdom in his

pantheon. The conception of Minerva was reserved for the creative genius

of another people.

III. SCIENCE OF BABYLONIA AND ASSYRIA

Throughout classical antiquity Egyptian science was famous. We know that

Plato spent some years in Egypt in the hope of penetrating the alleged

mysteries of its fabled learning; and the story of the Egyptian priest

who patronizingly assured Solon that the Greeks were but babes was

quoted everywhere without disapproval. Even so late as the time of

Augustus, we find Diodorus, the Sicilian, looking back with veneration

upon the Oriental learning, to which Pliny also refers with unbounded

respect. From what we have seen of Egyptian science, all this furnishes

us with a somewhat striking commentary upon the attainments of the

Greeks and Romans themselves. To refer at length to this would be to

anticipate our purpose; what now concerns us is to recall that all along

there was another nation, or group of nations, that disputed the palm

for scientific attainments. This group of nations found a home in the

valley of the Tigris and Euphrates. Their land was named Mesopotamia by

the Greeks, because a large part of it lay between the two rivers just

mentioned. The peoples themselves are familiar to every one as

the Babylonians and the Assyrians. These peoples were of Semitic

stock--allied, therefore, to the ancient Hebrews and Phoenicians and of

the same racial stem with the Arameans and Arabs.

The great capital of the Babylonians during the later period of their

history was the famed city of Babylon itself; the most famous capital

of the Assyrians was Nineveh, that city to which, as every Bible-student

will recall, the prophet Jonah was journeying when he had a

much-exploited experience, the record of which forms no part of

scientific annals. It was the kings of Assyria, issuing from their

palaces in Nineveh, who dominated the civilization of Western Asia

during the heyday of Hebrew history, and whose deeds are so frequently

mentioned in the Hebrew chronicles. Later on, in the year 606 B.C.,

Nineveh was overthrown by the Medes(1) and Babylonians. The famous city

was completely destroyed, never to be rebuilt. Babylon, however, though

conquered subsequently by Cyrus and held in subjection by Darius,(2) the

Persian kings, continued to hold sway as a great world-capital for some

centuries. The last great historical event that occurred within its

walls was the death of Alexander the Great, which took place there in

the year 322 B.C.

In the time of Herodotus the fame of Babylon was at its height, and the

father of history has left us a most entertaining account of what he saw

when he visited the wonderful capital. Unfortunately, Herodotus was

not a scholar in the proper acceptance of the term. He probably had no

inkling of the Babylonian language, so the voluminous records of its

literature were entirely shut off from his observation. He therefore

enlightens us but little regarding the science of the Babylonians,

though his observations on their practical civilization give us

incidental references of no small importance. Somewhat more detailed

references to the scientific attainments of the Babylonians are found

in the fragments that have come down to us of the writings of the great

Babylonian historian, Berosus,(3) who was born in Babylon about 330

B.C., and who was, therefore, a contemporary of Alexander the Great.

But the writings of Berosus also, or at least such parts of them as have

come down to us, leave very much to be desired in point of explicitness.

They give some glimpses of Babylonian history, and they detail at some

length the strange mythical tales of creation that entered into the

Babylonian conception of cosmogony--details which find their counterpart

in the allied recitals of the Hebrews. But taken all in all, the

glimpses of the actual state of Chaldean(4) learning, as it was commonly

called, amounted to scarcely more than vague wonder-tales. No one

really knew just what interpretation to put upon these tales until

the explorers of the nineteenth century had excavated the ruins of the

Babylonian and Assyrian cities, bringing to light the relics of their

wonderful civilization. But these relics fortunately included vast

numbers of written documents, inscribed on tablets, prisms, and

cylinders of terra-cotta. When nineteenth-century scholarship had

penetrated the mysteries of the strange script, and ferreted out the

secrets of an unknown tongue, the world at last was in possession of

authentic records by which the traditions regarding the Babylonians

and Assyrians could be tested. Thanks to these materials, a new science

commonly spoken of as Assyriology came into being, and a most important

chapter of human history was brought to light. It became apparent that

the Greek ideas concerning Mesopotamia, though vague in the extreme,

were founded on fact. No one any longer questions that the Mesopotamian

civilization was fully on a par with that of Egypt; indeed, it is rather

held that superiority lay with the Asiatics. Certainly, in point of

purely scientific attainments, the Babylonians passed somewhat beyond

their Egyptian competitors. All the evidence seems to suggest also that

the Babylonian civilization was even more ancient than that of Egypt.

The precise dates are here in dispute; nor for our present purpose need

they greatly concern us. But the Assyrio-Babylonian records have much

greater historical accuracy as regards matters of chronology than

have the Egyptian, and it is believed that our knowledge of the early

Babylonian history is carried back, with some certainty, to King Sargon

of Agade,(5) for whom the date 3800 B.C. is generally accepted; while

somewhat vaguer records give us glimpses of periods as remote as the

sixth, perhaps even the seventh or eighth millenniums before our era.

At a very early period Babylon itself was not a capital and Nineveh

had not come into existence. The important cities, such as Nippur and

Shirpurla, were situated farther to the south. It is on the site of

these cities that the recent excavations have been made, such as those

of the University of Pennsylvania expeditions at Nippur,(6) which are

giving us glimpses into remoter recesses of the historical period.

Even if we disregard the more problematical early dates, we are

still concerned with the records of a civilization extending unbroken

throughout a period of about four thousand years; the actual period is

in all probability twice or thrice that. Naturally enough, the current

of history is not an unbroken stream throughout this long epoch.

It appears that at least two utterly different ethnic elements are

involved. A preponderance of evidence seems to show that the earliest

civilized inhabitants of Mesopotamia were not Semitic, but an alien

race, which is now commonly spoken of as Sumerian. This people, of whom

we catch glimpses chiefly through the records of its successors, appears

to have been subjugated or overthrown by Semitic invaders, who, coming

perhaps from Arabia (their origin is in dispute), took possession of the

region of the Tigris and Euphrates, learned from the Sumerians many of

the useful arts, and, partly perhaps because of their mixed lineage,

were enabled to develop the most wonderful civilization of antiquity.

Could we analyze the details of this civilization from its earliest to

its latest period we should of course find the same changes which always

attend racial progress and decay. We should then be able, no doubt,

to speak of certain golden epochs and their periods of decline. To a

certain meagre extent we are able to do this now. We know, for example,

that King Khammurabi, who lived about 2200 B.C., was a great law-giver,

the ancient prototype of Justinian; and the epochs of such Assyrian

kings as Sargon II., Asshurnazirpal, Sennacherib, and Asshurbanapal

stand out with much distinctness. Yet, as a whole, the record does not

enable us to trace with clearness the progress of scientific thought.

At best we can gain fewer glimpses in this direction than in almost

any other, for it is the record of war and conquest rather than of the

peaceful arts that commanded the attention of the ancient scribe. So

in dealing with the scientific achievements of these peoples, we shall

perforce consider their varied civilizations as a unity, and attempt,

as best we may, to summarize their achievements as a whole. For the most

part, we shall not attempt to discriminate as to what share in the final

product was due to Sumerian, what to Babylonian, and what to Assyrian.

We shall speak of Babylonian science as including all these elements;

and drawing our information chiefly from the relatively late Assyrian

and Babylonian sources, which, therefore, represent the culminating

achievements of all these ages of effort, we shall attempt to discover

what was the actual status of Mesopotamian science at its climax. In so

far as we succeed, we shall be able to judge what scientific heritage

Europe received from the Orient; for in the records of Babylonian

science we have to do with the Eastern mind at its best. Let us turn to

the specific inquiry as to the achievements of the Chaldean scientist

whose fame so dazzled the eyes of his contemporaries of the classic

world.

BABYLONIAN ASTRONOMY

Our first concern naturally is astronomy, this being here, as in Egypt,

the first-born and the most important of the sciences. The fame of the

Chaldean astronomer was indeed what chiefly commanded the admiration of

the Greeks, and it was through the results of astronomical observations

that Babylonia transmitted her most important influences to the Western

world. "Our division of time is of Babylonian origin," says Hornmel;(7)

"to Babylonia we owe the week of seven days, with the names of the

planets for the days of the week, and the division into hours and

months." Hence the almost personal interest which we of to-day must

needs feel in the efforts of the Babylonian star-gazer.

It must not be supposed, however, that the Chaldean astronomer had

made any very extraordinary advances upon the knowledge of the Egyptian

"watchers of the night." After all, it required patient observation

rather than any peculiar genius in the observer to note in the course of

time such broad astronomical conditions as the regularity of the moon's

phases, and the relation of the lunar periods to the longer periodical

oscillations of the sun. Nor could the curious wanderings of the planets

escape the attention of even a moderately keen observer. The chief

distinction between the Chaldean and Egyptian astronomers appears to

have consisted in the relative importance they attached to various of

the phenomena which they both observed. The Egyptian, as we have seen,

centred his attention upon the sun. That luminary was the abode of

one of his most important gods. His worship was essentially solar. The

Babylonian, on the other hand, appears to have been peculiarly impressed

with the importance of the moon. He could not, of course, overlook the

attention-compelling fact of the solar year; but his unit of time was

the lunar period of thirty days, and his year consisted of twelve lunar

periods, or 360 days. He was perfectly aware, however, that this period

did not coincide with the actual year; but the relative unimportance

which he ascribed to the solar year is evidenced by the fact that he

interpolated an added month to adjust the calendar only once in six

years. Indeed, it would appear that the Babylonians and Assyrians did

not adopt precisely the same method of adjusting the calendar, since the

Babylonians had two intercular months called Elul and Adar, whereas the

Assyrians had only a single such month, called the second Adar.(8) (The

Ve'Adar of the Hebrews.) This diversity further emphasizes the fact that

it was the lunar period which received chief attention, the adjustment

of this period with the solar seasons being a necessary expedient of

secondary importance. It is held that these lunar periods have often

been made to do service for years in the Babylonian computations and in

the allied computations of the early Hebrews. The lives of the Hebrew

patriarchs, for example, as recorded in the Bible, are perhaps reckoned

in lunar "years." Divided by twelve, the "years" of Methuselah accord

fairly with the usual experience of mankind.

Yet, on the other hand, the convenience of the solar year in computing

long periods of time was not unrecognized, since this period is utilized

in reckoning the reigns of the Assyrian kings. It may be added that the

reign of a king "was not reckoned from the day of his accession, but

from the Assyrian new year's day, either before or after the day of

accession. There does not appear to have been any fixed rule as to which

new year's day should be chosen; but from the number of known cases, it

appears to have been the general practice to count the reigning years

from the new year's day nearest the accession, and to call the period

between the accession day and the first new year's day 'the beginning of

the reign,' when the year from the new year's day was called the

first year, and the following ones were brought successively from

it. Notwithstanding, in the dates of several Assyrian and Babylonian

sovereigns there are cases of the year of accession being considered

as the first year, thus giving two reckonings for the reigns of various

monarchs, among others, Shalmaneser, Sennacherib, Nebuchadrezzar."(9)

This uncertainty as to the years of reckoning again emphasizes the fact

that the solar year did not have for the Assyrian chronology quite the

same significance that it has for us.

The Assyrian month commenced on the evening when the new moon was first

observed, or, in case the moon was not visible, the new month started

thirty days after the last month. Since the actual lunar period is

about twenty-nine and one-half days, a practical adjustment was required

between the months themselves, and this was probably effected by

counting alternate months as Only 29 days in length. Mr. R. Campbell

Thompson(10) is led by his studies of the astrological tablets to

emphasize this fact. He believes that "the object of the astrological

reports which related to the appearance of the moon and sun was to help

determine and foretell the length of the lunar month." Mr. Thompson

believes also that there is evidence to show that the interculary month

was added at a period less than six years. In point of fact, it does

not appear to be quite clearly established as to precisely how the

adjustment of days with the lunar months, and lunar months with the

solar year, was effected. It is clear, however, according to Smith,

"that the first 28 days of every month were divided into four weeks of

seven days each; the seventh, fourteenth, twenty-first, twenty-eighth

days respectively being Sabbaths, and that there was a general

prohibition of work on these days." Here, of course, is the foundation

of the Hebrew system of Sabbatical days which we have inherited. The

sacredness of the number seven itself--the belief in which has not

been quite shaken off even to this day--was deduced by the Assyrian

astronomer from his observation of the seven planetary bodies--namely,

Sin (the moon), Samas (the sun), Umunpawddu (Jupiter), Dilbat (Venus),

Kaimanu (Saturn), Gudud (Mercury), Mustabarru-mutanu (Mars).(11) Twelve

lunar periods, making up approximately the solar year, gave peculiar

importance to the number twelve also. Thus the zodiac was divided into

twelve signs which astronomers of all subsequent times have continued

to recognize; and the duodecimal system of counting took precedence with

the Babylonian mathematicians over the more primitive and, as it seems

to us, more satisfactory decimal system.

Another discrepancy between the Babylonian and Egyptian years appears in

the fact that the Babylonian new year dates from about the period of the

vernal equinox and not from the solstice. Lockyer associates this with

the fact that the periodical inundation of the Tigris and Euphrates

occurs about the equinoctial period, whereas, as we have seen, the

Nile flood comes at the time of the solstice. It is but natural that so

important a phenomenon as the Nile flood should make a strong impression

upon the minds of a people living in a valley. The fact that occasional

excessive inundations have led to most disastrous results is evidenced

in the incorporation of stories of the almost total destruction of

mankind by such floods among the myth tales of all peoples who reside in

valley countries. The flooding of the Tigris and Euphrates had not, it

is true, quite the same significance for the Mesopotamians that the

Nile flood had for the Egyptians. Nevertheless it was a most important

phenomenon, and may very readily be imagined to have been the most

tangible index to the seasons. But in recognizing the time of the

inundations and the vernal equinox, the Assyrians did not dethrone

the moon from its accustomed precedence, for the year was reckoned as

commencing not precisely at the vernal equinox, but at the new moon next

before the equinox.

ASTROLOGY

Beyond marking the seasons, the chief interests that actuated the

Babylonian astronomer in his observations were astrological. After

quoting Diodorus to the effect that the Babylonian priests observed the

position of certain stars in order to cast horoscopes, Thompson tells us

that from a very early day the very name Chaldean became synonymous with

magician. He adds that "from Mesopotamia, by way of Greece and Rome, a

certain amount of Babylonian astrology made its way among the nations

of the west, and it is quite probable that many superstitions which we

commonly record as the peculiar product of western civilization took

their origin from those of the early dwellers on the alluvial lands of

Mesopotamia. One Assurbanipal, king of Assyria B.C. 668-626, added to

the royal library at Nineveh his contribution of tablets, which included

many series of documents which related exclusively to the astrology of

the ancient Babylonians, who in turn had borrowed it with modifications

from the Sumerian invaders of the country. Among these must be mentioned

the series which was commonly called 'the Day of Bel,' and which was

decreed by the learned to have been written in the time of the great

Sargon I., king of Agade, 3800 B.C. With such ancient works as these to

guide them, the profession of deducing omens from daily events reached

such a pitch of importance in the last Assyrian Empire that a system

of making periodical reports came into being. By these the king was

informed of all the occurrences in the heavens and on earth, and the

results of astrological studies in respect to after events. The heads

of the astrological profession were men of high rank and position, and

their office was hereditary. The variety of information contained in

these reports is best gathered from the fact that they were sent from

cities as far removed from each other as Assur in the north and Erech

in the south, and it can only be assumed that they were despatched

by runners, or men mounted on swift horses. As reports also came from

Dilbat, Kutba, Nippur, and Bursippa, all cities of ancient foundation,

the king was probably well acquainted with the general course of events

in his empire."(12)

From certain passages in the astrological tablets, Thompson draws the

interesting conclusion that the Chaldean astronomers were acquainted

with some kind of a machine for reckoning time. He finds in one of the

tablets a phrase which he interprets to mean measure-governor, and

he infers from this the existence of a kind of a calculator. He calls

attention also to the fact that Sextus Empiricus(13) states that the

clepsydra was known to the Chaldeans, and that Herodotus asserts that

the Greeks borrowed certain measures of time from the Babylonians.

He finds further corroboration in the fact that the Babylonians had

a time-measure by which they divided the day and the night; a measure

called kasbu, which contained two hours. In a report relating to the day

of the vernal equinox, it is stated that there are six kasbu of the day

and six kasbu of the night.

While the astrologers deduced their omens from all the celestial bodies

known to them, they chiefly gave attention to the moon, noting with

great care the shape of its horns, and deducing such a conclusion

as that "if the horns are pointed the king will overcome whatever

he goreth," and that "when the moon is low at its appearance, the

submission (of the people) of a far country will come."(14) The

relations of the moon and sun were a source of constant observation,

it being noted whether the sun and moon were seen together above the

horizon; whether one set as the other rose, and the like. And whatever

the phenomena, there was always, of course, a direct association between

such phenomena and the well-being of human kind--in particular the king,

at whose instance, and doubtless at whose expense, the observations were

carried out.

From omens associated with the heavenly bodies it is but a step to omens

based upon other phenomena of nature, and we, shall see in a moment that

the Babylonian prophets made free use of their opportunities in this

direction also. But before we turn from the field of astronomy, it will

be well to inform ourselves as to what system the Chaldean astronomer

had invented in explanation of the mechanics of the universe. Our

answer to this inquiry is not quite as definite as could be desired, the

vagueness of the records, no doubt, coinciding with the like vagueness

in the minds of the Chaldeans themselves. So far as we can interpret

the somewhat mystical references that have come down to us, however,

the Babylonian cosmology would seem to have represented the earth as a

circular plane surrounded by a great circular river, beyond which rose

an impregnable barrier of mountains, and resting upon an infinite sea of

waters. The material vault of the heavens was supposed to find support

upon the outlying circle of mountains. But the precise mechanism through

which the observed revolution of the heavenly bodies was effected

remains here, as with the Egyptian cosmology, somewhat conjectural.

The simple fact would appear to be that, for the Chaldeans as for the

Egyptians, despite their most careful observations of the tangible

phenomena of the heavens, no really satisfactory mechanical conception

of the cosmos was attainable. We shall see in due course by what

faltering steps the European imagination advanced from the crude ideas

of Egypt and Babylonia to the relatively clear vision of Newton and

Laplace.

CHALDEAN MAGIC

We turn now from the field of the astrologer to the closely allied

province of Chaldean magic--a province which includes the other;

which, indeed, is so all-encompassing as scarcely to leave any phase of

Babylonian thought outside its bounds.

The tablets having to do with omens, exorcisms, and the like magic

practices make up an astonishingly large proportion of the Babylonian

records. In viewing them it is hard to avoid the conclusion that the

superstitions which they evidenced absolutely dominated the life of

the Babylonians of every degree. Yet it must not be forgotten that the

greatest inconsistencies everywhere exist between the superstitious

beliefs of a people and the practical observances of that people. No

other problem is so difficult for the historian as that which confronts

him when he endeavors to penetrate the mysteries of an alien religion;

and when, as in the present case, the superstitions involved have been

transmitted from generation to generation, their exact practical

phases as interpreted by any particular generation must be somewhat

problematical. The tablets upon which our knowledge of these omens is

based are many of them from the libraries of the later kings of Nineveh;

but the omens themselves are, in such cases, inscribed in the original

Accadian form in which they have come down from remote ages, accompanied

by an Assyrian translation. Thus the superstitions involved had back of

them hundreds of years, even thousands of years, of precedent; and

we need not doubt that the ideas with which they are associated were

interwoven with almost every thought and deed of the life of the people.

Professor Sayce assures us that the Assyrians and Babylonians counted no

fewer than three hundred spirits of heaven, and six hundred spirits of

earth. "Like the Jews of the Talmud," he says, "they believed that

the world was swarming with noxious spirits, who produced the various

diseases to which man is liable, and might be swallowed with the food

and drink which support life." Fox Talbot was inclined to believe that

exorcisms were the exclusive means used to drive away the tormenting

spirits. This seems unlikely, considering the uniform association

of drugs with the magical practices among their people. Yet there is

certainly a strange silence of the tablets in regard to medicine.

Talbot tells us that sometimes divine images were brought into the

sick-chamber, and written texts taken from holy books were placed on the

walls and bound around the sick man's members. If these failed, recourse

was had to the influence of the mamit, which the evil powers were unable

to resist. On a tablet, written in the Accadian language only, the

Assyrian version being taken, however, was found the following:

1. Take a white cloth. In it place the mamit,

2. in the sick man's right hand.

3. Take a black cloth,

4. wrap it around his left hand.

5. Then all the evil spirits (a long list of them is given)

6. and the sins which he has committed

7. shall quit their hold of him

8. and shall never return.

The symbolism of the black cloth in the left hand seems evident. The

dying man repents of his former evil deeds, and he puts his trust in

holiness, symbolized by the white cloth in his right hand. Then follow

some obscure lines about the spirits:

1. Their heads shall remove from his head.

2. Their heads shall let go his hands.

3. Their feet shall depart from his feet.

Which perhaps may be explained thus: we learn from another tablet that

the various classes of evil spirits troubled different parts of

the body; some injured the head, some the hands and the feet, etc.,

therefore the passage before may mean "the spirits whose power is

over the hand shall loose their hands from his," etc. "But," concludes

Talbot, "I can offer no decided opinion upon such obscure points of

their superstition."(15)

In regard to evil spirits, as elsewhere, the number seven had a peculiar

significance, it being held that that number of spirits might enter into

a man together. Talbot has translated(16) a "wild chant" which he names

"The Song of the Seven Spirits."

1. There are seven! There are seven!

2. In the depths of the ocean there are seven!

3. In the heights of the heaven there are seven!

4. In the ocean stream in a palace they were born.

5. Male they are not: female they are not!

6. Wives they have not! Children are not born to them!

7. Rules they have not! Government they know not!

8. Prayers they hear not!

9. There are seven! There are seven! Twice over there are

seven!

The tablets make frequent allusion to these seven spirits. One starts

thus:

1. The god (---) shall stand by his bedside;

2. These seven evil spirits he shall root out and shall expel

them from his body, 3. and these seven shall never return to the sick man

again.(17)

Altogether similar are the exorcisms intended to ward off disease.

Professor Sayce has published translations of some of these.(18) Each of

these ends with the same phrase, and they differ only in regard to the

particular maladies from which freedom is desired. One reads:

"From wasting, from want of health, from the evil spirit of the ulcer,

from the spreading quinsy of the gullet, from the violent ulcer, from

the noxious ulcer, may the king of heaven preserve, may the king of

earth preserve."

Another is phrased thus:

"From the cruel spirit of the head, from the strong spirit of the head,

from the head spirit that departs not, from the head spirit that comes

not forth, from the head spirit that will not go, from the noxious

head spirit, may the king of heaven preserve, may the king of earth

preserve."

As to omens having to do with the affairs of everyday life the number

is legion. For example, Moppert has published, in the Journal

Asiatique,(19) the translation of a tablet which contains on its two

sides several scores of birth-portents, a few of which maybe quoted at

random:

"When a woman bears a child and it has the ears of a lion, a strong

king is in the country." "When a woman bears a child and it has a bird's

beak, that country is oppressed." "When a woman bears a child and its

right hand is wanting, that country goes to destruction." "When a woman

bears a child and its feet are wanting, the roads of the country are

cut; that house is destroyed." "When a woman bears a child and at the

time of its birth its beard is grown, floods are in the country." "When

a woman bears a child and at the time of its birth its mouth is open and

speaks, there is pestilence in the country, the Air-god inundates the

crops of the country, injury in the country is caused."

Some of these portents, it will be observed, are not in much danger

of realization, and it is curious to surmise by what stretch of the

imagination they can have been invented. There is, for example, on the

same tablet just quoted, one reference which assures us that "when a

sheep bears a lion the forces march multitudinously; the king has not a

rival." There are other omens, however, that are so easy of realization

as to lead one to suppose that any Babylonian who regarded all the

superstitious signs must have been in constant terror. Thus a tablet

translated by Professor Sayce(20) gives a long list of omens furnished

by dogs, in which we are assured that:

1. If a yellow dog enters into the palace, exit from that

palace will be baleful.

2. If a dog to the palace goes, and on a throne lies down, that

palace is burned.

3. If a black dog into a temple enters, the foundation of that

temple is not stable.

4. If female dogs one litter bear, destruction to the city.

It is needless to continue these citations, since they but reiterate

endlessly the same story. It is interesting to recall, however, that the

observations of animate nature, which were doubtless superstitious in

their motive, had given the Babylonians some inklings of a knowledge of

classification. Thus, according to Menant,(21) some of the tablets from

Nineveh, which are written, as usual, in both the Sumerian and Assyrian

languages, and which, therefore, like practically all Assyrian books,

draw upon the knowledge of old Babylonia, give lists of animals, making

an attempt at classification. The dog, lion, and wolf are placed in one

category; the ox, sheep, and goat in another; the dog family itself is

divided into various races, as the domestic dog, the coursing dog, the

small dog, the dog of Elan, etc. Similar attempts at classification of

birds are found. Thus, birds of rapid flight, sea-birds, and marsh-birds

are differentiated. Insects are classified according to habit; those

that attack plants, animals, clothing, or wood. Vegetables seem to be

classified according to their usefulness. One tablet enumerates the uses

of wood according to its adaptability for timber-work of palaces, or

construction of vessels, the making of implements of husbandry, or even

furniture. Minerals occupy a long series in these tablets. They are

classed according to their qualities, gold and silver occupying a

division apart; precious stones forming another series. Our Babylonians,

then, must be credited with the development of a rudimentary science of

natural history.

BABYLONIAN MEDICINE

We have just seen that medical practice in the Babylonian world was

strangely under the cloud of superstition. But it should be understood

that our estimate, through lack of correct data, probably does much less

than justice to the attainments of the physician of the time. As already

noted, the existing tablets chance not to throw much light on the

subject. It is known, however, that the practitioner of medicine

occupied a position of some, authority and responsibility. The proof

of this is found in the clauses relating to the legal status of

the physician which are contained in the now famous code(22) of the

Babylonian King Khamurabi, who reigned about 2300 years before our era.

These clauses, though throwing no light on the scientific attainments

of the physician of the period, are too curious to be omitted. They are

clauses 215 to 227 of the celebrated code, and are as follows:

215. If a doctor has treated a man for a severe wound with a lancet of

bronze and has cured the man, or has opened a tumor with a bronze lancet

and has cured the man's eye, he shall receive ten shekels of silver.

216. If it was a freedman, he shall receive five shekels of silver.

217. If it was a man's slave, the owner of the slave shall give the

doctor two shekels of silver.

218. If a physician has treated a free-born man for a severe wound with

a lancet of bronze and has caused the man to die, or has opened a tumor

of the man with a lancet of bronze and has destroyed his eye, his hands

one shall cut off.

219. If the doctor has treated the slave of a freedman for a severe

wound with a bronze lancet and has caused him to die, he shall give back

slave for slave.

220. If he has opened his tumor with a bronze lancet and has ruined his

eye, he shall pay the half of his price in money.

221. If a doctor has cured the broken limb of a man, or has healed his

sick body, the patient shall pay the doctor five shekels of silver.

222. If it was a freedman, he shall give three shekels of silver.

223. If it was a man's slave, the owner of the slave shall give two

shekels of silver to the doctor.

224. If the doctor of oxen and asses has treated an ox or an ass for a

grave wound and has cured it, the owner of the ox or the ass shall give

to the doctor as his pay one-sixth of a shekel of silver.

225. If he has treated an ox or an ass for a severe wound and has caused

its death, he shall pay one-fourth of its price to the owner of the ox

or the ass.

226. If a barber-surgeon, without consent of the owner of a slave, has

branded the slave with an indelible mark, one shall cut off the hands of

that barber.

227. If any one deceive the surgeon-barber and make him brand a slave

with an indelible mark, one shall kill that man and bury him in his

house. The barber shall swear, "I did not mark him wittingly," and he

shall be guiltless.

ESTIMATES OF BABYLONIAN SCIENCE

Before turning from the Oriental world it is perhaps worth while to

attempt to estimate somewhat specifically the world-influence of the

name, Babylonian science. Perhaps we cannot better gain an idea as to

the estimate put upon that science by the classical world than through

a somewhat extended quotation from a classical author. Diodorus Siculus,

who, as already noted, lived at about the time of Augustus, and who,

therefore, scanned in perspective the entire sweep of classical Greek

history, has left us a striking summary which is doubly valuable because

of its comparisons of Babylonian with Greek influence. Having viewed the

science of Babylonia in the light of the interpretations made possible

by the recent study of original documents, we are prepared to draw our

own conclusions from the statements of the Greek historian. Here is his

estimate in the words of the quaint translation made by Philemon Holland

in the year 1700:(23)

"They being the most ancient Babylonians, hold the same station and

dignity in the Common-wealth as the Egyptian Priests do in Egypt: For

being deputed to Divine Offices, they spend all their Time in the study

of Philosophy, and are especially famous for the Art of Astrology. They

are mightily given to Divination, and foretel future Events, and imploy

themselves either by Purifications, Sacrifices, or other Inchantments

to avert Evils, or procure good Fortune and Success. They are skilful

likewise in the Art of Divination, by the flying of Birds, and

interpreting of Dreams and Prodigies: And are reputed as true Oracles

(in declaring what will come to pass) by their exact and diligent

viewing the Intrals of the Sacrifices. But they attain not to this

Knowledge in the same manner as the Grecians do; for the Chaldeans learn

it by Tradition from their Ancestors, the Son from the Father, who

are all in the mean time free from all other publick Offices and

Attendances; and because their Parents are their Tutors, they both learn

every thing without Envy, and rely with more confidence upon the truth

of what is taught them; and being train'd up in this Learning, from

their very Childhood, they become most famous Philosophers, (that Age

being most capable of Learning, wherein they spend much of their time).

But the Grecians for the most part come raw to this study, unfitted and

unprepar'd, and are long before they attain to the Knowledge of this

Philosophy: And after they have spent some small time in this Study,

they are many times call'd off and forc'd to leave it, in order to get

a Livelihood and Subsistence. And although some, few do industriously

apply themselves to Philosophy, yet for the sake of Gain, these very Men

are opinionative, and ever and anon starting new and high Points, and

never fix in the steps of their Ancestors. But the Barbarians keeping

constantly close to the same thing, attain to a perfect and distinct

Knowledge in every particular.

"But the Grecians, cunningly catching at all Opportunities of Gain,

make new Sects and Parties, and by their contrary Opinions wrangling and

quarelling concerning the chiefest Points, lead their Scholars into a

Maze; and being uncertain and doubtful what to pitch upon for certain

truth, their Minds are fluctuating and in suspence all the days of their

Lives, and unable to give a certain assent unto any thing. For if any

Man will but examine the most eminent Sects of the Philosophers, he

shall find them much differing among themselves, and even opposing one

another in the most weighty parts of their Philosophy. But to return to

the Chaldeans, they hold that the World is eternal, which had neither

any certain Beginning, nor shall have any End; but all agree, that all

things are order'd, and this beautiful Fabrick is supported by a Divine

Providence, and that the Motions of the Heavens are not perform'd by

chance and of their own accord, but by a certain and determinate Will

and Appointment of the Gods.

"Therefore from a long observation of the Stars, and an exact Knowledge

of the motions and influences of every one of them, wherein they excel

all others, they fortel many things that are to come to pass.

"They say that the Five Stars which some call Planets, but they

Interpreters, are most worthy of Consideration, both for their motions

and their remarkable influences, especially that which the Grecians call

Saturn. The brightest of them all, and which often portends many and

great Events, they call Sol, the other Four they name Mars, Venus,

Mercury, and Jupiter, with our own Country Astrologers. They give the

Name of Interpreters to these Stars, because these only by a peculiar

Motion do portend things to come, and instead of Jupiters, do declare to

Men before-hand the good-will of the Gods; whereas the other Stars (not

being of the number of the Planets) have a constant ordinary motion.

Future Events (they say) are pointed at sometimes by their Rising, and

sometimes by their Setting, and at other times by their Colour, as

may be experienc'd by those that will diligently observe it; sometimes

foreshewing Hurricanes, at other times Tempestuous Rains, and then

again exceeding Droughts. By these, they say, are often portended the

appearance of Comets, Eclipses of the Sun and Moon, Earthquakes and all

other the various Changes and remarkable effects in the Air, boding

good and bad, not only to Nations in general, but to Kings and Private

Persons in particular. Under the course of these Planets, they say are

Thirty Stars, which they call Counselling Gods, half of whom observe

what is done under the Earth, and the other half take notice of the

actions of Men upon the Earth, and what is transacted in the Heavens.

Once every Ten Days space (they say) one of the highest Order of these

Stars descends to them that are of the lowest, like a Messenger sent

from them above; and then again another ascends from those below to them

above, and that this is their constant natural motion to continue for

ever. The chief of these Gods, they say, are Twelve in number, to each

of which they attribute a Month, and one Sign of the Twelve in the

Zodiack.

"Through these Twelve Signs the Sun, Moon, and the other Five Planets

run their Course. The Sun in a Years time, and the Moon in the space

of a Month. To every one of the Planets they assign their own proper

Courses, which are perform'd variously in lesser or shorter time

according as their several motions are quicker or slower. These Stars,

they say, have a great influence both as to good and bad in Mens

Nativities; and from the consideration of their several Natures, may

be foreknown what will befal Men afterwards. As they foretold things

to come to other Kings formerly, so they did to Alexander who conquer'd

Darius, and to his Successors Antigonus and Seleucus Nicator; and

accordingly things fell out as they declar'd; which we shall relate

particularly hereafter in a more convenient time. They tell likewise

private Men their Fortunes so certainly, that those who have found the

thing true by Experience, have esteem'd it a Miracle, and above the

reach of man to perform. Out of the Circle of the Zodiack they describe

Four and Twenty Stars, Twelve towards the North Pole, and as many to the

South.

"Those which we see, they assign to the living; and the other that do

not appear, they conceive are Constellations for the Dead; and they term

them Judges of all things. The Moon, they say, is in the lowest Orb;

and being therefore next to the Earth (because she is so small), she

finishes her Course in a little time, not through the swiftness of her

Motion, but the shortness of her Sphear. In that which they affirm (that

she has but a borrow'd light, and that when she is eclips'd, it's caus'd

by the interposition of the shadow of the Earth) they agree with the

Grecians.

"Their Rules and Notions concerning the Eclipses of the Sun are but weak

and mean, which they dare not positively foretel, nor fix a certain time

for them. They have likewise Opinions concerning the Earth peculiar to

themselves, affirming it to resemble a Boat, and to be hollow, to prove

which, and other things relating to the frame of the World, they abound

in Arguments; but to give a particular Account of 'em, we conceive would

be a thing foreign to our History. But this any Man may justly and truly

say, That the Chaldeans far exceed all other Men in the Knowledge of

Astrology, and have study'd it most of any other Art or Science: But

the number of years during which the Chaldeans say, those of their

Profession have given themselves to the study of this natural

Philosophy, is incredible; for when Alexander was in Asia, they reckon'd

up Four Hundred and Seventy Thousand Years since they first began to

observe the Motions of the Stars."

Let us now supplement this estimate of Babylonian influence with another

estimate written in our own day, and quoted by one of the most recent

historians of Babylonia and Assyria.(24) The estimate in question

is that of Canon Rawlinson in his Great Oriental Monarchies.(25) Of

Babylonia he says:

"Hers was apparently the genius which excogitated an alphabet; worked

out the simpler problems of arithmetic; invented implements for

measuring the lapse of time; conceived the idea of raising enormous

structures with the poorest of all materials, clay; discovered the art

of polishing, boring, and engraving gems; reproduced with truthfulness

the outlines of human and animal forms; attained to high perfection

in textile fabrics; studied with success the motions of the heavenly

bodies; conceived of grammar as a science; elaborated a system of law;

saw the value of an exact chronology--in almost every branch of science

made a beginning, thus rendering it comparatively easy for other nations

to proceed with the superstructure.... It was from the East, not from

Egypt, that Greece derived her architecture, her sculpture, her science,

her philosophy, her mathematical knowledge--in a word, her intellectual

life. And Babylon was the source to which the entire stream of Eastern

civilization may be traced. It is scarcely too much to say that, but for

Babylon, real civilization might not yet have dawned upon the earth."

Considering that a period of almost two thousand years separates the

times of writing of these two estimates, the estimates themselves are

singularly in unison. They show that the greatest of Oriental nations

has not suffered in reputation at the hands of posterity. It is indeed

almost impossible to contemplate the monuments of Babylonian and

Assyrian civilization that are now preserved in the European and

American museums without becoming enthusiastic. That certainly was

a wonderful civilization which has left us the tablets on which are

inscribed the laws of a Khamurabi on the one hand, and the art

treasures of the palace of an Asshurbanipal on the other. Yet a candid

consideration of the scientific attainments of the Babylonians and

Assyrians can scarcely arouse us to a like enthusiasm. In considering

the subject we have seen that, so far as pure science is concerned,

the efforts of the Babylonians and Assyrians chiefly centred about the

subjects of astrology and magic. With the records of their ghost-haunted

science fresh in mind, one might be forgiven for a momentary desire

to take issue with Canon Rawlinson's words. We are assured that the

scientific attainments of Europe are almost solely to be credited to

Babylonia and not to Egypt, but we should not forget that Plato, the

greatest of the Greek thinkers, went to Egypt and not to Babylonia to

pursue his studies when he wished to penetrate the secrets of Oriental

science and philosophy. Clearly, then, classical Greece did not consider

Babylonia as having a monopoly of scientific knowledge, and we of

to-day, when we attempt to weigh the new evidence that has come to us

in recent generations with the Babylonian records themselves, find that

some, at least, of the heritages for which Babylonia has been praised

are of more than doubtful value. Babylonia, for example, gave us our

seven-day week and our system of computing by twelves. But surely the

world could have got on as well without that magic number seven; and

after some hundreds of generations we are coming to feel that the

decimal system of the Egyptians has advantages over the duodecimal

system of the Babylonians. Again, the Babylonians did not invent the

alphabet; they did not even accept it when all the rest of the world had

recognized its value. In grammar and arithmetic, as with astronomy, they

seemed not to have advanced greatly, if at all, upon the Egyptians. One

field in which they stand out in startling pre-eminence is the field

of astrology; but this, in the estimate of modern thought, is the

very negation of science. Babylonia impressed her superstitions on

the Western world, and when we consider the baleful influence of these

superstitions, we may almost question whether we might not reverse

Canon Rawlinson's estimate and say that perhaps but for Babylonia real

civilization, based on the application of true science, might have

dawned upon the earth a score of centuries before it did. Yet, after

all, perhaps this estimate is unjust. Society, like an individual

organism, must creep before it can walk, and perhaps the Babylonian

experiments in astrology and magic, which European civilization was

destined to copy for some three or four thousand years, must have been

made a part of the necessary evolution of our race in one place or in

another. That thought, however, need not blind us to the essential

fact, which the historian of science must needs admit, that for the

Babylonian, despite his boasted culture, science spelled superstition.

IV. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALPHABET

Before we turn specifically to the new world of the west, it remains

to take note of what may perhaps be regarded as the very greatest

achievement of ancient science. This was the analysis of speech sounds,

and the resulting development of a system of alphabetical writing. To

comprehend the series of scientific inductions which led to this result,

we must go back in imagination and trace briefly the development of

the methods of recording thought by means of graphic symbols. In other

words, we must trace the evolution of the art of writing. In doing so

we cannot hold to national lines as we have done in the preceding two

chapters, though the efforts of the two great scientific nations just

considered will enter prominently into the story.

The familiar Greek legend assures us that a Phoenician named Kadmus was

the first to bring a knowledge of letters into Europe. An elaboration

of the story, current throughout classical times, offered the further

explanation that the Phoenicians had in turn acquired the art of writing

from the Egyptians or Babylonians. Knowledge as to the true origin and

development of the art of writing did not extend in antiquity beyond

such vagaries as these. Nineteenth-century studies gave the first

real clews to an understanding of the subject. These studies tended

to authenticate the essential fact on which the legend of Kadmus was

founded; to the extent, at least, of making it probable that the later

Grecian alphabet was introduced from Phoenicia--though not, of course,

by any individual named Kadmus, the latter being, indeed, a name of

purely Greek origin. Further studies of the past generation tended

to corroborate the ancient belief as to the original source of the

Phoenician alphabet, but divided scholars between two opinions: the one

contending that the Egyptian hieroglyphics were the source upon which

the Phoenicians drew; and the other contending with equal fervor that

the Babylonian wedge character must be conceded that honor.

But, as has often happened in other fields after years of acrimonious

controversy, a new discovery or two may suffice to show that neither

contestant was right. After the Egyptologists of the school of De

Rouge(1) thought they had demonstrated that the familiar symbols of the

Phoenician alphabet had been copied from that modified form of Egyptian

hieroglyphics known as the hieratic writing, the Assyriologists came

forward to prove that certain characters of the Babylonian syllabary

also show a likeness to the alphabetical characters that seemingly could

not be due to chance. And then, when a settlement of the dispute seemed

almost hopeless, it was shown through the Egyptian excavations that

characters even more closely resembling those in dispute had been in use

all about the shores of the Mediterranean, quite independently of

either Egyptian or Assyrian writings, from periods so ancient as to be

virtually prehistoric.

Coupled with this disconcerting discovery are the revelations brought to

light by the excavations at the sites of Knossos and other long-buried

cities of the island of Crete.(2) These excavations, which are still

in progress, show that the art of writing was known and practised

independently in Crete before that cataclysmic overthrow of the early

Greek civilization which archaeologists are accustomed to ascribe to the

hypothetical invasion of the Dorians. The significance of this is that

the art of writing was known in Europe long before the advent of the

mythical Kadmus. But since the early Cretan scripts are not to be

identified with the scripts used in Greece in historical times, whereas

the latter are undoubtedly of lineal descent from the Phoenician

alphabet, the validity of the Kadmus legend, in a modified form, must

still be admitted.

As has just been suggested, the new knowledge, particularly that which

related to the great antiquity of characters similar to the Phoenician

alphabetical signs, is somewhat disconcerting. Its general trend,

however, is quite in the same direction with most of the new

archaeological knowledge of recent decades---that is to say, it tends

to emphasize the idea that human civilization in most of its important

elaborations is vastly older than has hitherto been supposed. It may be

added, however, that no definite clews are as yet available that enable

us to fix even an approximate date for the origin of the Phoenician

alphabet. The signs, to which reference has been made, may well have

been in existence for thousands of years, utilized merely as property

marks, symbols for counting and the like, before the idea of setting

them aside as phonetic symbols was ever conceived. Nothing is more

certain, in the judgment of the present-day investigator, than that man

learned to write by slow and painful stages. It is probable that the

conception of such an analysis of speech sounds as would make the idea

of an alphabet possible came at a very late stage of social evolution,

and as the culminating achievement of a long series of improvements

in the art of writing. The precise steps that marked this path of

intellectual development can for the most part be known only by

inference; yet it is probable that the main chapters of the story may be

reproduced with essential accuracy.

FIRST STEPS

For the very first chapters of the story we must go back in imagination

to the prehistoric period. Even barbaric man feels the need of

self-expression, and strives to make his ideas manifest to other men by

pictorial signs. The cave-dwellers scratched pictures of men and animals

on the surface of a reindeer horn or mammoth tusk as mementos of his

prowess. The American Indian does essentially the same thing to-day,

making pictures that crudely record his successes in war and the chase.

The Northern Indian had got no farther than this when the white man

discovered America; but the Aztecs of the Southwest and the Maya people

of Yucatan had carried their picture-making to a much higher state

of elaboration.(3) They had developed systems of pictographs or

hieroglyphics that would doubtless in the course of generations have

been elaborated into alphabetical systems, had not the Europeans cut off

the civilization of which they were the highest exponents.

What the Aztec and Maya were striving towards in the sixteenth century

A.D., various Oriental nations had attained at least five or six

thousand years earlier. In Egypt at the time of the pyramid-builders,

and in Babylonia at the same epoch, the people had developed systems of

writing that enabled them not merely to present a limited range of ideas

pictorially, but to express in full elaboration and with finer shades of

meaning all the ideas that pertain to highly cultured existence. The

man of that time made records of military achievements, recorded the

transactions of every-day business life, and gave expression to his

moral and spiritual aspirations in a way strangely comparable to the

manner of our own time. He had perfected highly elaborate systems of

writing.

EGYPTIAN WRITING

Of the two ancient systems of writing just referred to as being in

vogue at the so-called dawnings of history, the more picturesque and

suggestive was the hieroglyphic system of the Egyptians. This is a

curiously conglomerate system of writing, made up in part of symbols

reminiscent of the crudest stages of picture-writing, in part of symbols

having the phonetic value of syllables, and in part of true alphabetical

letters. In a word, the Egyptian writing represents in itself the

elements of the various stages through which the art of writing has

developed.(4) We must conceive that new features were from time to time

added to it, while the old features, curiously enough, were not given

up.

Here, for example, in the midst of unintelligible lines and pot-hooks,

are various pictures that are instantly recognizable as representations

of hawks, lions, ibises, and the like. It can hardly be questioned that

when these pictures were first used calligraphically they were meant to

represent the idea of a bird or animal. In other words, the first stage

of picture-writing did not go beyond the mere representation of an

eagle by the picture of an eagle. But this, obviously, would confine

the presentation of ideas within very narrow limits. In due course some

inventive genius conceived the thought of symbolizing a picture. To him

the outline of an eagle might represent not merely an actual bird, but

the thought of strength, of courage, or of swift progress. Such a use

of symbols obviously extends the range of utility of a nascent art of

writing. Then in due course some wonderful psychologist--or perhaps the

joint efforts of many generations of psychologists--made the astounding

discovery that the human voice, which seems to flow on in an unbroken

stream of endlessly varied modulations and intonations, may really be

analyzed into a comparatively limited number of component sounds--into a

few hundreds of syllables. That wonderful idea conceived, it was only

a matter of time until it would occur to some other enterprising genius

that by selecting an arbitrary symbol to represent each one of these

elementary sounds it would be possible to make a written record of the

words of human speech which could be reproduced--rephonated--by some

one who had never heard the words and did not know in advance what this

written record contained. This, of course, is what every child learns

to do now in the primer class, but we may feel assured that such an

idea never occurred to any human being until the peculiar forms of

pictographic writing just referred to had been practised for many

centuries. Yet, as we have said, some genius of prehistoric Egypt

conceived the idea and put it into practical execution, and the

hieroglyphic writing of which the Egyptians were in full possession at

the very beginning of what we term the historical period made use

of this phonetic system along with the ideographic system already

described.

So fond were the Egyptians of their pictorial symbols used

ideographically that they clung to them persistently throughout the

entire period of Egyptian history. They used symbols as phonetic

equivalents very frequently, but they never learned to depend upon them

exclusively. The scribe always interspersed his phonetic signs with some

other signs intended as graphic aids. After spelling a word out in full,

he added a picture, sometimes even two or three pictures, representative

of the individual thing, or at least of the type of thing to which the

word belongs. Two or three illustrations will make this clear.

Thus qeften, monkey, is spelled out in full, but the picture of a monkey

is added as a determinative; second, qenu, cavalry, after being spelled,

is made unequivocal by the introduction of a picture of a horse; third,

temati, wings, though spelled elaborately, has pictures of wings added;

and fourth, tatu, quadrupeds, after being spelled, has a picture of

a quadruped, and then the picture of a hide, which is the usual

determinative of a quadruped, followed by three dashes to indicate the

plural number.

It must not be supposed, however, that it was a mere whim which led the

Egyptians to the use of this system of determinatives. There was sound

reason back of it. It amounted to no more than the expedient we adopt

when we spell "to," "two," or "too," in indication of a single sound

with three different meanings. The Egyptian language abounds in words

having more than one meaning, and in writing these it is obvious that

some means of distinction is desirable. The same thing occurs even more

frequently in the Chinese language, which is monosyllabic. The Chinese

adopt a more clumsy expedient, supplying a different symbol for each

of the meanings of a syllable; so that while the actual word-sounds of

their speech are only a few hundreds in number, the characters of their

written language mount high into the thousands.

BABYLONIAN WRITING

While the civilization of the Nile Valley was developing this

extraordinary system of hieroglyphics, the inhabitants of Babylonia

were practising the art of writing along somewhat different lines. It is

certain that they began with picture-making, and that in due course they

advanced to the development of the syllabary; but, unlike their Egyptian

cousins, the men of Babylonia saw fit to discard the old system when

they had perfected a better one.(5) So at a very early day their

writing--as revealed to us now through the recent excavations--had

ceased to have that pictorial aspect which distinguishes the Egyptian

script. What had originally been pictures of objects--fish, houses,

and the like--had come to be represented by mere aggregations of

wedge-shaped marks. As the writing of the Babvlonians was chiefly

inscribed on soft clay, the adaptation of this wedge-shaped mark in lieu

of an ordinary line was probably a mere matter of convenience, since the

sharp-cornered implement used in making the inscription naturally made

a wedge-shaped impression in the clay. That, however, is a detail.

The essential thing is that the Babylonian had so fully analyzed

the speech-sounds that he felt entire confidence in them, and having

selected a sufficient number of conventional characters--each made up

of wedge-shaped lines--to represent all the phonetic sounds of his

language, spelled the words out in syllables and to some extent

dispensed with the determinative signs which, as we have seen, played so

prominent a part in the Egyptian writing. His cousins the Assyrians used

habitually a system of writing the foundation of which was an elaborate

phonetic syllabary; a system, therefore, far removed from the old

crude pictograph, and in some respects much more developed than the

complicated Egyptian method; yet, after all, a system that stopped short

of perfection by the wide gap that separates the syllabary from the true

alphabet.

A brief analysis of speech sounds will aid us in understanding the real

nature of the syllabary. Let us take for consideration the consonantal

sound represented by the letter b. A moment's consideration will make

it clear that this sound enters into a large number of syllables. There

are, for example, at least twenty vowel sounds in the English language,

not to speak of certain digraphs; that is to say, each of the important

vowels has from two to six sounds. Each of these vowel sounds may enter

into combination with the b sound alone to form three syllables; as

ba, ab, bal, be, eb, bel, etc. Thus there are at least sixty b-sound

syllables. But this is not the end, for other consonantal sounds may be

associated in the syllables in such combinations as bad, bed, bar, bark,

cab, etc. As each of the other twenty odd consonantal sounds may enter

into similar combinations, it is obvious that there are several hundreds

of fundamental syllables to be taken into account in any syllabic system

of writing. For each of these syllables a symbol must be set aside

and held in reserve as the representative of that particular sound. A

perfect syllabary, then, would require some hundred or more of symbols

to represent b sounds alone; and since the sounds for c, d, f, and the

rest are equally varied, the entire syllabary would run into thousands

of characters, almost rivalling in complexity the Chinese system. But

in practice the most perfect syllabary, Such as that of the Babylonians,

fell short of this degree of precision through ignoring the minor shades

of sound; just as our own alphabet is content to represent some thirty

vowel sounds by five letters, ignoring the fact that a, for example, has

really half a dozen distinct phonetic values. By such slurring of sounds

the syllabary is reduced far below its ideal limits; yet even so it

retains three or four hundred characters.

In point of fact, such a work as Professor Delitzsch's Assyrian

Grammar(6) presents signs for three hundred and thirty-four syllables,

together with sundry alternative signs and determinatives to tax the

memory of the would-be reader of Assyrian. Let us take for example a few

of the b sounds. It has been explained that the basis of the Assyrian

written character is a simple wedge-shaped or arrow-head mark. Variously

repeated and grouped, these marks make up the syllabic characters.

To learn some four hundred such signs as these was the task set, as an

equivalent of learning the a b c's, to any primer class in old Assyria

in the long generations when that land was the culture Centre of the

world. Nor was the task confined to the natives of Babylonia and Assyria

alone. About the fifteenth century B.C., and probably for a long time

before and after that period, the exceedingly complex syllabary of the

Babylonians was the official means of communication throughout western

Asia and between Asia and Egypt, as we know from the chance discovery

of a collection of letters belonging to the Egyptian king Khun-aten,

preserved at Tel-el-Amarna. In the time of Ramses the Great the

Babylonian writing was in all probability considered by a majority of

the most highly civilized people in the world to be the most perfect

script practicable. Doubtless the average scribe of the time did not in

the least realize the waste of energy involved in his labors, or ever

suspect that there could be any better way of writing.

Yet the analysis of any one of these hundreds of syllables into its

component phonetic elements--had any one been genius enough to make such

analysis--would have given the key to simpler and better things. But

such an analysis was very hard to make, as the sequel shows. Nor is

the utility of such an analysis self-evident, as the experience of

the Egyptians proved. The vowel sound is so intimately linked with the

consonant--the con-sonant, implying this intimate relation in its

very name--that it seemed extremely difficult to give it individual

recognition. To set off the mere labial beginning of the sound by

itself, and to recognize it as an all-essential element of phonation,

was the feat at which human intelligence so long balked. The germ of

great things lay in that analysis. It was a process of simplification,

and all art development is from the complex to the simple.

Unfortunately, however, it did not seem a simplification, but rather

quite the reverse. We may well suppose that the idea of wresting from

the syllabary its secret of consonants and vowels, and giving to

each consonantal sound a distinct sign, seemed a most cumbersome and

embarrassing complication to the ancient scholars--that is to say,

after the time arrived when any one gave such an idea expression. We can

imagine them saying: "You will oblige us to use four signs instead of

one to write such an elementary syllable as 'bard,' for example.

Out upon such endless perplexity!" Nor is such a suggestion purely

gratuitous, for it is an historical fact that the old syllabary

continued to be used in Babylon hundreds of years after the alphabetical

system had been introduced.(7) Custom is everything in establishing our

prejudices. The Japanese to-day rebel against the introduction of an

alphabet, thinking it ambiguous.

Yet, in the end, conservatism always yields, and so it was with

opposition to the alphabet. Once the idea of the consonant had been

firmly grasped, the old syllabary was doomed, though generations of time

might be required to complete the obsequies--generations of time and the

influence of a new nation. We have now to inquire how and by whom this

advance was made.

THE ALPHABET ACHIEVED

We cannot believe that any nation could have vaulted to the final stage

of the simple alphabetical writing without tracing the devious and

difficult way of the pictograph and the syllabary. It is possible,

however, for a cultivated nation to build upon the shoulders of its

neighbors, and, profiting by the experience of others, to make sudden

leaps upward and onward. And this is seemingly what happened in the

final development of the art of writing. For while the Babylonians and

Assyrians rested content with their elaborate syllabary, a nation on

either side of them, geographically speaking, solved the problem, which

they perhaps did not even recognize as a problem; wrested from their

syllabary its secret of consonants and vowels, and by adopting an

arbitrary sign for each consonantal sound, produced that most wonderful

of human inventions, the alphabet.

The two nations credited with this wonderful achievement are the

Phoenicians and the Persians. But it is not usually conceded that the

two are entitled to anything like equal credit. The Persians, probably

in the time of Cyrus the Great, used certain characters of the

Babylonian script for the construction of an alphabet; but at this time

the Phoenician alphabet had undoubtedly been in use for some centuries,

and it is more than probable that the Persian borrowed his idea of an

alphabet from a Phoenician source. And that, of course, makes all the

difference. Granted the idea of an alphabet, it requires no great reach

of constructive genius to supply a set of alphabetical characters;

though even here, it may be added parenthetically, a study of the

development of alphabets will show that mankind has all along had a

characteristic propensity to copy rather than to invent.

Regarding the Persian alphabet-maker, then, as a copyist rather than

a true inventor, it remains to turn attention to the Phoenician source

whence, as is commonly believed, the original alphabet which became "the

mother of all existing alphabets" came into being. It must be admitted

at the outset that evidence for the Phoenician origin of this alphabet

is traditional rather than demonstrative. The Phoenicians were the great

traders of antiquity; undoubtedly they were largely responsible for the

transmission of the alphabet from one part of the world to another, once

it had been invented. Too much credit cannot be given them for this; and

as the world always honors him who makes an idea fertile rather than the

originator of the idea, there can be little injustice in continuing

to speak of the Phoenicians as the inventors of the alphabet. But the

actual facts of the case will probably never be known. For aught we

know, it may have been some dreamy-eyed Israelite, some Babylonian

philosopher, some Egyptian mystic, perhaps even some obscure Cretan,

who gave to the hard-headed Phoenician trader this conception of a

dismembered syllable with its all-essential, elemental, wonder-working

consonant. But it is futile now to attempt even to surmise on such

unfathomable details as these. Suffice it that the analysis was made;

that one sign and no more was adopted for each consonantal sound of the

Semitic tongue, and that the entire cumbersome mechanism of the Egyptian

and Babylonian writing systems was rendered obsolescent. These systems

did not yield at once, to be sure; all human experience would have been

set at naught had they done so. They held their own, and much more than

held their own, for many centuries. After the Phoenicians as a nation

had ceased to have importance; after their original script had been

endlessly modified by many alien nations; after the original alphabet

had made the conquest of all civilized Europe and of far outlying

portions of the Orient--the Egyptian and Babylonian scribes continued to

indite their missives in the same old pictographs and syllables.

The inventive thinker must have been struck with amazement when, after

making the fullest analysis of speech-sounds of which he was capable,

he found himself supplied with only a score or so of symbols. Yet as

regards the consonantal sounds he had exhausted the resources of the

Semitic tongue. As to vowels, he scarcely considered them at all. It

seemed to him sufficient to use one symbol for each consonantal sound.

This reduced the hitherto complex mechanism of writing to so simple a

system that the inventor must have regarded it with sheer delight. On

the other hand, the conservative scholar doubtless thought it distinctly

ambiguous. In truth, it must be admitted that the system was imperfect.

It was a vast improvement on the old syllabary, but it had its

drawbacks. Perhaps it had been made a bit too simple; certainly

it should have had symbols for the vowel sounds as well as for the

consonants. Nevertheless, the vowel-lacking alphabet seems to have taken

the popular fancy, and to this day Semitic people have never supplied

its deficiencies save with certain dots and points.

Peoples using the Aryan speech soon saw the defect, and the Greeks

supplied symbols for several new sounds at a very early day.(8) But

there the matter rested, and the alphabet has remained imperfect. For

the purposes of the English language there should certainly have been

added a dozen or more new characters. It is clear, for example, that, in

the interest of explicitness, we should have a separate symbol for the

vowel sound in each of the following syllables: bar, bay, bann, ball, to

cite a single illustration.

There is, to be sure, a seemingly valid reason for not extending

our alphabet, in the fact that in multiplying syllables it would be

difficult to select characters at once easy to make and unambiguous.

Moreover, the conservatives might point out, with telling effect, that

the present alphabet has proved admirably effective for about three

thousand years. Yet the fact that our dictionaries supply diacritical

marks for some thirty vowels sounds to indicate the pronunciation of the

words of our every-day speech, shows how we let memory and guessing

do the work that might reasonably be demanded of a really complete

alphabet. But, whatever its defects, the existing alphabet is a

marvellous piece of mechanism, the result of thousands of years

of intellectual effort. It is, perhaps without exception, the most

stupendous invention of the human intellect within historical times--an

achievement taking rank with such great prehistoric discoveries as the

use of articulate speech, the making of a fire, and the invention of

stone implements, of the wheel and axle, and of picture-writing. It made

possible for the first time that education of the masses upon which all

later progress of civilization was so largely to depend.

V. THE BEGINNINGS OF GREEK SCIENCE

Herodotus, the Father of History, tells us that once upon a time--which

time, as the modern computator shows us, was about the year 590 B.C.--a

war had risen between the Lydians and the Medes and continued five

years. "In these years the Medes often discomfited the Lydians and the

Lydians often discomfited the Medes (and among other things they fought

a battle by night); and yet they still carried on the war with equally

balanced fortitude. In the sixth year a battle took place in which it

happened, when the fight had begun, that suddenly the day became night.

And this change of the day Thales, the Milesian, had foretold to the

Ionians, laying down as a limit this very year in which the change took

place. The Lydians, however, and the Medes, when they saw that it had

become night instead of day, ceased from their fighting and were much

more eager, both of them, that peace should be made between them."

This memorable incident occurred while Alyattus, father of Croesus,

was king of the Lydians. The modern astronomer, reckoning backward,

estimates this eclipse as occurring probably May 25th, 585 B.C. The

date is important as fixing a mile-stone in the chronology of ancient

history, but it is doubly memorable because it is the first recorded

instance of a predicted eclipse. Herodotus, who tells the story, was not

born until about one hundred years after the incident occurred, but time

had not dimmed the fame of the man who had performed the necromantic

feat of prophecy. Thales, the Milesian, thanks in part at least to this

accomplishment, had been known in life as first on the list of the Seven

Wise Men of Greece, and had passed into history as the father of Greek

philosophy. We may add that he had even found wider popular fame through

being named by Hippolytus, and then by Father aesop, as the philosopher

who, intent on studying the heavens, fell into a well; "whereupon," says

Hippolytus, "a maid-servant named Thratta laughed at him and said, 'In

his search for things in the sky he does not see what is at his feet.'"

Such citations as these serve to bring vividly to mind the fact that

we are entering a new epoch of thought. Hitherto our studies have been

impersonal. Among Egyptians and Babylonians alike we have had to deal

with classes of scientific records, but we have scarcely come across a

single name. Now, however, we shall begin to find records of the work of

individual investigators. In general, from now on, we shall be able to

trace each great idea, if not to its originator, at least to some one

man of genius who was prominent in bringing it before the world. The

first of these vitalizers of thought, who stands out at the beginnings

of Greek history, is this same Thales, of Miletus. His is not a very

sharply defined personality as we look back upon it, and we can by no

means be certain that all the discoveries which are ascribed to him are

specifically his. Of his individuality as a man we know very little. It

is not even quite certain as to where he was born; Miletus is usually

accepted as his birthplace, but one tradition makes him by birth a

Phenician. It is not at all in question, however, that by blood he

was at least in part an Ionian Greek. It will be recalled that in

the seventh century B.C., when Thales was born--and for a long

time thereafter--the eastern shores of the aegean Sea were quite as

prominently the centre of Greek influence as was the peninsula of Greece

itself. Not merely Thales, but his followers and disciples, Anaximander

and Anaximenes, were born there. So also was Herodotas, the Father of

History, not to extend the list. There is nothing anomalous, then, in

the fact that Thales, the father of Greek thought, was born and passed

his life on soil that was not geographically a part of Greece; but

the fact has an important significance of another kind. Thanks to his

environment, Thales was necessarily brought more or less in contact with

Oriental ideas. There was close commercial contact between the land of

his nativity and the great Babylonian capital off to the east, as also

with Egypt. Doubtless this association was of influence in shaping

the development of Thales's mind. Indeed, it was an accepted tradition

throughout classical times that the Milesian philosopher had travelled

in Egypt, and had there gained at least the rudiments of his knowledge

of geometry. In the fullest sense, then, Thales may be regarded as

representing a link in the chain of thought connecting the learning

of the old Orient with the nascent scholarship of the new Occident.

Occupying this position, it is fitting that the personality of Thales

should partake somewhat of mystery; that the scene may not be shifted

too suddenly from the vague, impersonal East to the individualism of

Europe.

All of this, however, must not be taken as casting any doubt upon the

existence of Thales as a real person. Even the dates of his life--640 to

546 B.C.--may be accepted as at least approximately trustworthy; and the

specific discoveries ascribed to him illustrate equally well the stage

of development of Greek thought, whether Thales himself or one of his

immediate disciples were the discoverer. We have already mentioned the

feat which was said to have given Thales his great reputation. That

Thales was universally credited with having predicted the famous eclipse

is beyond question. That he actually did predict it in any precise sense

of the word is open to doubt. At all events, his prediction was not

based upon any such precise knowledge as that of the modern astronomer.

There is, indeed, only one way in which he could have foretold the

eclipse, and that is through knowledge of the regular succession of

preceding eclipses. But that knowledge implies access on the part of

some one to long series of records of practical observations of the

heavens. Such records, as we have seen, existed in Egypt and even

more notably in Babylonia. That these records were the source of the

information which established the reputation of Thales is an unavoidable

inference. In other words, the magical prevision of the father of Greek

thought was but a reflex of Oriental wisdom. Nevertheless, it sufficed

to establish Thales as the father of Greek astronomy. In point of fact,

his actual astronomical attainments would appear to have been meagre

enough. There is nothing to show that he gained an inkling of the true

character of the solar system. He did not even recognize the sphericity

of the earth, but held, still following the Oriental authorities, that

the world is a flat disk. Even his famous cosmogonic guess, according to

which water is the essence of all things and the primordial element

out of which the earth was developed, is but an elaboration of the

Babylonian conception.

When we turn to the other field of thought with which the name of Thales

is associated--namely, geometry--we again find evidence of the Oriental

influence. The science of geometry, Herodotus assures us, was invented

in Egypt. It was there an eminently practical science, being applied, as

the name literally suggests, to the measurement of the earth's surface.

Herodotus tells us that the Egyptians were obliged to cultivate

the science because the periodical inundations washed away the

boundary-lines between their farms. The primitive geometer, then, was

a surveyor. The Egyptian records, as now revealed to us, show that the

science had not been carried far in the land of its birth. The

Egyptian geometer was able to measure irregular pieces of land only

approximately. He never fully grasped the idea of the perpendicular

as the true index of measurement for the triangle, but based his

calculations upon measurements of the actual side of that figure.

Nevertheless, he had learned to square the circle with a close

approximation to the truth, and, in general, his measurement sufficed

for all his practical needs. Just how much of the geometrical knowledge

which added to the fame of Thales was borrowed directly from the

Egyptians, and how much he actually created we cannot be sure. Nor is

the question raised in disparagement of his genius. Receptivity is the

first prerequisite to progressive thinking, and that Thales reached out

after and imbibed portions of Oriental wisdom argues in itself for

the creative character of his genius. Whether borrower of originator,

however, Thales is credited with the expression of the following

geometrical truths:

1. That the circle is bisected by its diameter.

2. That the angles at the base of an isosceles triangle are equal.

3. That when two straight lines cut each other the vertical opposite

angles are equal.

4. That the angle in a semicircle is a right angle.

5. That one side and one acute angle of a right-angle triangle determine

the other sides of the triangle.

It was by the application of the last of these principles that Thales is

said to have performed the really notable feat of measuring the distance

of a ship from the shore, his method being precisely the same in

principle as that by which the guns are sighted on a modern man-of-war.

Another practical demonstration which Thales was credited with making,

and to which also his geometrical studies led him, was the measurement

of any tall object, such as a pyramid or building or tree, by means

of its shadow. The method, though simple enough, was ingenious. It

consisted merely in observing the moment of the day when a perpendicular

stick casts a shadow equal to its own length. Obviously the tree or

monument would also cast a shadow equal to its own height at the same

moment. It remains then but to measure the length of this shadow to

determine the height of the object. Such feats as this evidence the

practicality of the genius of Thales. They suggest that Greek science,

guided by imagination, was starting on the high-road of observation. We

are told that Thales conceived for the first time the geometry of lines,

and that this, indeed, constituted his real advance upon the Egyptians.

We are told also that he conceived the eclipse of the sun as a purely

natural phenomenon, and that herein lay his advance upon the Chaldean

point of view. But if this be true Thales was greatly in advance of his

time, for it will be recalled that fully two hundred years later

the Greeks under Nicias before Syracuse were so disconcerted by the

appearance of an eclipse, which was interpreted as a direct omen and

warning, that Nicias threw away the last opportunity to rescue his army.

Thucydides, it is true, in recording this fact speaks disparagingly of

the superstitious bent of the mind of Nicias, but Thucydides also was a

man far in advance of his time.

All that we know of the psychology of Thales is summed up in the famous

maxim, "Know thyself," a maxim which, taken in connection with

the proven receptivity of the philosopher's mind, suggests to us a

marvellously rounded personality.

The disciples or successors of Thales, Anaximander and Anaximenes, were

credited with advancing knowledge through the invention or introduction

of the sundial. We may be sure, however, that the gnomon, which is the

rudimentary sundial, had been known and used from remote periods in

the Orient, and the most that is probable is that Anaximander may

have elaborated some special design, possibly the bowl-shaped sundial,

through which the shadow of the gnomon would indicate the time. The same

philosopher is said to have made the first sketch of a geographical map,

but this again is a statement which modern researches have shown to be

fallacious, since a Babylonian attempt at depicting the geography of

the world is still preserved to us on a clay tablet. Anaximander may,

however, have been the first Greek to make an attempt of this kind. Here

again the influence of Babylonian science upon the germinating Western

thought is suggested.

It is said that Anaximander departed from Thales's conception of the

earth, and, it may be added, from the Babylonian conception also, in

that he conceived it as a cylinder, or rather as a truncated cone, the

upper end of which is the habitable portion. This conception is perhaps

the first of these guesses through which the Greek mind attempted to

explain the apparent fixity of the earth. To ask what supports the earth

in space is most natural, but the answer given by Anaximander, like that

more familiar Greek solution which transformed the cone, or cylinder,

into the giant Atlas, is but another illustration of that substitution

of unwarranted inference for scientific induction which we have already

so often pointed out as characteristic of the primitive stages of

thought.

Anaximander held at least one theory which, as vouched for by various

copyists and commentators, entitles him to be considered perhaps the

first teacher of the idea of organic evolution. According to this idea,

man developed from a fishlike ancestor, "growing up as sharks do until

able to help himself and then coming forth on dry land."(1) The thought

here expressed finds its germ, perhaps, in the Babylonian conception

that everything came forth from a chaos of waters. Yet the fact that the

thought of Anaximander has come down to posterity through such various

channels suggests that the Greek thinker had got far enough away from

the Oriental conception to make his view seem to his contemporaries a

novel and individual one. Indeed, nothing we know of the Oriental line

of thought conveys any suggestion of the idea of transformation of

species, whereas that idea is distinctly formulated in the traditional

views of Anaximander.

VI. THE EARLY GREEK PHILOSOPHERS IN ITALY

Diogenes Laertius tells a story about a youth who, clad in a purple

toga, entered the arena at the Olympian games and asked to compete

with the other youths in boxing. He was derisively denied admission,

presumably because he was beyond the legitimate age for juvenile

contestants. Nothing daunted, the youth entered the lists of men, and

turned the laugh on his critics by coming off victor. The youth who

performed this feat was named Pythagoras. He was the same man, if we

may credit the story, who afterwards migrated to Italy and became

the founder of the famous Crotonian School of Philosophy; the man who

developed the religion of the Orphic mysteries; who conceived the

idea of the music of the spheres; who promulgated the doctrine of

metempsychosis; who first, perhaps, of all men clearly conceived the

notion that this world on which we live is a ball which moves in space

and which may be habitable on every side.

A strange development that for a stripling pugilist. But we must not

forget that in the Greek world athletics held a peculiar place. The

chief winner of Olympian games gave his name to an epoch (the ensuing

Olympiad of four years), and was honored almost before all others in the

land. A sound mind in a sound body was the motto of the day. To excel

in feats of strength and dexterity was an accomplishment that even

a philosopher need not scorn. It will be recalled that aeschylus

distinguished himself at the battle of Marathon; that Thucydides, the

greatest of Greek historians, was a general in the Peloponnesian War;

that Xenophon, the pupil and biographer of Socrates, was chiefly famed

for having led the Ten Thousand in the memorable campaign of Cyrus

the Younger; that Plato himself was credited with having shown

great aptitude in early life as a wrestler. If, then, Pythagoras the

philosopher was really the Pythagoras who won the boxing contest, we may

suppose that in looking back upon this athletic feat from the heights of

his priesthood--for he came to be almost deified--he regarded it not as

an indiscretion of his youth, but as one of the greatest achievements of

his life. Not unlikely he recalled with pride that he was credited

with being no less an innovator in athletics than in philosophy. At all

events, tradition credits him with the invention of "scientific"

boxing. Was it he, perhaps, who taught the Greeks to strike a rising

and swinging blow from the hip, as depicted in the famous metopes of the

Parthenon? If so, the innovation of Pythagoras was as little heeded in

this regard in a subsequent age as was his theory of the motion of the

earth; for to strike a swinging blow from the hip, rather than from the

shoulder, is a trick which the pugilist learned anew in our own day.

But enough of pugilism and of what, at best, is a doubtful tradition.

Our concern is with another "science" than that of the arena. We

must follow the purple-robed victor to Italy--if, indeed, we be not

over-credulous in accepting the tradition--and learn of triumphs of a

different kind that have placed the name of Pythagoras high on the list

of the fathers of Grecian thought. To Italy? Yes, to the western limits

of the Greek world. Here it was, beyond the confines of actual Greek

territory, that Hellenic thought found its second home, its first home

being, as we have seen, in Asia Minor. Pythagoras, indeed, to whom we

have just been introduced, was born on the island of Samos, which lies

near the coast of Asia Minor, but he probably migrated at an early

day to Crotona, in Italy. There he lived, taught, and developed

his philosophy until rather late in life, when, having incurred the

displeasure of his fellow-citizens, he suffered the not unusual penalty

of banishment.

Of the three other great Italic leaders of thought of the early period,

Xenophanes came rather late in life to Elea and founded the famous

Eleatic School, of which Parmenides became the most distinguished

ornament. These two were Ionians, and they lived in the sixth century

before our era. Empedocles, the Sicilian, was of Doric origin. He lived

about the middle of the fifth century B.C., at a time, therefore, when

Athens had attained a position of chief glory among the Greek states;

but there is no evidence that Empedocles ever visited that city, though

it was rumored that he returned to the Peloponnesus to die. The other

great Italic philosophers just named, living, as we have seen, in the

previous century, can scarcely have thought of Athens as a centre of

Greek thought. Indeed, the very fact that these men lived in Italy made

that peninsula, rather than the mother-land of Greece, the centre of

Hellenic influence. But all these men, it must constantly be borne in

mind, were Greeks by birth and language, fully recognized as such in

their own time and by posterity. Yet the fact that they lived in a land

which was at no time a part of the geographical territory of Greece must

not be forgotten. They, or their ancestors of recent generations, had

been pioneers among those venturesome colonists who reached out into

distant portions of the world, and made homes for themselves in much

the same spirit in which colonists from Europe began to populate America

some two thousand years later. In general, colonists from the different

parts of Greece localized themselves somewhat definitely in their new

homes; yet there must naturally have been a good deal of commingling

among the various families of pioneers, and, to a certain extent, a

mingling also with the earlier inhabitants of the country. This racial

mingling, combined with the well-known vitalizing influence of the

pioneer life, led, we may suppose, to a more rapid and more varied

development than occurred among the home-staying Greeks. In proof of

this, witness the remarkable schools of philosophy which, as we have

seen, were thus developed at the confines of the Greek world, and

which were presently to invade and, as it were, take by storm the

mother-country itself.

As to the personality of these pioneer philosophers of the West, our

knowledge is for the most part more or less traditional. What has been

said of Thales may be repeated, in the main, regarding Pythagoras,

Parmenides, and Empedocles. That they were real persons is not at all in

question, but much that is merely traditional has come to be associated

with their names. Pythagoras was the senior, and doubtless his ideas may

have influenced the others more or less, though each is usually spoken

of as the founder of an independent school. Much confusion has all along

existed, however, as to the precise ideas which were to be ascribed to

each of the leaders. Numberless commentators, indeed, have endeavored

to pick out from among the traditions of antiquity, aided by such

fragments, of the writing of the philosophers as have come down to us,

the particular ideas that characterized each thinker, and to weave these

ideas into systems. But such efforts, notwithstanding the mental energy

that has been expended upon them, were, of necessity, futile, since, in

the first place, the ancient philosophers themselves did not specialize

and systematize their ideas according to modern notions, and, in the

second place, the records of their individual teachings have been too

scantily preserved to serve for the purpose of classification. It

is freely admitted that fable has woven an impenetrable mesh of

contradictions about the personalities of these ancient thinkers, and it

would be folly to hope that this same artificer had been less busy with

their beliefs and theories. When one reads that Pythagoras advocated an

exclusively vegetable diet, yet that he was the first to train athletes

on meat diet; that he sacrificed only inanimate things, yet that he

offered up a hundred oxen in honor of his great discovery regarding

the sides of a triangle, and such like inconsistencies in the same

biography, one gains a realizing sense of the extent to which diverse

traditions enter into the story as it has come down to us. And yet we

must reflect that most men change their opinions in the course of a long

lifetime, and that the antagonistic reports may both be true.

True or false, these fables have an abiding interest, since they prove

the unique and extraordinary character of the personality about which

they are woven. The alleged witticisms of a Whistler, in our own day,

were doubtless, for the most part, quite unknown to Whistler himself,

yet they never would have been ascribed to him were they not akin to

witticisms that he did originate--were they not, in short, typical

expressions of his personality. And so of the heroes of the past. "It is

no ordinary man," said George Henry Lewes, speaking of Pythagoras,

"whom fable exalts into the poetic region. Whenever you find romantic or

miraculous deeds attributed, be certain that the hero was great enough

to maintain the weight of the crown of this fabulous glory."(1) We may

not doubt, then, that Pythagoras, Parmenides, and Empedocles, with whose

names fable was so busy throughout antiquity, were men of extraordinary

personality. We are here chiefly concerned, however, neither with the

personality of the man nor yet with the precise doctrines which each one

of them taught. A knowledge of the latter would be interesting were it

attainable, but in the confused state of the reports that have come down

to us we cannot hope to be able to ascribe each idea with precision

to its proper source. At best we can merely outline, even here not too

precisely, the scientific doctrines which the Italic philosophers as a

whole seem to have advocated.

First and foremost, there is the doctrine that the earth is a sphere.

Pythagoras is said to have been the first advocate of this theory; but,

unfortunately, it is reported also that Parmenides was its author. This

rivalship for the discovery of an important truth we shall see repeated

over and over in more recent times. Could we know the whole truth, it

would perhaps appear that the idea of the sphericity of the earth was

originated long before the time of the Greek philosophers. But it must

be admitted that there is no record of any sort to give tangible support

to such an assumption. So far as we can ascertain, no Egyptian or

Babylonian astronomer ever grasped the wonderful conception that the

earth is round. That the Italic Greeks should have conceived that idea

was perhaps not so much because they were astronomers as because they

were practical geographers and geometers. Pythagoras, as we have noted,

was born at Samos, and, therefore, made a relatively long sea voyage in

passing to Italy. Now, as every one knows, the most simple and tangible

demonstration of the convexity of the earth's surface is furnished by

observation of an approaching ship at sea. On a clear day a keen eye

may discern the mast and sails rising gradually above the horizon, to be

followed in due course by the hull. Similarly, on approaching the shore,

high objects become visible before those that lie nearer the water. It

is at least a plausible supposition that Pythagoras may have made such

observations as these during the voyage in question, and that therein

may lie the germ of that wonderful conception of the world as a sphere.

To what extent further proof, based on the fact that the earth's shadow

when the moon is eclipsed is always convex, may have been known to

Pythagoras we cannot say. There is no proof that any of the Italic

philosophers made extensive records of astronomical observations as did

the Egyptians and Babylonians; but we must constantly recall that the

writings of classical antiquity have been almost altogether destroyed.

The absence of astronomical records is, therefore, no proof that such

records never existed. Pythagoras, it should be said, is reported to

have travelled in Egypt, and he must there have gained an inkling of

astronomical methods. Indeed, he speaks of himself specifically, in a

letter quoted by Diogenes, as one who is accustomed to study astronomy.

Yet a later sentence of the letter, which asserts that the philosopher

is not always occupied about speculations of his own fancy, suggesting,

as it does, the dreamer rather than the observer, gives us probably a

truer glimpse into the philosopher's mind. There is, indeed, reason to

suppose that the doctrine of the sphericity of the earth appealed to

Pythagoras chiefly because it accorded with his conception that the

sphere is the most perfect solid, just as the circle is the most perfect

plane surface. Be that as it may, the fact remains that we have here, as

far as we can trace its origin, the first expression of the scientific

theory that the earth is round. Had the Italic philosophers accomplished

nothing more than this, their accomplishment would none the less mark an

epoch in the progress of thought.

That Pythagoras was an observer of the heavens is further evidenced by

the statement made by Diogenes, on the authority of Parmenides, that

Pythagoras was the first person who discovered or asserted the identity

of Hesperus and Lucifer--that is to say, of the morning and the evening

star. This was really a remarkable discovery, and one that was no doubt

instrumental later on in determining that theory of the mechanics of

the heavens which we shall see elaborated presently. To have made such

a discovery argues again for the practicality of the mind of Pythagoras.

His, indeed, would seem to have been a mind in which practical

common-sense was strangely blended with the capacity for wide and

imaginative generalization. As further evidence of his practicality,

it is asserted that he was the first person who introduced measures and

weights among the Greeks, this assertion being made on the authority of

Aristoxenus. It will be observed that he is said to have introduced,

not to have invented, weights and measures, a statement which suggests

a knowledge on the part of the Greeks that weights and measures were

previously employed in Egypt and Babylonia.

The mind that could conceive the world as a sphere and that interested

itself in weights and measures was, obviously, a mind of the visualizing

type. It is characteristic of this type of mind to be interested in the

tangibilities of geometry, hence it is not surprising to be told

that Pythagoras "carried that science to perfection." The most famous

discovery of Pythagoras in this field was that the square of the

hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle is equal to the squares of the

other sides of the triangle. We have already noted the fable that

his enthusiasm over this discovery led him to sacrifice a hecatomb.

Doubtless the story is apocryphal, but doubtless, also, it expresses

the truth as to the fervid joy with which the philosopher must have

contemplated the results of his creative imagination.

No line alleged to have been written by Pythagoras has come down to us.

We are told that he refrained from publishing his doctrines, except by

word of mouth. "The Lucanians and the Peucetians, and the Messapians and

the Romans," we are assured, "flocked around him, coming with eagerness

to hear his discourses; no fewer than six hundred came to him every

night; and if any one of them had ever been permitted to see the master,

they wrote of it to their friends as if they had gained some great

advantage." Nevertheless, we are assured that until the time of

Philolaus no doctrines of Pythagoras were ever published, to which

statement it is added that "when the three celebrated books were

published, Plato wrote to have them purchased for him for a hundred

minas."(2) But if such books existed, they are lost to the modern world,

and we are obliged to accept the assertions of relatively late writers

as to the theories of the great Crotonian.

Perhaps we cannot do better than quote at length from an important

summary of the remaining doctrines of Pythagoras, which Diogenes himself

quoted from the work of a predecessor.(3) Despite its somewhat inchoate

character, this summary is a most remarkable one, as a brief analysis

of its contents will show. It should be explained that Alexander (whose

work is now lost) is said to have found these dogmas set down in the

commentaries of Pythagoras. If this assertion be accepted, we are

brought one step nearer the philosopher himself. The summary is as

follows:

"That the monad was the beginning of everything. From the monad proceeds

an indefinite duad, which is subordinate to the monad as to its cause.

That from the monad and the indefinite duad proceed numbers. And

from numbers signs. And from these last, lines of which plane figures

consist. And from plane figures are derived solid bodies. And from solid

bodies sensible bodies, of which last there are four elements--fire,

water, earth, and air. And that the world, which is indued with life and

intellect, and which is of a spherical figure, having the earth, which

is also spherical, and inhabited all over in its centre,(4) results from

a combination of these elements, and derives its motion from them; and

also that there are antipodes, and that what is below, as respects us,

is above in respect of them.

"He also taught that light and darkness, and cold and heat, and dryness

and moisture, were equally divided in the world; and that while heat was

predominant it was summer; while cold had the mastery, it was winter;

when dryness prevailed, it was spring; and when moisture preponderated,

winter. And while all these qualities were on a level, then was the

loveliest season of the year; of which the flourishing spring was the

wholesome period, and the season of autumn the most pernicious one. Of

the day, he said that the flourishing period was the morning, and the

fading one the evening; on which account that also was the least healthy

time.

"Another of his theories was that the air around the earth was immovable

and pregnant with disease, and that everything in it was mortal; but

that the upper air was in perpetual motion, and pure and salubrious, and

that everything in that was immortal, and on that account divine. And

that the sun and the moon and the stars were all gods; for in them the

warm principle predominates which is the cause of life. And that the

moon derives its light from the sun. And that there is a relationship

between men and the gods, because men partake of the divine principle;

on which account, also, God exercises his providence for our advantage.

Also, that Fate is the cause of the arrangement of the world both

generally and particularly. Moreover, that a ray from the sun penetrated

both the cold aether and the dense aether; and they call the air the

cold aether, and the sea and moisture they call the dense aether. And

this ray descends into the depths, and in this way vivifies everything.

And everything which partakes of the principle of heat lives, on which

account, also, plants are animated beings; but that all living things

have not necessarily souls. And that the soul is a something tom off

from the aether, both warm and cold, from its partaking of the cold

aether. And that the soul is something different from life. Also,

that it is immortal, because that from which it has been detached is

immortal.

"Also, that animals are born from one another by seeds, and that it is

impossible for there to be any spontaneous production by the earth.

And that seed is a drop from the brain which contains in itself a warm

vapor; and that when this is applied to the womb it transmits virtue and

moisture and blood from the brain, from which flesh and sinews and bones

and hair and the whole body are produced. And from the vapor is produced

the soul, and also sensation. And that the infant first becomes a solid

body at the end of forty days; but, according to the principles of

harmony, it is not perfect till seven, or perhaps nine, or at most ten

months, and then it is brought forth. And that it contains in itself all

the principles of life, which are all connected together, and by their

union and combination form a harmonious whole, each of them developing

itself at the appointed time.

"The senses in general, and especially the sight, are a vapor of

excessive warmth, and on this account a man is said to see through air

and through water. For the hot principle is opposed by the cold one;

since, if the vapor in the eyes were cold, it would have the same

temperature as the air, and so would be dissipated. As it is, in some

passages he calls the eyes the gates of the sun; and he speaks in a

similar manner of hearing and of the other senses.

"He also says that the soul of man is divided into three parts: into

intuition and reason and mind, and that the first and last divisions are

found also in other animals, but that the middle one, reason, is only

found in man. And that the chief abode of the soul is in those parts

of the body which are between the heart and the brain. And that that

portion of it which is in the heart is the mind; but that deliberation

and reason reside in the brain.

"Moreover, that the senses are drops from them; and that the reasoning

sense is immortal, but the others are mortal. And that the soul is

nourished by the blood; and that reasons are the winds of the soul.

That it is invisible, and so are its reasons, since the aether itself is

invisible. That the links of the soul are the veins and the arteries

and the nerves. But that when it is vigorous, and is by itself in a

quiescent state, then its links are words and actions. That when it

is cast forth upon the earth it wanders about, resembling the body.

Moreover, that Mercury is the steward of the souls, and that on this

account he has the name of Conductor, and Commercial, and Infernal,

since it is he who conducts the souls from their bodies, and from earth

and sea; and that he conducts the pure souls to the highest region, and

that he does not allow the impure ones to approach them, nor to come

near one another, but commits them to be bound in indissoluble fetters

by the Furies. The Pythagoreans also assert that the whole air is full

of souls, and that these are those which are accounted daemons and

heroes. Also, that it is by them that dreams are sent among men, and

also the tokens of disease and health; these last, too, being sent not

only to men, but to sheep also, and other cattle. Also that it is they

who are concerned with purifications and expiations and all kinds of

divination and oracular predictions, and things of that kind."(5)

A brief consideration of this summary of the doctrines of Pythagoras

will show that it at least outlines a most extraordinary variety of

scientific ideas. (1) There is suggested a theory of monads and the

conception of the development from simple to more complex bodies,

passing through the stages of lines, plain figures, and solids to

sensible bodies. (2) The doctrine of the four elements--fire, water,

earth, and air--as the basis of all organisms is put forward. (3)

The idea, not merely of the sphericity of the earth, but an explicit

conception of the antipodes, is expressed. (4) A conception of the

sanitary influence of the air is clearly expressed. (5) An idea of the

problems of generation and heredity is shown, together with a distinct

disavowal of the doctrine of spontaneous generation--a doctrine which,

it may be added, remained in vogue, nevertheless, for some twenty-four

hundred years after the time of Pythagoras. (6) A remarkable analysis of

mind is made, and a distinction between animal minds and the human mind

is based on this analysis. The physiological doctrine that the heart

is the organ of one department of mind is offset by the clear statement

that the remaining factors of mind reside in the brain. This early

recognition of brain as the organ of mind must not be forgotten in

our later studies. It should be recalled, however, that a Crotonian

physician, Alemaean, a younger contemporary of Pythagoras, is also

credited with the same theory. (7) A knowledge of anatomy is at least

vaguely foreshadowed in the assertion that veins, arteries, and nerves

are the links of the soul. In this connection it should be recalled that

Pythagoras was a practical physician.

As against these scientific doctrines, however, some of them being at

least remarkable guesses at the truth, attention must be called to

the concluding paragraph of our quotation, in which the old familiar

daemonology is outlined, quite after the Oriental fashion. We shall have

occasion to say more as to this phase of the subject later on. Meantime,

before leaving Pythagoras, let us note that his practical studies of

humanity led him to assert the doctrine that "the property of friends

is common, and that friendship is equality." His disciples, we are told,

used to put all their possessions together in one store and use them in

common. Here, then, seemingly, is the doctrine of communism put to the

test of experiment at this early day. If it seem that reference to

this carries us beyond the bounds of science, it may be replied that

questions such as this will not lie beyond the bounds of the science of

the near future.

XENOPHANES AND PARMENIDES

There is a whimsical tale about Pythagoras, according to which the

philosopher was wont to declare that in an earlier state he had visited

Hades, and had there seen Homer and Hesiod tortured because of the

absurd things they had said about the gods. Apocrypbal or otherwise,

the tale suggests that Pythagoras was an agnostic as regards the current

Greek religion of his time. The same thing is perhaps true of most

of the great thinkers of this earliest period. But one among them was

remembered in later times as having had a peculiar aversion to the

anthropomorphic conceptions of his fellows. This was Xenophanes, who was

born at Colophon probably about the year 580 B.C., and who, after a life

of wandering, settled finally in Italy and became the founder of the

so-called Eleatic School.

A few fragments of the philosophical poem in which Xenophanes expressed

his views have come down to us, and these fragments include a tolerably

definite avowal of his faith. "God is one supreme among gods and men,

and not like mortals in body or in mind," says Xenophanes. Again he

asserts that "mortals suppose that the gods are born (as they themselves

are), that they wear man's clothing and have human voice and body; but,"

he continues, "if cattle or lions had hands so as to paint with their

hands and produce works of art as men do, they would paint their gods

and give them bodies in form like their own--horses like horses, cattle

like cattle." Elsewhere he says, with great acumen: "There has not been

a man, nor will there be, who knows distinctly what I say about the gods

or in regard to all things. For even if one chance for the most part to

say what is true, still he would not know; but every one thinks that he

knows."(6)

In the same spirit Xenophanes speaks of the battles of Titans, of

giants, and of centaurs as "fictions of former ages." All this tells of

the questioning spirit which distinguishes the scientific investigator.

Precisely whither this spirit led him we do not know, but the writers of

a later time have preserved a tradition regarding a belief of Xenophanes

that perhaps entitles him to be considered the father of geology. Thus

Hippolytus records that Xenophanes studied the fossils to be found in

quarries, and drew from their observation remarkable conclusions. His

words are as follows: "Xenophanes believes that once the earth was

mingled with the sea, but in the course of time it became freed from

moisture; and his proofs are such as these: that shells are found in

the midst of the land and among the mountains, that in the quarries

of Syracuse the imprints of a fish and of seals had been found, and

in Paros the imprint of an anchovy at some depth in the stone, and in

Melite shallow impressions of all sorts of sea products. He says that

these imprints were made when everything long ago was covered with mud,

and then the imprint dried in the mud. Further, he says that all men

will be destroyed when the earth sinks into the sea and becomes mud,

and that the race will begin anew from the beginning; and this

transformation takes place for all worlds."(7) Here, then, we see this

earliest of paleontologists studying the fossil-bearing strata of the

earth, and drawing from his observations a marvellously scientific

induction. Almost two thousand years later another famous citizen

of Italy, Leonardo da Vinci, was independently to think out similar

conclusions from like observations. But not until the nineteenth century

of our era, some twenty-four hundred years after the time of Xenophanes,

was the old Greek's doctrine to be accepted by the scientific world.

The ideas of Xenophanes were known to his contemporaries and, as we see,

quoted for a few centuries by his successors, then they were ignored

or quite forgotten; and if any philosopher of an ensuing age before the

time of Leonardo championed a like rational explanation of the fossils,

we have no record of the fact. The geological doctrine of Xenophanes,

then, must be listed among those remarkable Greek anticipations of

nineteenth-century science which suffered almost total eclipse in the

intervening centuries.

Among the pupils of Xenophanes was Parmenides, the thinker who was

destined to carry on the work of his master along the same scientific

lines, though at the same time mingling his scientific conceptions with

the mysticism of the poet. We have already had occasion to mention that

Parmenides championed the idea that the earth is round; noting also that

doubts exist as to whether he or Pythagoras originated this doctrine.

No explicit answer to this question can possibly be hoped for. It seems

clear, however, that for a long time the Italic School, to which both

these philosophers belonged, had a monopoly of the belief in question.

Parmenides, like Pythagoras, is credited with having believed in the

motion of the earth, though the evidence furnished by the writings

of the philosopher himself is not as demonstrative as one could wish.

Unfortunately, the copyists of a later age were more concerned with

metaphysical speculations than with more tangible things. But as far as

the fragmentary references to the ideas of Parmenides may be accepted,

they do not support the idea of the earth's motion. Indeed, Parmenides

is made to say explicitly, in preserved fragments, that "the world is

immovable, limited, and spheroidal in form."(8)

Nevertheless, some modern interpreters have found an opposite meaning in

Parmenides. Thus Ritter interprets him as supposing "that the earth

is in the centre spherical, and maintained in rotary motion by its

equiponderance; around it lie certain rings, the highest composed of the

rare element fire, the next lower a compound of light and darkness, and

lowest of all one wholly of night, which probably indicated to his

mind the surface of the earth, the centre of which again he probably

considered to be fire."(9) But this, like too many interpretations of

ancient thought, appears to read into the fragments ideas which the

words themselves do not warrant. There seems no reason to doubt,

however, that Parmenides actually held the doctrine of the earth's

sphericity. Another glimpse of his astronomical doctrines is furnished

us by a fragment which tells us that he conceived the morning and the

evening stars to be the same, a doctrine which, as we have seen, was

ascribed also to Pythagoras. Indeed, we may repeat that it is quite

impossible to distinguish between the astronomical doctrines of these

two philosophers.

The poem of Parmenides in which the cosmogonic speculations occur

treats also of the origin of man. The author seems to have had a clear

conception that intelligence depends on bodily organism, and that the

more elaborately developed the organism the higher the intelligence.

But in the interpretation of this thought we are hampered by the

characteristic vagueness of expression, which may best be evidenced by

putting before the reader two English translations of the same stanza.

Here is Ritter's rendering, as made into English by his translator,

Morrison:

"For exactly as each has the state of his limbs many-jointed,

So invariably stands it with men in their mind and their reason; For the

system of limbs is that which thinketh in mankind Alike in all and in

each: for thought is the fulness."(10)

The same stanza is given thus by George Henry Lewes:

"Such as to each man is the nature of his many-jointed limbs,

Such also is the intelligence of each man; for it is The nature of limbs

(organization) which thinketh in men, Both in one and in all; for the

highest degree of organization gives the highest degree of thought."(11)

Here it will be observed that there is virtual agreement between the

translators except as to the last clause, but that clause is most

essential. The Greek phrase is (gr to gar pleon esti nohma). Ritter,

it will be observed, renders this, "for thought is the fulness." Lewes

paraphrases it, "for the highest degree of organization gives the

highest degree of thought." The difference is intentional, since Lewes

himself criticises the translation of Ritter. Ritter's translation is

certainly the more literal, but the fact that such diversity is possible

suggests one of the chief elements of uncertainty that hamper our

interpretation of the thought of antiquity. Unfortunately, the mind

of the commentator has usually been directed towards such subtleties,

rather than towards the expression of precise knowledge. Hence it is

that the philosophers of Greece are usually thought of as mere dreamers,

and that their true status as scientific discoverers is so often

overlooked. With these intangibilities we have no present concern beyond

this bare mention; for us it suffices to gain as clear an idea as we

may of the really scientific conceptions of these thinkers, leaving the

subtleties of their deductive reasoning for the most part untouched.

EMPEDOCLES

The latest of the important pre-Socratic philosophers of the Italic

school was Empedocles, who was born about 494 B.C. and lived to the

age of sixty. These dates make Empedocles strictly contemporary with

Anaxagoras, a fact which we shall do well to bear in mind when we come

to consider the latter's philosophy in the succeeding chapter. Like

Pythagoras, Empedocles is an imposing figure. Indeed, there is much of

similarity between the personalities, as between the doctrines, of the

two men. Empedocles, like Pythagoras, was a physician; like him also he

was the founder of a cult. As statesman, prophet, physicist, physician,

reformer, and poet he showed a versatility that, coupled with

profundity, marks the highest genius. In point of versatility we

shall perhaps hardly find his equal at a later day--unless, indeed, an

exception be made of Eratosthenes. The myths that have grown about the

name of Empedocles show that he was a remarkable personality. He is

said to have been an awe-inspiring figure, clothing himself in Oriental

splendor and moving among mankind as a superior being. Tradition has it

that he threw himself into the crater of a volcano that his otherwise

unexplained disappearance might lead his disciples to believe that he

had been miraculously translated; but tradition goes on to say that one

of the brazen slippers of the philosopher was thrown up by the volcano,

thus revealing his subterfuge. Another tradition of far more credible

aspect asserts that Empedocles retreated from Italy, returning to the

home of his fathers in Peloponnesus to die there obscurely. It seems

odd that the facts regarding the death of so great a man, at so

comparatively late a period, should be obscure; but this, perhaps, is

in keeping with the personality of the man himself. His disciples would

hesitate to ascribe a merely natural death to so inspired a prophet.

Empedocles appears to have been at once an observer and a dreamer. He is

credited with noting that the pressure of air will sustain the weight

of water in an inverted tube; with divining, without the possibility of

proof, that light has actual motion in space; and with asserting that

centrifugal motion must keep the heavens from falling. He is credited

with a great sanitary feat in the draining of a marsh, and his knowledge

of medicine was held to be supernatural. Fortunately, some fragments of

the writings of Empedocles have come down to us, enabling us to judge

at first hand as to part of his doctrines; while still more is known

through the references made to him by Plato, Aristotle, and other

commentators. Empedocles was a poet whose verses stood the test of

criticism. In this regard he is in a like position with Parmenides;

but in neither case are the preserved fragments sufficient to enable us

fully to estimate their author's scientific attainments. Philosophical

writings are obscure enough at the best, and they perforce become doubly

so when expressed in verse. Yet there are certain passages of Empedocles

that are unequivocal and full of interest. Perhaps the most important

conception which the works of Empedocles reveal to us is the denial

of anthropomorphism as applied to deity. We have seen how early the

anthropomorphic conception was developed and how closely it was all

along clung to; to shake the mind free from it then was a remarkable

feat, in accomplishing which Empedocles took a long step in the

direction of rationalism. His conception is paralleled by that of

another physician, Alcmaeon, of Proton, who contended that man's

ideas of the gods amounted to mere suppositions at the very most.

A rationalistic or sceptical tendency has been the accompaniment of

medical training in all ages.

The words in which Empedocles expresses his conception of deity have

been preserved and are well worth quoting: "It is not impossible," he

says, "to draw near (to god) even with the eyes or to take hold of him

with our hands, which in truth is the best highway of persuasion in

the mind of man; for he has no human head fitted to a body, nor do two

shoots branch out from the trunk, nor has he feet, nor swift legs, nor

hairy parts, but he is sacred and ineffable mind alone, darting through

the whole world with swift thoughts."(8)

How far Empedocles carried his denial of anthropomorphism is illustrated

by a reference of Aristotle, who asserts "that Empedocles regards god as

most lacking in the power of perception; for he alone does not know one

of the elements, Strife (hence), of perishable things." It is difficult

to avoid the feeling that Empedocles here approaches the modern

philosophical conception that God, however postulated as immutable, must

also be postulated as unconscious, since intelligence, as we know it,

is dependent upon the transmutations of matter. But to urge this thought

would be to yield to that philosophizing tendency which has been the

bane of interpretation as applied to the ancient thinkers.

Considering for a moment the more tangible accomplishments of

Empedocles, we find it alleged that one of his "miracles" consisted

of the preservation of a dead body without putrefaction for some weeks

after death. We may assume from this that he had gained in some way a

knowledge of embalming. As he was notoriously fond of experiment, and

as the body in question (assuming for the moment the authenticity of

the legend) must have been preserved without disfigurement, it is

conceivable even that he had hit upon the idea of injecting the

arteries. This, of course, is pure conjecture; yet it finds a certain

warrant, both in the fact that the words of Pythagoras lead us to

believe that the arteries were known and studied, and in the fact that

Empedocles' own words reveal him also as a student of the vascular

system. Thus Plutarch cites Empedocles as believing "that the ruling

part is not in the head or in the breast, but in the blood; wherefore

in whatever part of the body the more of this is spread in that part men

excel."(13) And Empedocles' own words, as preserved by Stobaeus, assert

"(the heart) lies in seas of blood which dart in opposite directions,

and there most of all intelligence centres for men; for blood about the

heart is intelligence in the case of man." All this implies a really

remarkable appreciation of the dependence of vital activities upon the

blood.

This correct physiological conception, however, was by no means the most

remarkable of the ideas to which Empedoeles was led by his anatomical

studies. His greatest accomplishment was to have conceived and clearly

expressed an idea which the modern evolutionist connotes when he speaks

of homologous parts--an idea which found a famous modern expositor in

Goethe, as we shall see when we come to deal with eighteenth-century

science. Empedocles expresses the idea in these words: "Hair, and

leaves, and thick feathers of birds, are the same thing in origin, and

reptile scales too on strong limbs. But on hedgehogs sharp-pointed hair

bristles on their backs."(14) That the idea of transmutation of

parts, as well as of mere homology, was in mind is evidenced by a very

remarkable sentence in which Aristotle asserts, "Empedocles says that

fingernails rise from sinew from hardening." Nor is this quite all,

for surely we find the germ of the Lamarckian conception of evolution

through the transmission of acquired characters in the assertion that

"many characteristics appear in animals because it happened to be thus

in their birth, as that they have such a spine because they happen to be

descended from one that bent itself backward."(15) Aristotle, in

quoting this remark, asserts, with the dogmatism which characterizes the

philosophical commentators of every age, that "Empedocles is wrong," in

making this assertion; but Lamarck, who lived twenty-three hundred years

after Empedocles, is famous in the history of the doctrine of evolution

for elaborating this very idea.

It is fair to add, however, that the dreamings of Empedocles regarding

the origin of living organisms led him to some conceptions that were

much less luminous. On occasion, Empedocles the poet got the better

of Empedocles the scientist, and we are presented with a conception of

creation as grotesque as that which delighted the readers of Paradise

Lost at a later day. Empedocles assures us that "many heads grow up

without necks, and arms were wandering about, necks bereft of shoulders,

and eyes roamed about alone with no foreheads."(16) This chaotic

condition, so the poet dreamed, led to the union of many incongruous

parts, producing "creatures with double faces, offspring of oxen with

human faces, and children of men with oxen heads." But out of this chaos

came, finally, we are led to infer, a harmonious aggregation of parts,

producing ultimately the perfected organisms that we see. Unfortunately

the preserved portions of the writings of Empedocles do not enlighten

us as to the precise way in which final evolution was supposed to be

effected; although the idea of endless experimentation until natural

selection resulted in survival of the fittest seems not far afield from

certain of the poetical assertions. Thus: "As divinity was mingled

yet more with divinity, these things (the various members) kept coming

together in whatever way each might chance." Again: "At one time all the

limbs which form the body united into one by love grew vigorously in the

prime of life; but yet at another time, separated by evil Strife, they

wander each in different directions along the breakers of the sea of

life. Just so is it with plants, and with fishes dwelling in watery

halls, and beasts whose lair is in the mountains, and birds borne on

wings."(17)

All this is poetry rather than science, yet such imaginings could come

only to one who was groping towards what we moderns should term an

evolutionary conception of the origins of organic life; and however

grotesque some of these expressions may appear, it must be admitted

that the morphological ideas of Empedocles, as above quoted, give the

Sicilian philosopher a secure place among the anticipators of the modern

evolutionist.

VII. GREEK SCIENCE IN THE EARLY ATTIC PERIOD

We have travelled rather far in our study of Greek science, and yet we

have not until now come to Greece itself. And even now, the men whose

names we are to consider were, for the most part, born in out-lying

portions of the empire; they differed from the others we have considered

only in the fact that they were drawn presently to the capital. The

change is due to a most interesting sequence of historical events. In

the day when Thales and his immediate successors taught in Miletus, when

the great men of the Italic school were in their prime, there was

no single undisputed Centre of Greek influence. The Greeks were a

disorganized company of petty nations, welded together chiefly by unity

of speech; but now, early in the fifth century B.C., occurred that

famous attack upon the Western world by the Persians under Darius and

his son and successor Xerxes. A few months of battling determined the

fate of the Western world. The Orientals were hurled back; the glorious

memories of Marathon, Salamis, and Plataea stimulated the patriotism and

enthusiasm of all children of the Greek race. The Greeks, for the

first time, occupied the centre of the historical stage; for the brief

interval of about half a century the different Grecian principalities

lived together in relative harmony. One city was recognized as the

metropolis of the loosely bound empire; one city became the home of

culture and the Mecca towards which all eyes turned; that city, of

course, was Athens. For a brief time all roads led to Athens, as, at a

later date, they all led to Rome. The waterways which alone bound the

widely scattered parts of Hellas into a united whole led out from Athens

and back to Athens, as the spokes of a wheel to its hub. Athens was the

commercial centre, and, largely for that reason, it became the centre of

culture and intellectual influence also. The wise men from the colonies

visited the metropolis, and the wise Athenians went out to the colonies.

Whoever aspired to become a leader in politics, in art, in literature,

or in philosophy, made his way to the capital, and so, with almost

bewildering suddenness, there blossomed the civilization of the age

of Pericles; the civilization which produced aeschylus, Sophocles,

Euripides, Herodotus, and Thucydides; the civilization which made

possible the building of the Parthenon.

ANAXAGORAS

Sometime during the early part of this golden age there came to Athens a

middle-aged man from Clazomenae, who, from our present stand-point,

was a more interesting personality than perhaps any other in the great

galaxy of remarkable men assembled there. The name of this new-comer was

Anaxagoras. It was said in after-time, we know not with what degree of

truth, that he had been a pupil of Anaximenes. If so, he was a pupil who

departed far from the teachings of his master. What we know for certain

is that Anaxagoras was a truly original thinker, and that he became a

close friend--in a sense the teacher--of Pericles and of Euripides. Just

how long he remained at Athens is not certain; but the time came when

he had made himself in some way objectionable to the Athenian populace

through his teachings. Filled with the spirit of the investigator,

he could not accept the current conceptions as to the gods. He was a

sceptic, an innovator. Such men are never welcome; they are the chief

factors in the progress of thought, but they must look always to

posterity for recognition of their worth; from their contemporaries they

receive, not thanks, but persecution. Sometimes this persecution takes

one form, sometimes another; to the credit of the Greeks be it said,

that with them it usually led to nothing more severe than banishment. In

the case of Anaxagoras, it is alleged that the sentence pronounced was

death; but that, thanks to the influence of Pericles, this sentence was

commuted to banishment. In any event, the aged philosopher was sent away

from the city of his adoption. He retired to Lampsacus. "It is not I

that have lost the Athenians," he said; "it is the Athenians that have

lost me."

The exact position which Anaxagoras had among his contemporaries, and

his exact place in the development of philosophy, have always been

somewhat in dispute. It is not known, of a certainty, that he even held

an open school at Athens. Ritter thinks it doubtful that he did. It was

his fate to be misunderstood, or underestimated, by Aristotle; that in

itself would have sufficed greatly to dim his fame--might, indeed, have

led to his almost entire neglect had he not been a truly remarkable

thinker. With most of the questions that have exercised the commentators

we have but scant concern. Following Aristotle, most historians of

philosophy have been metaphysicians; they have concerned themselves

far less with what the ancient thinkers really knew than with what they

thought. A chance using of a verbal quibble, an esoteric phrase, the

expression of a vague mysticism--these would suffice to call forth reams

of exposition. It has been the favorite pastime of historians to

weave their own anachronistic theories upon the scanty woof of the

half-remembered thoughts of the ancient philosophers. To make such cloth

of the imagination as this is an alluring pastime, but one that must not

divert us here. Our point of view reverses that of the philosophers.

We are chiefly concerned, not with some vague saying of Anaxagoras, but

with what he really knew regarding the phenomena of nature; with what

he observed, and with the comprehensible deductions that he derived

from his observations. In attempting to answer these inquiries, we are

obliged, in part, to take our evidence at second-hand; but, fortunately,

some fragments of writings of Anaxagoras have come down to us. We are

told that he wrote only a single book. It was said even (by Diogenes)

that he was the first man that ever wrote a work in prose. The latter

statement would not bear too close an examination, yet it is true that

no extensive prose compositions of an earlier day than this have

been preserved, though numerous others are known by their fragments.

Herodotus, "the father of prose," was a slightly younger contemporary of

the Clazomenaean philosopher; not unlikely the two men may have met at

Athens.

Notwithstanding the loss of the greater part of the writings of

Anaxagoras, however, a tolerably precise account of his scientific

doctrines is accessible. Diogenes Laertius expresses some of them

in very clear and precise terms. We have already pointed out the

uncertainty that attaches to such evidence as this, but it is as valid

for Anaxagoras as for another. If we reject such evidence, we shall

often have almost nothing left; in accepting it we may at least feel

certain that we are viewing the thinker as his contemporaries and

immediate successors viewed him. Following Diogenes, then, we shall

find some remarkable scientific opinions ascribed to Anaxagoras. "He

asserted," we are told, "that the sun was a mass of burning iron,

greater than Peloponnesus, and that the moon contained houses and also

hills and ravines." In corroboration of this, Plato represents him as

having conjectured the right explanation of the moon's light, and of the

solar and lunar eclipses. He had other astronomical theories that were

more fanciful; thus "he said that the stars originally moved about

in irregular confusion, so that at first the pole-star, which is

continually visible, always appeared in the zenith, but that afterwards

it acquired a certain declination, and that the Milky Way was a

reflection of the light of the sun when the stars did not appear. The

comets he considered to be a concourse of planets emitting rays, and

the shooting-stars he thought were sparks, as it were, leaping from the

firmament."

Much of this is far enough from the truth, as we now know it, yet all

of it shows an earnest endeavor to explain the observed phenomena of the

heavens on rational principles. To have predicated the sun as a great

molten mass of iron was indeed a wonderful anticipation of the results

of the modern spectroscope. Nor can it be said that this hypothesis of

Anaxagoras was a purely visionary guess. It was in all probability a

scientific deduction from the observed character of meteoric stones.

Reference has already been made to the alleged prediction of the fall

of the famous meteor at aegespotomi by Anaxagoras. The assertion that

he actually predicted this fall in any proper sense of the word would

be obviously absurd. Yet the fact that his name is associated with it

suggests that he had studied similar meteorites, or else that he studied

this particular one, since it is not quite clear whether it was before

or after this fall that he made the famous assertion that space is full

of falling stones. We should stretch the probabilities were we to assert

that Anaxagoras knew that shooting-stars and meteors were the same,

yet there is an interesting suggestiveness in his likening the

shooting-stars to sparks leaping from the firmament, taken in connection

with his observation on meteorites. Be this as it may, the fact that

something which falls from heaven as a blazing light turns out to be

an iron-like mass may very well have suggested to the most rational

of thinkers that the great blazing light called the sun has the same

composition. This idea grasped, it was a not unnatural extension to

conceive the other heavenly bodies as having the same composition.

This led to a truly startling thought. Since the heavenly bodies are

of the same composition as the earth, and since they are observed to

be whirling about the earth in space, may we not suppose that they were

once a part of the earth itself, and that they have been thrown off by

the force of a whirling motion? Such was the conclusion which Anaxagoras

reached; such his explanation of the origin of the heavenly bodies. It

was a marvellous guess. Deduct from it all that recent science has shown

to be untrue; bear in mind that the stars are suns, compared with which

the earth is a mere speck of dust; recall that the sun is parent, not

daughter, of the earth, and despite all these deductions, the cosmogonic

guess of Anaxagoras remains, as it seems to us, one of the most

marvellous feats of human intelligence. It was the first explanation of

the cosmic bodies that could be called, in any sense, an anticipation of

what the science of our own day accepts as a true explanation of cosmic

origins. Moreover, let us urge again that this was no mere accidental

flight of the imagination; it was a scientific induction based on the

only data available; perhaps it is not too much to say that it was the

only scientific induction which these data would fairly sustain. Of

course it is not for a moment to be inferred that Anaxagoras understood,

in the modern sense, the character of that whirling force which we call

centrifugal. About two thousand years were yet to elapse before that

force was explained as elementary inertia; and even that explanation,

let us not forget, merely sufficed to push back the barriers of mystery

by one other stage; for even in our day inertia is a statement of fact

rather than an explanation.

But however little Anaxagoras could explain the centrifugal force

on mechanical principles, the practical powers of that force were

sufficiently open to his observation. The mere experiment of throwing

a stone from a sling would, to an observing mind, be full of

suggestiveness. It would be obvious that by whirling the sling about,

the stone which it held would be sustained in its circling path about

the hand in seeming defiance of the earth's pull, and after the stone

had left the sling, it could fly away from the earth to a distance which

the most casual observation would prove to be proportionate to the speed

of its flight. Extremely rapid motion, then, might project bodies from

the earth's surface off into space; a sufficiently rapid whirl would

keep them there. Anaxagoras conceived that this was precisely what

had occurred. His imagination even carried him a step farther--to a

conception of a slackening of speed, through which the heavenly bodies

would lose their centrifugal force, and, responding to the perpetual

pull of gravitation, would fall back to the earth, just as the great

stone at aegespotomi had been observed to do.

Here we would seem to have a clear conception of the idea of universal

gravitation, and Anaxagoras stands before us as the anticipator of

Newton. Were it not for one scientific maxim, we might exalt the old

Greek above the greatest of modern natural philosophers; but that maxim

bids us pause. It is phrased thus, "He discovers who proves." Anaxagoras

could not prove; his argument was at best suggestive, not demonstrative.

He did not even know the laws which govern falling bodies; much less

could he apply such laws, even had he known them, to sidereal bodies at

whose size and distance he could only guess in the vaguest terms. Still

his cosmogonic speculation remains as perhaps the most remarkable one of

antiquity. How widely his speculation found currency among his immediate

successors is instanced in a passage from Plato, where Socrates is

represented as scornfully answering a calumniator in these terms: "He

asserts that I say the sun is a stone and the moon an earth. Do you

think of accusing Anaxagoras, Miletas, and have you so low an opinion of

these men, and think them so unskilled in laws, as not to know that the

books of Anaxagoras the Clazomenaean are full of these doctrines.

And forsooth the young men are learning these matters from me which

sometimes they can buy from the orchestra for a drachma, at the most,

and laugh at Socrates if he pretends they are his-particularly seeing

they are so strange."

The element of error contained in these cosmogonic speculations of

Anaxagoras has led critics to do them something less than justice. But

there is one other astronomical speculation for which the Clazomenaean

philosopher has received full credit. It is generally admitted that it

was he who first found out the explanation of the phases of the moon;

a knowledge that that body shines only by reflected light, and that its

visible forms, waxing and waning month by month from crescent to disk

and from disk to crescent, merely represent our shifting view of its

sun-illumined face. It is difficult to put ourselves in the place of

the ancient observer and realize how little the appearances suggest the

actual fact. That a body of the same structure as the earth should shine

with the radiance of the moon merely because sunlight is reflected

from it, is in itself a supposition seemingly contradicted by ordinary

experience. It required the mind of a philosopher, sustained, perhaps,

by some experimental observations, to conceive the idea that what seems

so obviously bright may be in reality dark. The germ of the conception

of what the philosopher speaks of as the noumena, or actualities,

back of phenomena or appearances, had perhaps this crude beginning.

Anaxagoras could surely point to the moon in support of his seeming

paradox that snow, being really composed of water, which is dark, is in

reality black and not white--a contention to which we shall refer more

at length in a moment.

But there is yet another striking thought connected with this new

explanation of the phases of the moon. The explanation implies not

merely the reflection of light by a dark body, but by a dark body of a

particular form. Granted that reflections are in question, no body but

a spherical one could give an appearance which the moon presents. The

moon, then, is not merely a mass of earth, it is a spherical mass of

earth. Here there were no flaws in the reasoning of Anaxagoras. By

scientific induction he passed from observation to explanation. A new

and most important element was added to the science of astronomy.

Looking back from the latter-day stand-point, it would seem as if the

mind of the philosopher must have taken one other step: the mind that

had conceived sun, moon, stars, and earth to be of one substance might

naturally, we should think, have reached out to the further induction

that, since the moon is a sphere, the other cosmic bodies, including the

earth, must be spheres also. But generalizer as he was, Anaxagoras was

too rigidly scientific a thinker to make this assumption. The data

at his command did not, as he analyzed them, seem to point to this

conclusion. We have seen that Pythagoras probably, and Parmenides

surely, out there in Italy had conceived the idea of the earth's

rotundity, but the Pythagorean doctrines were not rapidly taken up in

the mother-country, and Parmenides, it must be recalled, was a strict

contemporary of Anaxagoras himself. It is no reproach, therefore, to the

Clazomenaean philosopher that he should have held to the old idea

that the earth is flat, or at most a convex disk--the latter being the

Babylonian conception which probably dominated that Milesian school to

which Anaxagoras harked back.

Anaxagoras may never have seen an eclipse of the moon, and even if he

had he might have reflected that, from certain directions, a disk may

throw precisely the same shadow as a sphere. Moreover, in reference

to the shadow cast by the earth, there was, so Anaxagoras believed,

an observation open to him nightly which, we may well suppose, was not

without influence in suggesting to his mind the probable shape of the

earth. The Milky Way, which doubtless had puzzled astronomers from the

beginnings of history and which was to continue to puzzle them for many

centuries after the day of Anaxagoras, was explained by the Clazomenaean

philosopher on a theory obviously suggested by the theory of the moon's

phases. Since the earth-like moon shines by reflected light at night,

and since the stars seem obviously brighter on dark nights, Anaxagoras

was but following up a perfectly logical induction when he propounded

the theory that the stars in the Milky Way seem more numerous and

brighter than those of any other part of the heavens, merely because

the Milky Way marks the shadow of the earth. Of course the inference was

wrong, so far as the shadow of the earth is concerned; yet it contained

a part truth, the force of which was never fully recognized until the

time of Galileo. This consists in the assertion that the brightness of

the Milky Way is merely due to the glow of many stars. The shadow-theory

of Anaxagoras would naturally cease to have validity so soon as the

sphericity of the earth was proved, and with it, seemingly, fell for the

time the companion theory that the Milky Way is made up of a multitude

of stars.

It has been said by a modern critic(1) that the shadow-theory was

childish in that it failed to note that the Milky Way does not follow

the course of the ecliptic. But this criticism only holds good so long

as we reflect on the true character of the earth as a symmetrical body

poised in space. It is quite possible to conceive a body occupying

the position of the earth with reference to the sun which would cast a

shadow having such a tenuous form as the Milky Way presents. Such a body

obviously would not be a globe, but a long-drawn-out, attenuated

figure. There is, to be sure, no direct evidence preserved to show that

Anaxagoras conceived the world to present such a figure as this, but

what we know of that philosopher's close-reasoning, logical mind gives

some warrant to the assumption--gratuitous though in a sense it be--that

the author of the theory of the moon's phases had not failed to ask

himself what must be the form of that terrestrial body which could cast

the tenuous shadow of the Milky Way. Moreover, we must recall that the

habitable earth, as known to the Greeks of that day, was a relatively

narrow band of territory, stretching far to the east and to the west.

Anaxagoras as Meteorologist

The man who had studied the meteorite of aegospotami, and been put by

it on the track of such remarkable inductions, was, naturally, not

oblivious to the other phenomena of the atmosphere. Indeed, such a mind

as that of Anaxagoras was sure to investigate all manner of natural

phenomena, and almost equally sure to throw new light on any subject

that it investigated. Hence it is not surprising to find Anaxagoras

credited with explaining the winds as due to the rarefactions of the

atmosphere produced by the sun. This explanation gives Anaxagoras full

right to be called "the father of meteorology," a title which, it may

be, no one has thought of applying to him, chiefly because the science

of meteorology did not make its real beginnings until some twenty-four

hundred years after the death of its first great votary. Not content

with explaining the winds, this prototype of Franklin turned his

attention even to the tipper atmosphere. "Thunder," he is reputed to

have said, "was produced by the collision of the clouds, and lightning

by the rubbing together of the clouds." We dare not go so far as to

suggest that this implies an association in the mind of Anaxagoras

between the friction of the clouds and the observed electrical effects

generated by the friction of such a substance as amber. To make such

a suggestion doubtless would be to fall victim to the old familiar

propensity to read into Homer things that Homer never knew. Yet the

significant fact remains that Anaxagoras ascribed to thunder and to

lightning their true position as strictly natural phenomena. For him it

was no god that menaced humanity with thundering voice and the flash of

his divine fires from the clouds. Little wonder that the thinker whose

science carried him to such scepticism as this should have felt the

wrath of the superstitious Athenians.

Biological Speculations

Passing from the phenomena of the air to those of the earth itself, we

learn that Anaxagoras explained an earthquake as being produced by

the returning of air into the earth. We cannot be sure as to the exact

meaning here, though the idea that gases are imprisoned in the substance

of the earth seems not far afield. But a far more remarkable insight

than this would imply was shown by Anaxagoras when he asserted that a

certain amount of air is contained in water, and that fishes breathe

this air. The passage of Aristotle in which this opinion is ascribed to

Anaxagoras is of sufficient interest to be quoted at length:

"Democritus, of Abdera," says Aristotle, "and some others, that have

spoken concerning respiration, have determined nothing concerning

other animals, but seem to have supposed that all animals respire.

But Anaxagoras and Diogenes (Apolloniates), who say that all animals

respire, have also endeavored to explain how fishes, and all those

animals that have a hard, rough shell, such as oysters, mussels, etc.,

respire. And Anaxagoras, indeed, says that fishes, when they emit water

through their gills, attract air from the mouth to the vacuum in the

viscera from the water which surrounds the mouth; as if air was inherent

in the water."(2)

It should be recalled that of the three philosophers thus mentioned

as contending that all animals respire, Anaxagoras was the elder;

he, therefore, was presumably the originator of the idea. It will be

observed, too, that Anaxagoras alone is held responsible for the idea

that fishes respire air through their gills, "attracting" it from the

water. This certainly was one of the shrewdest physiological guesses

of any age, if it be regarded as a mere guess. With greater justice

we might refer to it as a profound deduction from the principle of the

uniformity of nature.

In making such a deduction, Anaxagoras was far in advance of his time as

illustrated by the fact that Aristotle makes the citation we have just

quoted merely to add that "such things are impossible," and to refute

these "impossible" ideas by means of metaphysical reasonings that seemed

demonstrative not merely to himself, but to many generations of his

followers.

We are told that Anaxagoras alleged that all animals were originally

generated out of moisture, heat, and earth particles. Just what opinion

he held concerning man's development we are not informed. Yet there is

one of his phrases which suggests--without, perhaps, quite proving--that

he was an evolutionist. This phrase asserts, with insight that is fairly

startling, that man is the most intelligent of animals because he has

hands. The man who could make that assertion must, it would seem, have

had in mind the idea of the development of intelligence through the use

of hands--an idea the full force of which was not evident to subsequent

generations of thinkers until the time of Darwin.

Physical Speculations

Anaxagoras is cited by Aristotle as believing that "plants are animals

and feel pleasure and pain, inferring this because they shed their

leaves and let them grow again." The idea is fanciful, yet it suggests

again a truly philosophical conception of the unity of nature. The man

who could conceive that idea was but little hampered by traditional

conceptions. He was exercising a rare combination of the rigidly

scientific spirit with the poetical imagination. He who possesses these

gifts is sure not to stop in his questionings of nature until he has

found some thinkable explanation of the character of matter itself.

Anaxagoras found such an explanation, and, as good luck would have it,

that explanation has been preserved. Let us examine his reasoning in

some detail. We have already referred to the claim alleged to have

been made by Anaxagoras that snow is not really white, but black. The

philosopher explained his paradox, we are told, by asserting that

snow is really water, and that water is dark, when viewed under proper

conditions--as at the bottom of a well. That idea contains the germ

of the Clazomenaean philosopher's conception of the nature of matter.

Indeed, it is not unlikely that this theory of matter grew out of his

observation of the changing forms of water. He seems clearly to have

grasped the idea that snow on the one hand, and vapor on the other, are

of the same intimate substance as the water from which they are derived

and into which they may be again transformed. The fact that steam and

snow can be changed back into water, and by simple manipulation cannot

be changed into any other substance, finds, as we now believe, its

true explanation in the fact that the molecular structure, as we phrase

it--that is to say, the ultimate particle of which water is composed, is

not changed, and this is precisely the explanation which Anaxagoras gave

of the same phenomena. For him the unit particle of water constituted an

elementary body, uncreated, unchangeable, indestructible. This particle,

in association with like particles, constitutes the substance which

we call water. The same particle in association with particles unlike

itself, might produce totally different substances--as, for example,

when water is taken up by the roots of a plant and becomes, seemingly,

a part of the substance of the plant. But whatever the changed

association, so Anaxagoras reasoned, the ultimate particle of water

remains a particle of water still. And what was true of water was true

also, so he conceived, of every other substance. Gold, silver, iron,

earth, and the various vegetables and animal tissues--in short, each and

every one of all the different substances with which experience makes us

familiar, is made up of unit particles which maintain their integrity in

whatever combination they may be associated. This implies, obviously, a

multitude of primordial particles, each one having an individuality of

its own; each one, like the particle of water already cited, uncreated,

unchangeable, and indestructible.

Fortunately, we have the philosopher's own words to guide us as to his

speculations here. The fragments of his writings that have come down

to us (chiefly through the quotations of Simplicius) deal almost

exclusively with these ultimate conceptions of his imagination.

In ascribing to him, then, this conception of diverse, uncreated,

primordial elements, which can never be changed, but can only be mixed

together to form substances of the material world, we are not reading

back post-Daltonian knowledge into the system of Anaxagoras. Here are

his words: "The Greeks do not rightly use the terms 'coming into being'

and 'perishing.' For nothing comes into being, nor, yet, does anything

perish; but there is mixture and separation of things that are. So they

would do right in calling 'coming into being' 'mixture' and 'perishing'

'separation.' For how could hair come from what is not hair? Or flesh

from what is not flesh?"

Elsewhere he tells us that (at one stage of the world's development)

"the dense, the moist, the cold, the dark, collected there where now

is earth; the rare, the warm, the dry, the bright, departed towards the

further part of the aether. The earth is condensed out of these things

that are separated, for water is separated from the clouds, and earth

from the water; and from the earth stones are condensed by the cold, and

these are separated farther from the water." Here again the influence of

heat and cold in determining physical qualities is kept pre-eminently in

mind. The dense, the moist, the cold, the dark are contrasted with the

rare, the warm, the dry, and bright; and the formation of stones is

spoken of as a specific condensation due to the influence of cold. Here,

then, we have nearly all the elements of the Daltonian theory of atoms

on the one hand, and the nebular hypothesis of Laplace on the other. But

this is not quite all. In addition to such diverse elementary particles

as those of gold, water, and the rest, Anaxagoras conceived a species of

particles differing from all the others, not merely as they differ

from one another, but constituting a class by themselves; particles

infinitely smaller than the others; particles that are described as

infinite, self-powerful, mixed with nothing, but existing alone. That is

to say (interpreting the theory in the only way that seems plausible),

these most minute particles do not mix with the other primordial

particles to form material substances in the same way in which these

mixed with one another. But, on the other hand, these "infinite,

self-powerful, and unmixed" particles commingle everywhere and in every

substance whatever with the mixed particles that go to make up the

substances.

There is a distinction here, it will be observed, which at once

suggests the modern distinction between physical processes and chemical

processes, or, putting it otherwise, between molecular processes and

atomic processes; but the reader must be guarded against supposing that

Anaxagoras had any such thought as this in mind. His ultimate mixable

particles can be compared only with the Daltonian atom, not with the

molecule of the modern physicist, and his "infinite, self-powerful, and

unmixable" particles are not comparable with anything but the ether of

the modern physicist, with which hypothetical substance they have many

points of resemblance. But the "infinite, self-powerful, and unmixed"

particles constituting thus an ether-like plenum which permeates all

material structures, have also, in the mind of Anaxagoras, a function

which carries them perhaps a stage beyond the province of the modern

ether. For these "infinite, self powerful, and unmixed" particles are

imbued with, and, indeed, themselves constitute, what Anaxagoras terms

nous, a word which the modern translator has usually paraphrased as

"mind." Neither that word nor any other available one probably conveys

an accurate idea of what Anaxagoras meant to imply by the word nous.

For him the word meant not merely "mind" in the sense of receptive and

comprehending intelligence, but directive and creative intelligence as

well. Again let Anaxagoras speak for himself: "Other things include

a portion of everything, but nous is infinite, and self-powerful, and

mixed with nothing, but it exists alone, itself by itself. For if it

were not by itself, but were mixed with anything else, it would include

parts of all things, if it were mixed with anything; for a portion of

everything exists in every thing, as has been said by me before, and

things mingled with it would prevent it from having power over anything

in the same way that it does now that it is alone by itself. For it is

the most rarefied of all things and the purest, and it has all knowledge

in regard to everything and the greatest power; over all that has life,

both greater and less, nous rules. And nous ruled the rotation of the

whole, so that it set it in rotation in the beginning. First it began

the rotation from a small beginning, then more and more was included

in the motion, and yet more will be included. Both the mixed and the

separated and distinct, all things nous recognized. And whatever things

were to be, and whatever things were, as many as are now, and whatever

things shall be, all these nous arranged in order; and it arranged that

rotation, according to which now rotate stars and sun and moon and air

and aether, now that they are separated. Rotation itself caused the

separation, and the dense is separated from the rare, the warm from the

cold, the bright from the dark, the dry from the moist. And when nous

began to set things in motion, there was separation from everything that

was in motion, all this was made distinct. The rotation of the

things that were moved and made distinct caused them to be yet more

distinct."(3)

Nous, then, as Anaxagoras conceives it, is "the most rarefied of all

things, and the purest, and it has knowledge in regard to everything and

the greatest power; over all that has life, both greater and less, it

rules." But these are postulants of omnipresence and omniscience. In

other words, nous is nothing less than the omnipotent artificer of the

material universe. It lacks nothing of the power of deity, save only

that we are not assured that it created the primordial particles. The

creation of these particles was a conception that for Anaxagoras, as

for the modern Spencer, lay beyond the range of imagination. Nous is

the artificer, working with "uncreated" particles. Back of nous and the

particles lies, for an Anaxagoras as for a Spencer, the Unknowable. But

nous itself is the equivalent of that universal energy of motion which

science recognizes as operating between the particles of matter, and

which the theologist personifies as Deity. It is Pantheistic deity

as Anaxagoras conceives it; his may be called the first scientific

conception of a non-anthropomorphic god. In elaborating this conception

Anaxagoras proved himself one of the most remarkable scientific

dreamers of antiquity. To have substituted for the Greek Pantheon

of anthropomorphic deities the conception of a non-anthropomorphic

immaterial and ethereal entity, of all things in the world "the most

rarefied and the purest," is to have performed a feat which, considering

the age and the environment in which it was accomplished, staggers the

imagination. As a strictly scientific accomplishment the great thinker's

conception of primordial elements contained a germ of the truth which

was to lie dormant for 2200 years, but which then, as modified and

vitalized by the genius of Dalton, was to dominate the new chemical

science of the nineteenth century. If there are intimations that the

primordial element of Anaxagoras and of Dalton may turn out in the near

future to be itself a compound, there will still remain the yet finer

particles of the nous of Anaxagoras to baffle the most subtle analysis

of which to-day's science gives us any pre-vision. All in all, then,

the work of Anaxagoras must stand as that of perhaps the most far-seeing

scientific imagination of pre-Socratic antiquity.

LEUCIPPUS AND DEMOCRITUS

But we must not leave this alluring field of speculation as to the

nature of matter without referring to another scientific guess, which

soon followed that of Anaxagoras and was destined to gain even wider

fame, and which in modern times has been somewhat unjustly held to

eclipse the glory of the other achievement. We mean, of course, the

atomic theory of Leucippus and Democritus. This theory reduced all

matter to primordial elements, called atoms (gr atoma) because they are

by hypothesis incapable of further division. These atoms, making up the

entire material universe, are in this theory conceived as qualitatively

identical, differing from one another only in size and perhaps in shape.

The union of different-sized atoms in endless combinations produces the

diverse substances with which our senses make us familiar.

Before we pass to a consideration of this alluring theory, and

particularly to a comparison of it with the theory of Anaxagoras, we

must catch a glimpse of the personality of the men to whom the theory

owes its origin. One of these, Leucippus, presents so uncertain a figure

as to be almost mythical. Indeed, it was long questioned whether such

a man had actually lived, or whether he were not really an invention

of his alleged disciple, Democritus. Latterday scholarship, however,

accepts him as a real personage, though knowing scarcely more of him

than that he was the author of the famous theory with which his name

was associated. It is suggested that he was a wanderer, like most

philosophers of his time, and that later in life he came to Abdera, in

Thrace, and through this circumstance became the teacher of Democritus.

This fable answers as well as another. What we really know is that

Democritus himself, through whose writings and teachings the atomic

theory gained vogue, was born in Abdera, about the year 460 B.C.--that

is to say, just about the time when his great precursor, Anaxagoras,

was migrating to Athens. Democritus, like most others of the early Greek

thinkers, lives in tradition as a picturesque figure. It is vaguely

reported that he travelled for a time, perhaps in the East and in Egypt,

and that then he settled down to spend the remainder of his life in

Abdera. Whether or not he visited Athens in the course of his wanderings

we do not know. At Abdera he was revered as a sage, but his influence

upon the practical civilization of the time was not marked. He was

pre-eminently a dreamer and a writer. Like his confreres of the

epoch, he entered all fields of thought. He wrote voluminously, but,

unfortunately, his writings have, for the most part, perished. The

fables and traditions of a later day asserted that Democritus had

voluntarily put out his own eyes that he might turn his thoughts inward

with more concentration. Doubtless this is fiction, yet, as usual with

such fictions, it contains a germ of truth; for we may well suppose that

the promulgator of the atomic theory was a man whose mind was attracted

by the subtleties of thought rather than by the tangibilities of

observation. Yet the term "laughing philosopher," which seems to have

been universally applied to Democritus, suggests a mind not altogether

withdrawn from the world of practicalities.

So much for Democritus the man. Let us return now to his theory of

atoms. This theory, it must be confessed, made no very great impression

upon his contemporaries. It found an expositor, a little later, in the

philosopher Epicurus, and later still the poet Lucretius gave it popular

expression. But it seemed scarcely more than the dream of a philosopher

or the vagary of a poet until the day when modern science began to

penetrate the mysteries of matter. When, finally, the researches of

Dalton and his followers had placed the atomic theory on a surer footing

as the foundation of modern chemistry, the ideas of the old laughing

philosopher of Abdera, which all along had been half derisively

remembered, were recalled with a new interest. Now it appeared that

these ideas had curiously foreshadowed nineteenth-century knowledge. It

appeared that away back in the fifth century B.C. a man had dreamed out

a conception of the ultimate nature of matter which had waited all these

centuries for corroboration. And now the historians of philosophy became

more than anxious to do justice to the memory of Democritus.

It is possible that this effort at poetical restitution has carried the

enthusiast too far. There is, indeed, a curious suggestiveness in the

theory of Democritus; there is philosophical allurement in his reduction

of all matter to a single element; it contains, it may be, not merely a

germ of the science of the nineteenth-century chemistry, but perhaps the

germs also of the yet undeveloped chemistry of the twentieth century.

Yet we dare suggest that in their enthusiasm for the atomic theory of

Democritus the historians of our generation have done something less

than justice to that philosopher's precursor, Anaxagoras. And one

suspects that the mere accident of a name has been instrumental in

producing this result. Democritus called his primordial element an atom;

Anaxagoras, too, conceived a primordial element, but he called it merely

a seed or thing; he failed to christen it distinctively. Modern science

adopted the word atom and gave it universal vogue. It owed a debt of

gratitude to Democritus for supplying it the word, but it somewhat

overpaid the debt in too closely linking the new meaning of the word

with its old original one. For, let it be clearly understood, the

Daltonian atom is not precisely comparable with the atom of Democritus.

The atom, as Democritus conceived it, was monistic; all atoms, according

to this hypothesis, are of the same substance; one atom differs from

another merely in size and shape, but not at all in quality. But the

Daltonian hypothesis conceived, and nearly all the experimental efforts

of the nineteenth century seemed to prove, that there are numerous

classes of atoms, each differing in its very essence from the others.

As the case stands to-day the chemist deals with seventy-odd substances,

which he calls elements. Each one of these substances is, as he

conceives it, made up of elementary atoms having a unique personality,

each differing in quality from all the others. As far as experiment has

thus far safely carried us, the atom of gold is a primordial element

which remains an atom of gold and nothing else, no matter with what

other atoms it is associated. So, too, of the atom of silver, or zinc,

or sodium--in short, of each and every one of the seventy-odd elements.

There are, indeed, as we shall see, experiments that suggest the

dissolution of the atom--that suggest, in short, that the Daltonian atom

is misnamed, being a structure that may, under certain conditions, be

broken asunder. But these experiments have, as yet, the warrant rather

of philosophy than of pure science, and to-day we demand that the

philosophy of science shall be the handmaid of experiment.

When experiment shall have demonstrated that the Daltonian atom is a

compound, and that in truth there is but a single true atom, which,

combining with its fellows perhaps in varying numbers and in different

special relations, produces the Daltonian atoms, then the philosophical

theory of monism will have the experimental warrant which to-day it

lacks; then we shall be a step nearer to the atom of Democritus in one

direction, a step farther away in the other. We shall be nearer, in that

the conception of Democritus was, in a sense, monistic; farther away, in

that all the atoms of Democritus, large and small alike, were considered

as permanently fixed in size. Democritus postulated all his atoms as of

the same substance, differing not at all in quality; yet he was obliged

to conceive that the varying size of the atoms gave to them varying

functions which amounted to qualitative differences. He might claim for

his largest atom the same quality of substance as for his smallest, but

so long as he conceived that the large atoms, when adjusted together to

form a tangible substance, formed a substance different in quality

from the substance which the small atoms would make up when similarly

grouped, this concession amounts to the predication of difference of

quality between the atoms themselves. The entire question reduces

itself virtually to a quibble over the word quality, So long as one atom

conceived to be primordial and indivisible is conceded to be of such a

nature as necessarily to produce a different impression on our senses,

when grouped with its fellows, from the impression produced by other

atoms when similarly grouped, such primordial atoms do differ among

themselves in precisely the same way for all practical purposes as do

the primordial elements of Anaxagoras.

The monistic conception towards which twentieth-century chemistry seems

to be carrying us may perhaps show that all the so-called atoms are

compounded of a single element. All the true atoms making up that

element may then properly be said to have the same quality, but none the

less will it remain true that the combinations of that element that

go to make up the different Daltonian atoms differ from one another in

quality in precisely the same sense in which such tangible substances as

gold, and oxygen, and mercury, and diamonds differ from one another. In

the last analysis of the monistic philosophy, there is but one substance

and one quality in the universe. In the widest view of that philosophy,

gold and oxygen and mercury and diamonds are one substance, and, if you

please, one quality. But such refinements of analysis as this are for

the transcendental philosopher, and not for the scientist. Whatever the

allurement of such reasoning, we must for the purpose of science let

words have a specific meaning, nor must we let a mere word-jugglery

blind us to the evidence of facts. That was the rock on which Greek

science foundered; it is the rock which the modern helmsman sometimes

finds it difficult to avoid. And if we mistake not, this case of the

atom of Democritus is precisely a case in point. Because Democritus said

that his atoms did not differ in quality, the modern philosopher has

seen in his theory the essentials of monism; has discovered in it not

merely a forecast of the chemistry of the nineteenth century, but a

forecast of the hypothetical chemistry of the future. And, on the

other hand, because Anaxagoras predicted a different quality for his

primordial elements, the philosopher of our day has discredited the

primordial element of Anaxagoras.

Yet if our analysis does not lead us astray, the theory of Democritus

was not truly monistic; his indestructible atoms, differing from one

another in size and shape, utterly incapable of being changed from the

form which they had maintained from the beginning, were in reality

as truly and primordially different as are the primordial elements of

Anaxagoras. In other words, the atom of Democritus is nothing less than

the primordial seed of Anaxagoras, a little more tangibly visualized and

given a distinctive name. Anaxagoras explicitly conceived his elements

as invisibly small, as infinite in number, and as made up of an

indefinite number of kinds--one for each distinctive substance in

the world. But precisely the same postulates are made of the atom of

Democritus. These also are invisibly small; these also are infinite

in number; these also are made up of an indefinite number of kinds,

corresponding with the observed difference of substances in the world.

"Primitive seeds," or "atoms," were alike conceived to be primordial,

un-changeable, and indestructible. Wherein then lies the difference? We

answer, chiefly in a name; almost solely in the fact that Anaxagoras did

not attempt to postulate the physical properties of the elements beyond

stating that each has a distinctive personality, while Democritus did

attempt to postulate these properties. He, too, admitted that each

kind of element has its distinctive personality, and he attempted to

visualize and describe the characteristics of the personality.

Thus while Anaxagoras tells us nothing of his elements except that they

differ from one another, Democritus postulates a difference in size,

imagines some elements as heavier and some as lighter, and conceives

even that the elements may be provided with projecting hooks, with the

aid of which they link themselves one with another. No one to-day takes

these crude visualizings seriously as to their details. The sole element

of truth which these dreamings contain, as distinguishing them from the

dreamings of Anaxagoras, is in the conception that the various atoms

differ in size and weight. Here, indeed, is a vague fore-shadowing of

that chemistry of form which began to come into prominence towards the

close of the nineteenth century. To have forecast even dimly this newest

phase of chemical knowledge, across the abyss of centuries, is indeed a

feat to put Democritus in the front rank of thinkers. But this estimate

should not blind us to the fact that the pre-vision of Democritus was

but a slight elaboration of a theory which had its origin with another

thinker. The association between Anaxagoras and Democritus cannot be

directly traced, but it is an association which the historian of ideas

should never for a moment forget. If we are not to be misled by mere

word-jugglery, we shall recognize the founder of the atomic theory of

matter in Anaxagoras; its expositors along slightly different lines in

Leucippus and Democritus; its re-discoverer of the nineteenth century

in Dalton. All in all, then, just as Anaxagoras preceded Democritus in

time, so must he take precedence over him also as an inductive thinker,

who carried the use of the scientific imagination to its farthest reach.

An analysis of the theories of the two men leads to somewhat the same

conclusion that might be reached from a comparison of their lives.

Anaxagoras was a sceptical, experimental scientist, gifted also with

the prophetic imagination. He reasoned always from the particular to the

general, after the manner of true induction, and he scarcely took a step

beyond the confines of secure induction. True scientist that he was,

he could content himself with postulating different qualities for

his elements, without pretending to know how these qualities could be

defined. His elements were by hypothesis invisible, hence he would not

attempt to visualize them. Democritus, on the other hand, refused

to recognize this barrier. Where he could not know, he still did not

hesitate to guess. Just as he conceived his atom of a definite form with

a definite structure, even so he conceived that the atmosphere about him

was full of invisible spirits; he accepted the current superstitions of

his time. Like the average Greeks of his day, he even believed in such

omens as those furnished by inspecting the entrails of a fowl. These

chance bits of biography are weather-vanes of the mind of Democritus.

They tend to substantiate our conviction that Democritus must rank

below Anaxagoras as a devotee of pure science. But, after all, such

comparisons and estimates as this are utterly futile. The essential fact

for us is that here, in the fifth century before our era, we find put

forward the most penetrating guess as to the constitution of matter that

the history of ancient thought has to present to us. In one direction,

the avenue of progress is barred; there will be no farther step that way

till we come down the centuries to the time of Dalton.

HIPPOCRATES AND GREEK MEDICINE

These studies of the constitution of matter have carried us to the

limits of the field of scientific imagination in antiquity; let us now

turn sharply and consider a department of science in which theory joins

hands with practicality. Let us witness the beginnings of scientific

therapeutics.

Medicine among the early Greeks, before the time of Hippocrates, was

a crude mixture of religion, necromancy, and mysticism. Temples were

erected to the god of medicine, aesculapius, and sick persons made their

way, or were carried, to these temples, where they sought to gain the

favor of the god by suitable offerings, and learn the way to regain

their health through remedies or methods revealed to them in dreams by

the god. When the patient had been thus cured, he placed a tablet in the

temple describing his sickness, and telling by what method the god had

cured him. He again made suitable offerings at the temple, which were

sometimes in the form of gold or silver representations of the diseased

organ--a gold or silver model of a heart, hand, foot, etc.

Nevertheless, despite this belief in the supernatural, many drugs

and healing lotions were employed, and the Greek physicians possessed

considerable skill in dressing wounds and bandaging. But they did not

depend upon these surgical dressings alone, using with them certain

appropriate prayers and incantations, recited over the injured member at

the time of applying the dressings.

Even the very early Greeks had learned something of anatomy. The daily

contact with wounds and broken bones must of necessity lead to a crude

understanding of anatomy in general. The first Greek anatomist, however,

who is recognized as such, is said to have been Alcmaeon. He is said

to have made extensive dissections of the lower animals, and to have

described many hitherto unknown structures, such as the optic nerve and

the Eustachian canal--the small tube leading into the throat from the

ear. He is credited with many unique explanations of natural phenomena,

such as, for example, the explanation that "hearing is produced by the

hollow bone behind the ear; for all hollow things are sonorous." He was

a rationalist, and he taught that the brain is the organ of mind. The

sources of our information about his work, however, are unreliable.

Democedes, who lived in the sixth century B.C., is the first physician

of whom we have any trustworthy history. We learn from Herodotus that he

came from Croton to aegina, where, in recognition of his skill, he was

appointed medical officer of the city. From aegina he was called to

Athens at an increased salary, and later was in charge of medical

affairs in several other Greek cities. He was finally called to Samos by

the tyrant Polycrates, who reigned there from about 536 to 522 B.C. But

on the death of Polycrates, who was murdered by the Persians, Democedes

became a slave. His fame as a physician, however, had reached the ears

of the Persian monarch, and shortly after his capture he was permitted

to show his skill upon King Darius himself. The Persian monarch was

suffering from a sprained ankle, which his Egyptian surgeons had been

unable to cure. Democedes not only cured the injured member but used

his influence in saving the lives of his Egyptian rivals, who had been

condemned to death by the king.

At another time he showed his skill by curing the queen, who was

suffering from a chronic abscess of long standing. This so pleased the

monarch that he offered him as a reward anything he might desire, except

his liberty. But the costly gifts of Darius did not satisfy him so long

as he remained a slave; and determined to secure his freedom at any

cost, he volunteered to lead some Persian spies into his native country,

promising to use his influence in converting some of the leading men

of his nation to the Persian cause. Laden with the wealth that had

been heaped upon him by Darius, he set forth upon his mission, but upon

reaching his native city of Croton he threw off his mask, renounced his

Persian mission, and became once more a free Greek.

While the story of Democedes throws little light upon the medical

practices of the time, it shows that paid city medical officers existed

in Greece as early as the fifth and sixth centuries B.C. Even then

there were different "schools" of medicine, whose disciples disagreed

radically in their methods of treating diseases; and there were also

specialists in certain diseases, quacks, and charlatans. Some physicians

depended entirely upon external lotions for healing all disorders;

others were "hydrotherapeutists" or "bath-physicians"; while there

were a host of physicians who administered a great variety of herbs and

drugs. There were also magicians who pretended to heal by sorcery, and

great numbers of bone-setters, oculists, and dentists.

Many of the wealthy physicians had hospitals, or clinics, where patients

were operated upon and treated. They were not hospitals in our modern

understanding of the term, but were more like dispensaries, where

patients were treated temporarily, but were not allowed to remain for

any length of time. Certain communities established and supported these

dispensaries for the care of the poor.

But anything approaching a rational system of medicine was not

established, until Hippocrates of Cos, the "father of medicine," came

upon the scene. In an age that produced Phidias, Lysias, Herodotus,

Sophocles, and Pericles, it seems but natural that the medical art

should find an exponent who would rise above superstitious dogmas

and lay the foundation for a medical science. His rejection of the

supernatural alone stamps the greatness of his genius. But, besides

this, he introduced more detailed observation of diseases, and

demonstrated the importance that attaches to prognosis.

Hippocrates was born at Cos, about 460 B.C., but spent most of his life

at Larissa, in Thessaly. He was educated as a physician by his father,

and travelled extensively as an itinerant practitioner for several

years. His travels in different climates and among many different people

undoubtedly tended to sharpen his keen sense of observation. He was

a practical physician as well as a theorist, and, withal, a clear

and concise writer. "Life is short," he says, "opportunity fleeting,

judgment difficult, treatment easy, but treatment after thought is

proper and profitable."

His knowledge of anatomy was necessarily very imperfect, and was gained

largely from his predecessors, to whom he gave full credit. Dissections

of the human body were forbidden him, and he was obliged to confine

his experimental researches to operations on the lower animals. His

knowledge of the structure and arrangement of the bones, however, was

fairly accurate, but the anatomy of the softer tissues, as he conceived

it, was a queer jumbling together of blood-vessels, muscles, and

tendons. He does refer to "nerves," to be sure, but apparently the

structures referred to are the tendons and ligaments, rather than the

nerves themselves. He was better acquainted with the principal organs

in the cavities of the body, and knew, for example, that the heart is

divided into four cavities, two of which he supposed to contain blood,

and the other two air.

His most revolutionary step was his divorcing of the supernatural from

the natural, and establishing the fact that disease is due to natural

causes and should be treated accordingly. The effect of such an attitude

can hardly be over-estimated. The establishment of such a theory was

naturally followed by a close observation as to the course of diseases

and the effects of treatment. To facilitate this, he introduced the

custom of writing down his observations as he made them--the "clinical

history" of the case. Such clinical records are in use all over the

world to-day, and their importance is so obvious that it is almost

incomprehensible that they should have fallen into disuse shortly after

the time of Hippocrates, and not brought into general use again until

almost two thousand years later.

But scarcely less important than his recognition of disease as a natural

phenomenon was the importance he attributed to prognosis. Prognosis, in

the sense of prophecy, was common before the time of Hippocrates.

But prognosis, as he practised it and as we understand it to-day,

is prophecy based on careful observation of the course of

diseases--something more than superstitious conjecture.

Although Hippocratic medicine rested on the belief in natural causes,

nevertheless, dogma and theory held an important place. The humoral

theory of disease was an all-important one, and so fully was this

theory accepted that it influenced the science of medicine all through

succeeding centuries. According to this celebrated theory there are four

humors in the body--blood, phlegm, yellow bile, and black bile. When

these humors are mixed in exact proportions they constitute health;

but any deviations from these proportions produce disease. In treating

diseases the aim of the physician was to discover which of these humors

were out of proportion and to restore them to their natural equilibrium.

It was in the methods employed in this restitution, rather than a

disagreement about the humors themselves, that resulted in the various

"schools" of medicine.

In many ways the surgery of Hippocrates showed a better understanding

of the structure of the organs than of their functions. Some of the

surgical procedures as described by him are followed, with slight

modifications, to-day. Many of his methods were entirely lost sight of

until modern times, and one, the treatment of dislocation of the

outer end of the collar-bone, was not revived until some time in the

eighteenth century.

Hippocrates, it seems, like modern physicians, sometimes suffered

from the ingratitude of his patients. "The physician visits a patient

suffering from fever or a wound, and prescribes for him," he says; "on

the next day, if the patient feels worse the blame is laid upon the

physician; if, on the other hand, he feels better, nature is extolled,

and the physician reaps no praise." The essence of this has been

repeated in rhyme and prose by writers in every age and country, but

the "father of medicine" cautions physicians against allowing it to

influence their attitude towards their profession.

VIII. POST-SOCRATIC SCIENCE AT ATHENS--PLATO, ARISTOTLE, AND

THEOPHRASTUS

Doubtless it has been noticed that our earlier scientists were as far

removed as possible from the limitations of specialism. In point of

fact, in this early day, knowledge had not been classified as it came

to be later on. The philosopher was, as his name implied, a lover of

knowledge, and he did not find it beyond the reach of his capacity to

apply himself to all departments of the field of human investigation. It

is nothing strange to discover that Anaximander and the Pythagoreans

and Anaxagoras have propounded theories regarding the structure of the

cosmos, the origin and development of animals and man, and the nature of

matter itself. Nowadays, so enormously involved has become the mass of

mere facts regarding each of these departments of knowledge that no one

man has the temerity to attempt to master them all. But it was different

in those days of beginnings. Then the methods of observation were still

crude, and it was quite the custom for a thinker of forceful personality

to find an eager following among disciples who never thought of putting

his theories to the test of experiment. The great lesson that true

science in the last resort depends upon observation and measurement,

upon compass and balance, had not yet been learned, though here and

there a thinker like Anaxagoras had gained an inkling of it.

For the moment, indeed, there in Attica, which was now, thanks to that

outburst of Periclean culture, the centre of the world's civilization,

the trend of thought was to take quite another direction. The very year

which saw the birth of Democritus at Abdera, and of Hippocrates, marked

also the birth, at Athens, of another remarkable man, whose influence it

would scarcely be possible to over-estimate. This man was Socrates. The

main facts of his history are familiar to every one. It will be recalled

that Socrates spent his entire life in Athens, mingling everywhere with

the populace; haranguing, so the tradition goes, every one who

would listen; inculcating moral lessons, and finally incurring the

disapprobation of at least a voting majority of his fellow-citizens. He

gathered about him a company of remarkable men with Plato at their head,

but this could not save him from the disapprobation of the multitudes,

at whose hands he suffered death, legally administered after a public

trial. The facts at command as to certain customs of the Greeks at this

period make it possible to raise a question as to whether the alleged

"corruption of youth," with which Socrates was charged, may not have had

a different implication from what posterity has preferred to ascribe

to it. But this thought, almost shocking to the modern mind and seeming

altogether sacrilegious to most students of Greek philosophy, need not

here detain us; neither have we much concern in the present connection

with any part of the teaching of the martyred philosopher. For the

historian of metaphysics, Socrates marks an epoch, but for the historian

of science he is a much less consequential figure.

Similarly regarding Plato, the aristocratic Athenian who sat at the

feet of Socrates, and through whose writings the teachings of the master

found widest currency. Some students of philosophy find in Plato "the

greatest thinker and writer of all time."(1) The student of science

must recognize in him a thinker whose point of view was essentially

non-scientific; one who tended always to reason from the general to

the particular rather than from the particular to the general. Plato's

writings covered almost the entire field of thought, and his ideas

were presented with such literary charm that successive generations

of readers turned to them with unflagging interest, and gave them wide

currency through copies that finally preserved them to our own time.

Thus we are not obliged in his case, as we are in the case of every

other Greek philosopher, to estimate his teachings largely from hearsay

evidence. Plato himself speaks to us directly. It is true, the literary

form which he always adopted, namely, the dialogue, does not give quite

the same certainty as to when he is expressing his own opinions that

a more direct narrative would have given; yet, in the main, there is

little doubt as to the tenor of his own opinions--except, indeed, such

doubt as always attaches to the philosophical reasoning of the abstract

thinker.

What is chiefly significant from our present standpoint is that the

great ethical teacher had no significant message to give the world

regarding the physical sciences. He apparently had no sharply defined

opinions as to the mechanism of the universe; no clear conception as to

the origin or development of organic beings; no tangible ideas as to

the problems of physics; no favorite dreams as to the nature of matter.

Virtually his back was turned on this entire field of thought. He was

under the sway of those innate ideas which, as we have urged, were among

the earliest inductions of science. But he never for a moment suspected

such an origin for these ideas. He supposed his conceptions of being,

his standards of ethics, to lie back of all experience; for him they

were the most fundamental and most dependable of facts. He criticised

Anaxagoras for having tended to deduce general laws from observation. As

we moderns see it, such criticism is the highest possible praise. It is

a criticism that marks the distinction between the scientist who is also

a philosopher and the philosopher who has but a vague notion of physical

science. Plato seemed, indeed, to realize the value of scientific

investigation; he referred to the astronomical studies of the Egyptians

and Chaldeans, and spoke hopefully of the results that might accrue

were such studies to be taken up by that Greek mind which, as he justly

conceived, had the power to vitalize and enrich all that it touched.

But he told here of what he would have others do, not of what he himself

thought of doing. His voice was prophetic, but it stimulated no worker

of his own time.

Plato himself had travelled widely. It is a familiar legend that he

lived for years in Egypt, endeavoring there to penetrate the mysteries

of Egyptian science. It is said even that the rudiments of geometry

which he acquired there influenced all his later teachings. But be that

as it may, the historian of science must recognize in the founder of the

Academy a moral teacher and metaphysical dreamer and sociologist, but

not, in the modern acceptance of the term, a scientist. Those wider

phases of biological science which find their expression in metaphysics,

in ethics, in political economy, lie without our present scope; and

for the development of those subjects with which we are more directly

concerned, Plato, like his master, has a negative significance.

ARISTOTLE (384-322 B.C.)

When we pass to that third great Athenian teacher, Aristotle, the case

is far different. Here was a man whose name was to be received as almost

a synonym for Greek science for more than a thousand years after his

death. All through the Middle Ages his writings were to be accepted as

virtually the last word regarding the problems of nature. We shall see

that his followers actually preferred his mandate to the testimony of

their own senses. We shall see, further, that modern science progressed

somewhat in proportion as it overthrew the Aristotelian dogmas. But the

traditions of seventeen or eighteen centuries are not easily set aside,

and it is perhaps not too much to say that the name of Aristotle stands,

even in our own time, as vaguely representative in the popular mind of

all that was highest and best in the science of antiquity. Yet, perhaps,

it would not be going too far to assert that something like a reversal

of this judgment would be nearer the truth. Aristotle did, indeed, bring

together a great mass of facts regarding animals in his work on natural

history, which, being preserved, has been deemed to entitle its author

to be called the "father of zoology." But there is no reason to suppose

that any considerable portion of this work contained matter that was

novel, or recorded observations that were original with Aristotle; and

the classifications there outlined are at best but a vague foreshadowing

of the elaboration of the science. Such as it is, however, the natural

history stands to the credit of the Stagirite. He must be credited,

too, with a clear enunciation of one most important scientific

doctrine--namely, the doctrine of the spherical figure of the earth.

We have already seen that this theory originated with the Pythagorean

philosophers out in Italy. We have seen, too, that the doctrine had not

made its way in Attica in the time of Anaxagoras. But in the intervening

century it had gained wide currency, else so essentially conservative a

thinker as Aristotle would scarcely have accepted it. He did accept it,

however, and gave the doctrine clearest and most precise expression.

Here are his words:(2)

"As to the figure of the earth it must necessarily be spherical.... If

it were not so, the eclipses of the moon would not have such sections

as they have. For in the configurations in the course of a month the

deficient part takes all different shapes; it is straight, and concave,

and convex; but in eclipses it always has the line of divisions

convex; wherefore, since the moon is eclipsed in consequence of the

interposition of the earth, the periphery of the earth must be the cause

of this by having a spherical form. And again, from the appearance of

the stars it is clear, not only that the earth is round, but that its

size is not very large; for when we make a small removal to the south or

the north, the circle of the horizon becomes palpably different, so that

the stars overhead undergo a great change, and are not the same to those

that travel in the north and to the south. For some stars are seen in

Egypt or at Cyprus, but are not seen in the countries to the north of

these; and the stars that in the north are visible while they make

a complete circuit, there undergo a setting. So that from this it is

manifest, not only that the form of the earth is round, but also that it

is a part of a not very large sphere; for otherwise the difference

would not be so obvious to persons making so small a change of place.

Wherefore we may judge that those persons who connect the region in the

neighborhood of the pillars of Hercules with that towards India, and

who assert that in this way the sea is one, do not assert things very

improbable. They confirm this conjecture moreover by the elephants,

which are said to be of the same species towards each extreme; as if

this circumstance was a consequence of the conjunction of the

extremes. The mathematicians who try to calculate the measure of the

circumference, make it amount to four hundred thousand stadia; whence we

collect that the earth is not only spherical, but is not large compared

with the magnitude of the other stars."

But in giving full meed of praise to Aristotle for the promulgation of

this doctrine of the sphericity of the earth, it must unfortunately be

added that the conservative philosopher paused without taking one other

important step. He could not accept, but, on the contrary, he expressly

repudiated, the doctrine of the earth's motion. We have seen that this

idea also was a part of the Pythagorean doctrine, and we shall have

occasion to dwell more at length on this point in a succeeding chapter.

It has even been contended by some critics that it was the adverse

conviction of the Peripatetic philosopher which, more than any other

single influence, tended to retard the progress of the true doctrine

regarding the mechanism of the heavens. Aristotle accepted the

sphericity of the earth, and that doctrine became a commonplace of

scientific knowledge, and so continued throughout classical antiquity.

But Aristotle rejected the doctrine of the earth's motion, and that

doctrine, though promulgated actively by a few contemporaries and

immediate successors of the Stagirite, was then doomed to sink out of

view for more than a thousand years. If it be a correct assumption that

the influence of Aristotle was, in a large measure, responsible for this

result, then we shall perhaps not be far astray in assuming that

the great founder of the Peripatetic school was, on the whole, more

instrumental in retarding the progress of astronomical science that any

other one man that ever lived.

The field of science in which Aristotle was pre-eminently a pathfinder

is zoology. His writings on natural history have largely been preserved,

and they constitute by far the most important contribution to the

subject that has come down to us from antiquity. They show us that

Aristotle had gained possession of the widest range of facts regarding

the animal kingdom, and, what is far more important, had attempted to

classify these facts. In so doing he became the founder of systematic

zoology. Aristotle's classification of the animal kingdom was known

and studied throughout the Middle Ages, and, in fact, remained in vogue

until superseded by that of Cuvier in the nineteenth century. It is

not to be supposed that all the terms of Aristotle's classification

originated with him. Some of the divisions are too patent to have

escaped the observation of his predecessors. Thus, for example, the

distinction between birds and fishes as separate classes of animals

is so obvious that it must appeal to a child or to a savage. But

the efforts of Aristotle extended, as we shall see, to less patent

generalizations. At the very outset, his grand division of the animal

kingdom into blood-bearing and bloodless animals implies a very broad

and philosophical conception of the entire animal kingdom. The modern

physiologist does not accept the classification, inasmuch as it is now

known that colorless fluids perform the functions of blood for all the

lower organisms. But the fact remains that Aristotle's grand divisions

correspond to the grand divisions of the Lamarckian system--vertebrates

and invertebrates--which every one now accepts. Aristotle, as we have

said, based his classification upon observation of the blood; Lamarck

was guided by a study of the skeleton. The fact that such diverse

points of view could direct the observer towards the same result gives,

inferentially, a suggestive lesson in what the modern physiologist calls

the homologies of parts of the organism.

Aristotle divides his so-called blood-bearing animals into five classes:

(1) Four-footed animals that bring forth their young alive; (2) birds;

(3) egg-laying four-footed animals (including what modern naturalists

call reptiles and amphibians); (4) whales and their allies; (5) fishes.

This classification, as will be observed, is not so very far afield

from the modern divisions into mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians,

and fishes. That Aristotle should have recognized the fundamental

distinction between fishes and the fish-like whales, dolphins, and

porpoises proves the far from superficial character of his studies.

Aristotle knew that these animals breathe by means of lungs and that

they produce living young. He recognized, therefore, their affinity

with his first class of animals, even if he did not, like the modern

naturalist, consider these affinities close enough to justify bringing

the two types together into a single class.

The bloodless animals were also divided by Aristotle into five

classes--namely: (1) Cephalopoda (the octopus, cuttle-fish, etc.);

(2) weak-shelled animals (crabs, etc.); (3) insects and their allies

(including various forms, such as spiders and centipedes, which the

modern classifier prefers to place by themselves); (4) hard-shelled

animals (clams, oysters, snails, etc.); (5) a conglomerate group of

marine forms, including star-fish, sea-urchins, and various anomalous

forms that were regarded as linking the animal to the vegetable worlds.

This classification of the lower forms of animal life continued in vogue

until Cuvier substituted for it his famous grouping into articulates,

mollusks, and radiates; which grouping in turn was in part superseded

later in the nineteenth century.

What Aristotle did for the animal kingdom his pupil, Theophrastus, did

in some measure for the vegetable kingdom. Theophrastus, however, was

much less a classifier than his master, and his work on botany, called

The Natural History of Development, pays comparatively slight attention

to theoretical questions. It deals largely with such practicalities

as the making of charcoal, of pitch, and of resin, and the effects

of various plants on the animal organism when taken as foods or as

medicines. In this regard the work of Theophrastus, is more nearly akin

to the natural history of the famous Roman compiler, Pliny. It remained,

however, throughout antiquity as the most important work on its subject,

and it entitles Theophrastus to be called the "father of botany."

Theophrastus deals also with the mineral kingdom after much the same

fashion, and here again his work is the most notable that was produced

in antiquity.

IX. GREEK SCIENCE OF THE ALEXANDRIAN OR HELLENISTIC PERIOD

We are entering now upon the most important scientific epoch of

antiquity. When Aristotle and Theophrastus passed from the scene, Athens

ceased to be in any sense the scientific centre of the world. That

city still retained its reminiscent glory, and cannot be ignored in the

history of culture, but no great scientific leader was ever again to

be born or to take up his permanent abode within the confines of Greece

proper. With almost cataclysmic suddenness, a new intellectual centre

appeared on the south shore of the Mediterranean. This was the city

of Alexandria, a city which Alexander the Great had founded during his

brief visit to Egypt, and which became the capital of Ptolemy Soter when

he chose Egypt as his portion of the dismembered empire of the great

Macedonian. Ptolemy had been with his master in the East, and was with

him in Babylonia when he died. He had therefore come personally in

contact with Babylonian civilization, and we cannot doubt that this had

a most important influence upon his life, and through him upon the

new civilization of the West. In point of culture, Alexandria must be

regarded as the successor of Babylon, scarcely less directly than of

Greece. Following the Babylonian model, Ptolemy erected a great museum

and began collecting a library. Before his death it was said that he

had collected no fewer than two hundred thousand manuscripts. He had

gathered also a company of great teachers and founded a school of

science which, as has just been said, made Alexandria the culture-centre

of the world.

Athens in the day of her prime had known nothing quite like this. Such

private citizens as Aristotle are known to have had libraries, but there

were no great public collections of books in Athens, or in any other

part of the Greek domain, until Ptolemy founded his famous library. As

is well known, such libraries had existed in Babylonia for thousands of

years. The character which the Ptolemaic epoch took on was no doubt due

to Babylonian influence, but quite as much to the personal experience

of Ptolemy himself as an explorer in the Far East. The marvellous

conquering journey of Alexander had enormously widened the horizon of

the Greek geographer, and stimulated the imagination of all ranks of the

people, It was but natural, then, that geography and its parent

science astronomy should occupy the attention of the best minds in this

succeeding epoch. In point of fact, such a company of star-gazers and

earth-measurers came upon the scene in this third century B.C. as had

never before existed anywhere in the world. The whole trend of the time

was towards mechanics. It was as if the greatest thinkers had squarely

faced about from the attitude of the mystical philosophers of the

preceding century, and had set themselves the task of solving all the

mechanical riddles of the universe, They no longer troubled themselves

about problems of "being" and "becoming"; they gave but little heed to

metaphysical subtleties; they demanded that their thoughts should be

gauged by objective realities. Hence there arose a succession of great

geometers, and their conceptions were applied to the construction of

new mechanical contrivances on the one hand, and to the elaboration of

theories of sidereal mechanics on the other.

The wonderful company of men who performed the feats that are about to

be recorded did not all find their home in Alexandria, to be sure; but

they all came more or less under the Alexandrian influence. We shall see

that there are two other important centres; one out in Sicily, almost

at the confines of the Greek territory in the west; the other in Asia

Minor, notably on the island of Samos--the island which, it will be

recalled, was at an earlier day the birthplace of Pythagoras. But

whereas in the previous century colonists from the confines of the

civilized world came to Athens, now all eyes turned towards Alexandria,

and so improved were the facilities for communication that no doubt the

discoveries of one coterie of workers were known to all the others much

more quickly than had ever been possible before. We learn, for example,

that the studies of Aristarchus of Samos were definitely known to

Archimedes of Syracuse, out in Sicily. Indeed, as we shall see, it

is through a chance reference preserved in one of the writings of

Archimedes that one of the most important speculations of Aristarchus is

made known to us. This illustrates sufficiently the intercommunication

through which the thought of the Alexandrian epoch was brought into a

single channel. We no longer, as in the day of the earlier schools of

Greek philosophy, have isolated groups of thinkers. The scientific drama

is now played out upon a single stage; and if we pass, as we shall in

the present chapter, from Alexandria to Syracuse and from Syracuse to

Samos, the shift of scenes does no violence to the dramatic unities.

Notwithstanding the number of great workers who were not properly

Alexandrians, none the less the epoch is with propriety termed

Alexandrian. Not merely in the third century B.C., but throughout the

lapse of at least four succeeding centuries, the city of Alexander

and the Ptolemies continued to hold its place as the undisputed

culture-centre of the world. During that period Rome rose to its

pinnacle of glory and began to decline, without ever challenging the

intellectual supremacy of the Egyptian city. We shall see, in a

later chapter, that the Alexandrian influences were passed on to the

Mohammedan conquerors, and every one is aware that when Alexandria was

finally overthrown its place was taken by another Greek city, Byzantium

or Constantinople. But that transfer did not occur until Alexandria had

enjoyed a longer period of supremacy as an intellectual centre than

had perhaps ever before been granted to any city, with the possible

exception of Babylon.

EUCLID (ABOUT 300 B.C.)

Our present concern is with that first wonderful development of

scientific activity which began under the first Ptolemy, and which

presents, in the course of the first century of Alexandrian influence,

the most remarkable coterie of scientific workers and thinkers that

antiquity produced. The earliest group of these new leaders in science

had at its head a man whose name has been a household word ever since.

This was Euclid, the father of systematic geometry. Tradition has

preserved to us but little of the personality of this remarkable

teacher; but, on the other hand, his most important work has come down

to us in its entirety. The Elements of Geometry, with which the name

of Euclid is associated in the mind of every school-boy, presented the

chief propositions of its subject in so simple and logical a form that

the work remained a textbook everywhere for more than two thousand

years. Indeed it is only now beginning to be superseded. It is not

twenty years since English mathematicians could deplore the fact that,

despite certain rather obvious defects of the work of Euclid, no better

textbook than this was available. Euclid's work, of course, gives

expression to much knowledge that did not originate with him. We have

already seen that several important propositions of geometry had been

developed by Thales, and one by Pythagoras, and that the rudiments of

the subject were at least as old as Egyptian civilization. Precisely how

much Euclid added through his own investigations cannot be ascertained.

It seems probable that he was a diffuser of knowledge rather than an

originator, but as a great teacher his fame is secure. He is credited

with an epigram which in itself might insure him perpetuity of fame:

"There is no royal road to geometry," was his answer to Ptolemy when

that ruler had questioned whether the Elements might not be simplified.

Doubtless this, like most similar good sayings, is apocryphal; but

whoever invented it has made the world his debtor.

HEROPHILUS AND ERASISTRATUS

The catholicity of Ptolemy's tastes led him, naturally enough, to

cultivate the biological no less than the physical sciences. In

particular his influence permitted an epochal advance in the field of

medicine. Two anatomists became famous through the investigations they

were permitted to make under the patronage of the enlightened ruler.

These earliest of really scientific investigators of the mechanism

of the human body were named Herophilus and Erasistratus. These two

anatomists gained their knowledge by the dissection of human bodies

(theirs are the first records that we have of such practices), and

King Ptolemy himself is said to have been present at some of these

dissections. They were the first to discover that the nerve-trunks have

their origin in the brain and spinal cord, and they are credited

also with the discovery that these nerve-trunks are of two different

kinds--one to convey motor, and the other sensory impulses. They

discovered, described, and named the coverings of the brain. The name of

Herophilus is still applied by anatomists, in honor of the discoverer,

to one of the sinuses or large canals that convey the venous blood

from the head. Herophilus also noticed and described four cavities or

ventricles in the brain, and reached the conclusion that one of these

ventricles was the seat of the soul--a belief shared until comparatively

recent times by many physiologists. He made also a careful and fairly

accurate study of the anatomy of the eye, a greatly improved the old

operation for cataract.

With the increased knowledge of anatomy came also corresponding advances

in surgery, and many experimental operations are said to have been

performed upon condemned criminals who were handed over to the surgeons

by the Ptolemies. While many modern writers have attempted to discredit

these assertions, it is not improbable that such operations were

performed. In an age when human life was held so cheap, and among a

people accustomed to torturing condemned prisoners for comparatively

slight offences, it is not unlikely that the surgeons were allowed

to inflict perhaps less painful tortures in the cause of science.

Furthermore, we know that condemned criminals were sometimes handed over

to the medical profession to be "operated upon and killed in whatever

way they thought best" even as late as the sixteenth century.

Tertullian(1) probably exaggerates, however, when he puts the number of

such victims in Alexandria at six hundred.

Had Herophilus and Erasistratus been as happy in their deductions as to

the functions of the organs as they were in their knowledge of anatomy,

the science of medicine would have been placed upon a very high plane

even in their time. Unfortunately, however, they not only drew erroneous

inferences as to the functions of the organs, but also disagreed

radically as to what functions certain organs performed, and how

diseases should be treated, even when agreeing perfectly on the subject

of anatomy itself. Their contribution to the knowledge of the scientific

treatment of diseases holds no such place, therefore, as their

anatomical investigations.

Half a century after the time of Herophilus there appeared a Greek

physician, Heraclides, whose reputation in the use of drugs far

surpasses that of the anatomists of the Alexandrian school. His

reputation has been handed down through the centuries as that of a

physician, rather than a surgeon, although in his own time he was

considered one of the great surgeons of the period. Heraclides belonged

to the "Empiric" school, which rejected anatomy as useless, depending

entirely on the use of drugs. He is thought to have been the first

physician to point out the value of opium in certain painful diseases.

His prescription of this drug for certain cases of "sleeplessness,

spasm, cholera, and colic," shows that his use of it was not unlike that

of the modern physician in certain cases; and his treatment of fevers,

by keeping the patient's head cool and facilitating the secretions of

the body, is still recognized as "good practice." He advocated a free

use of liquids in quenching the fever patient's thirst--a recognized

therapeutic measure to-day, but one that was widely condemned a century

ago.

ARCHIMEDES OF SYRACUSE AND THE FOUNDATION OF MECHANICS

We do not know just when Euclid died, but as he was at the height of his

fame in the time of Ptolemy I., whose reign ended in the year 285 B.C.,

it is hardly probable that he was still living when a young man named

Archimedes came to Alexandria to study. Archimedes was born in the Greek

colony of Syracuse, on the island of Sicily, in the year 287 B.C. When

he visited Alexandria he probably found Apollonius of Perga, the pupil

of Euclid, at the head of the mathematical school there. Just how long

Archimedes remained at Alexandria is not known. When he had satisfied

his curiosity or completed his studies, he returned to Syracuse and

spent his life there, chiefly under the patronage of King Hiero, who

seems fully to have appreciated his abilities.

Archimedes was primarily a mathematician. Left to his own devices, he

would probably have devoted his entire time to the study of geometrical

problems. But King Hiero had discovered that his protege had wonderful

mechanical ingenuity, and he made good use of this discovery. Under

stress of the king's urgings, the philosopher was led to invent a great

variety of mechanical contrivances, some of them most curious ones.

Antiquity credited him with the invention of more than forty machines,

and it is these, rather than his purely mathematical discoveries, that

gave his name popular vogue both among his contemporaries and with

posterity. Every one has heard of the screw of Archimedes, through which

the paradoxical effect was produced of making water seem to flow up

hill. The best idea of this curious mechanism is obtained if one will

take in hand an ordinary corkscrew, and imagine this instrument to

be changed into a hollow tube, retaining precisely the same shape but

increased to some feet in length and to a proportionate diameter. If one

will hold the corkscrew in a slanting direction and turn it slowly to

the right, supposing that the point dips up a portion of water each time

it revolves, one can in imagination follow the flow of that portion

of water from spiral to spiral, the water always running downward, of

course, yet paradoxically being lifted higher and higher towards

the base of the corkscrew, until finally it pours out (in the actual

Archimedes' tube) at the top. There is another form of the screw in

which a revolving spiral blade operates within a cylinder, but the

principle is precisely the same. With either form water may be lifted,

by the mere turning of the screw, to any desired height. The ingenious

mechanism excited the wonder of the contemporaries of Archimedes, as

well it might. More efficient devices have superseded it in modern

times, but it still excites the admiration of all who examine it, and

its effects seem as paradoxical as ever.

Some other of the mechanisms of Archimedes have been made known to

successive generations of readers through the pages of Polybius and

Plutarch. These are the devices through which Archimedes aided King

Hiero to ward off the attacks of the Roman general Marcellus, who in the

course of the second Punic war laid siege to Syracuse.

Plutarch, in his life of Marcellus, describes the Roman's attack and

Archimedes' defence in much detail. Incidentally he tells us also how

Archimedes came to make the devices that rendered the siege so famous:

"Marcellus himself, with threescore galleys of five rowers at every

bank, well armed and full of all sorts of artillery and fireworks, did

assault by sea, and rowed hard to the wall, having made a great engine

and device of battery, upon eight galleys chained together, to batter

the wall: trusting in the great multitude of his engines of battery, and

to all such other necessary provision as he had for wars, as also in his

own reputation. But Archimedes made light account of all his devices, as

indeed they were nothing comparable to the engines himself had invented.

This inventive art to frame instruments and engines (which are called

mechanical, or organical, so highly commended and esteemed of all sorts

of people) was first set forth by Architas, and by Eudoxus: partly to

beautify a little the science of geometry by this fineness, and partly

to prove and confirm by material examples and sensible instruments,

certain geometrical conclusions, where of a man cannot find out the

conceivable demonstrations by enforced reasons and proofs. As

that conclusion which instructeth one to search out two lines mean

proportional, which cannot be proved by reason demonstrative, and yet

notwithstanding is a principle and an accepted ground for many things

which are contained in the art of portraiture. Both of them have

fashioned it to the workmanship of certain instruments, called mesolabes

or mesographs, which serve to find these mean lines proportional, by

drawing certain curve lines, and overthwart and oblique sections. But

after that Plato was offended with them, and maintained against

them, that they did utterly corrupt and disgrace, the worthiness

and excellence of geometry, making it to descend from things not

comprehensible and without body, unto things sensible and material, and

to bring it to a palpable substance, where the vile and base handiwork

of man is to be employed: since that time, I say, handicraft, or the

art of engines, came to be separated from geometry, and being long time

despised by the philosophers, it came to be one of the warlike arts.

"But Archimedes having told King Hiero, his kinsman and friend, that

it was possible to remove as great a weight as he would, with as little

strength as he listed to put to it: and boasting himself thus (as they

report of him) and trusting to the force of his reasons, wherewith he

proved this conclusion, that if there were another globe of earth, he

was able to remove this of ours, and pass it over to the other:

King Hiero wondering to hear him, required him to put his device in

execution, and to make him see by experience, some great or heavy weight

removed, by little force. So Archimedes caught hold with a book of one

of the greatest carects, or hulks of the king (that to draw it to the

shore out of the water required a marvellous number of people to go

about it, and was hardly to be done so) and put a great number of men

more into her, than her ordinary burden: and he himself sitting alone

at his ease far off, without any straining at all, drawing the end of an

engine with many wheels and pulleys, fair and softly with his hand, made

it come as gently and smoothly to him, as it had floated in the sea. The

king wondering to see the sight, and knowing by proof the greatness of

his art; be prayed him to make him some engines, both to assault and

defend, in all manner of sieges and assaults. So Archimedes made him

many engines, but King Hiero never occupied any of them, because he

reigned the most part of his time in peace without any wars. But

this provision and munition of engines, served the Syracusan's turn

marvellously at that time: and not only the provision of the engines

ready made, but also the engineer and work-master himself, that had

invented them.

"Now the Syracusans, seeing themselves assaulted by the Romans, both by

sea and by land, were marvellously perplexed, and could not tell what

to say, they were so afraid: imagining it was impossible for them to

withstand so great an army. But when Archimedes fell to handling his

engines, and to set them at liberty, there flew in the air infinite

kinds of shot, and marvellous great stones, with an incredible noise and

force on the sudden, upon the footmen that came to assault the city by

land, bearing down, and tearing in pieces all those which came against

them, or in what place soever they lighted, no earthly body being able

to resist the violence of so heavy a weight: so that all their ranks

were marvellously disordered. And as for the galleys that gave assault

by sea, some were sunk with long pieces of timber like unto the yards of

ships, whereto they fasten their sails, which were suddenly blown over

the walls with force of their engines into their galleys, and so sunk

them by their over great weight."

Polybius describes what was perhaps the most important of these

contrivances, which was, he tells us, "a band of iron, hanging by

a chain from the beak of a machine, which was used in the following

manner. The person who, like a pilot, guided the beak, having let fall

the hand, and catched hold of the prow of any vessel, drew down the

opposite end of the machine that was on the inside of the walls. And

when the vessel was thus raised erect upon its stem, the machine itself

was held immovable; but, the chain being suddenly loosened from the

beak by the means of pulleys, some of the vessels were thrown upon their

sides, others turned with the bottom upwards; and the greatest part,

as the prows were plunged from a considerable height into the sea, were

filled with water, and all that were on board thrown into tumult and

disorder.

"Marcellus was in no small degree embarrassed," Polybius continues,

"when he found himself encountered in every attempt by such resistance.

He perceived that all his efforts were defeated with loss; and were even

derided by the enemy. But, amidst all the anxiety that he suffered, he

could not help jesting upon the inventions of Archimedes. This man, said

he, employs our ships as buckets to draw water: and boxing about our

sackbuts, as if they were unworthy to be associated with him, drives

them from his company with disgrace. Such was the success of the siege

on the side of the sea."

Subsequently, however, Marcellus took the city by strategy, and

Archimedes was killed, contrary, it is said, to the express orders

of Marcellus. "Syracuse being taken," says Plutarch, "nothing grieved

Marcellus more than the loss of Archimedes. Who, being in his study when

the city was taken, busily seeking out by himself the demonstration

of some geometrical proposition which he had drawn in figure, and so

earnestly occupied therein, as he neither saw nor heard any noise of

enemies that ran up and down the city, and much less knew it was taken:

he wondered when he saw a soldier by him, that bade him go with him to

Marcellus. Notwithstanding, he spake to the soldier, and bade him tarry

until he had done his conclusion, and brought it to demonstration: but

the soldier being angry with his answer, drew out his sword and killed

him. Others say, that the Roman soldier when he came, offered the

sword's point to him, to kill him: and that Archimedes when he saw him,

prayed him to hold his hand a little, that he might not leave the matter

he looked for imperfect, without demonstration. But the soldier making

no reckoning of his speculation, killed him presently. It is reported

a third way also, saying that certain soldiers met him in the streets

going to Marcellus, carrying certain mathematical instruments in

a little pretty coffer, as dials for the sun, spheres, and angles,

wherewith they measure the greatness of the body of the sun by view:

and they supposing he had carried some gold or silver, or other precious

jewels in that little coffer, slew him for it. But it is most certain

that Marcellus was marvellously sorry for his death, and ever after

hated the villain that slew him, as a cursed and execrable person: and

how he had made also marvellous much afterwards of Archimedes' kinsmen

for his sake."

We are further indebted to Plutarch for a summary of the character and

influence of Archimedes, and for an interesting suggestion as to the

estimate which the great philosopher put upon the relative importance of

his own discoveries. "Notwithstanding Archimedes had such a great mind,

and was so profoundly learned, having hidden in him the only treasure

and secrets of geometrical inventions: as he would never set forth any

book how to make all these warlike engines, which won him at that time

the fame and glory, not of man's knowledge, but rather of divine wisdom.

But he esteeming all kind of handicraft and invention to make engines,

and generally all manner of sciences bringing common commodity by the

use of them, to be but vile, beggarly, and mercenary dross: employed his

wit and study only to write things, the beauty and subtlety whereof

were not mingled anything at all with necessity. For all that he hath

written, are geometrical propositions, which are without comparison of

any other writings whatsoever: because the subject where of they treat,

doth appear by demonstration, the maker gives them the grace and

the greatness, and the demonstration proving it so exquisitely, with

wonderful reason and facility, as it is not repugnable. For in all

geometry are not to be found more profound and difficult matters

written, in more plain and simple terms, and by more easy principles,

than those which he hath invented. Now some do impute this, to the

sharpness of his wit and understanding, which was a natural gift in him:

others do refer it to the extreme pains he took, which made these things

come so easily from him, that they seemed as if they had been no trouble

to him at all. For no man living of himself can devise the demonstration

of his propositions, what pains soever he take to seek it: and yet

straight so soon as he cometh to declare and open it, every man then

imagineth with himself he could have found it out well enough, he can

then so plainly make demonstration of the thing he meaneth to show. And

therefore that methinks is likely to be true, which they write of him:

that he was so ravished and drunk with the sweet enticements of this

siren, which as it were lay continually with him, as he forgot his meat

and drink, and was careless otherwise of himself, that oftentimes his

servants got him against his will to the baths to wash and anoint him:

and yet being there, he would ever be drawing out of the geometrical

figures, even in the very imbers of the chimney. And while they were

anointing of him with oils and sweet savours, with his finger he did

draw lines upon his naked body: so far was he taken from himself, and

brought into an ecstasy or trance, with the delight he had in the study

of geometry, and truly ravished with the love of the Muses. But amongst

many notable things he devised, it appeareth, that he most esteemed the

demonstration of the proportion between the cylinder (to wit, the round

column) and the sphere or globe contained in the same: for he prayed his

kinsmen and friends, that after his death they would put a cylinder

upon his tomb, containing a massy sphere, with an inscription of the

proportion, whereof the continent exceedeth the thing contained."(2)

It should be observed that neither Polybius nor Plutarch mentions the

use of burning-glasses in connection with the siege of Syracuse, nor

indeed are these referred to by any other ancient writer of authority.

Nevertheless, a story gained credence down to a late day to the effect

that Archimedes had set fire to the fleet of the enemy with the aid of

concave mirrors. An experiment was made by Sir Isaac Newton to show

the possibility of a phenomenon so well in accord with the genius of

Archimedes, but the silence of all the early authorities makes it more

than doubtful whether any such expedient was really adopted.

It will be observed that the chief principle involved in all these

mechanisms was a capacity to transmit great power through levers and

pulleys, and this brings us to the most important field of the Syracusan

philosopher's activity. It was as a student of the lever and the pulley

that Archimedes was led to some of his greatest mechanical discoveries.

He is even credited with being the discoverer of the compound pulley.

More likely he was its developer only, since the principle of the pulley

was known to the old Babylonians, as their sculptures testify. But there

is no reason to doubt the general outlines of the story that Archimedes

astounded King Hiero by proving that, with the aid of multiple pulleys,

the strength of one man could suffice to drag the largest ship from its

moorings.

The property of the lever, from its fundamental principle, was studied

by him, beginning with the self-evident fact that "equal bodies at the

ends of the equal arms of a rod, supported on its middle point, will

balance each other"; or, what amounts to the same thing stated in

another way, a regular cylinder of uniform matter will balance at its

middle point. From this starting-point he elaborated the subject on such

clear and satisfactory principles that they stand to-day practically

unchanged and with few additions. From all his studies and experiments

he finally formulated the principle that "bodies will be in equilibrio

when their distance from the fulcrum or point of support is inversely as

their weight." He is credited with having summed up his estimate of the

capabilities of the lever with the well-known expression, "Give me a

fulcrum on which to rest or a place on which to stand, and I will move

the earth."

But perhaps the feat of all others that most appealed to the imagination

of his contemporaries, and possibly also the one that had the greatest

bearing upon the position of Archimedes as a scientific discoverer,

was the one made familiar through the tale of the crown of Hiero. This

crown, so the story goes, was supposed to be made of solid gold, but

King Hiero for some reason suspected the honesty of the jeweller, and

desired to know if Archimedes could devise a way of testing the question

without injuring the crown. Greek imagination seldom spoiled a story in

the telling, and in this case the tale was allowed to take on the most

picturesque of phases. The philosopher, we are assured, pondered the

problem for a long time without succeeding, but one day as he stepped

into a bath, his attention was attracted by the overflow of water. A

new train of ideas was started in his ever-receptive brain. Wild with

enthusiasm he sprang from the bath, and, forgetting his robe, dashed

along the streets of Syracuse, shouting: "Eureka! Eureka!" (I have found

it!) The thought that had come into his mind was this: That any heavy

substance must have a bulk proportionate to its weight; that gold and

silver differ in weight, bulk for bulk, and that the way to test the

bulk of such an irregular object as a crown was to immerse it in water.

The experiment was made. A lump of pure gold of the weight of the crown

was immersed in a certain receptacle filled with water, and the overflow

noted. Then a lump of pure silver of the same weight was similarly

immersed; lastly the crown itself was immersed, and of course--for the

story must not lack its dramatic sequel--was found bulkier than its

weight of pure gold. Thus the genius that could balk warriors and armies

could also foil the wiles of the silversmith.

Whatever the truth of this picturesque narrative, the fact remains that

some, such experiments as these must have paved the way for perhaps

the greatest of all the studies of Archimedes--those that relate to the

buoyancy of water. Leaving the field of fable, we must now examine these

with some precision. Fortunately, the writings of Archimedes himself

are still extant, in which the results of his remarkable experiments are

related, so we may present the results in the words of the discoverer.

Here they are: "First: The surface of every coherent liquid in a state

of rest is spherical, and the centre of the sphere coincides with the

centre of the earth. Second: A solid body which, bulk for bulk, is of

the same weight as a liquid, if immersed in the liquid will sink so that

the surface of the body is even with the surface of the liquid, but will

not sink deeper. Third: Any solid body which is lighter, bulk for bulk,

than a liquid, if placed in the liquid will sink so deep as to displace

the mass of liquid equal in weight to another body. Fourth: If a body

which is lighter than a liquid is forcibly immersed in the liquid, it

will be pressed upward with a force corresponding to the weight of a

like volume of water, less the weight of the body itself. Fifth: Solid

bodies which, bulk for bulk, are heavier than a liquid, when immersed in

the liquid sink to the bottom, but become in the liquid as much lighter

as the weight of the displaced water itself differs from the weight of

the solid." These propositions are not difficult to demonstrate, once

they are conceived, but their discovery, combined with the discovery

of the laws of statics already referred to, may justly be considered as

proving Archimedes the most inventive experimenter of antiquity.

Curiously enough, the discovery which Archimedes himself is said to have

considered the most important of all his innovations is one that seems

much less striking. It is the answer to the question, What is the

relation in bulk between a sphere and its circumscribing cylinder?

Archimedes finds that the ratio is simply two to three. We are not

informed as to how he reached his conclusion, but an obvious method

would be to immerse a ball in a cylindrical cup. The experiment is one

which any one can make for himself, with approximate accuracy, with the

aid of a tumbler and a solid rubber ball or a billiard-ball of just the

right size. Another geometrical problem which Archimedes solved was the

problem as to the size of a triangle which has equal area with a circle;

the answer being, a triangle having for its base the circumference of

the circle and for its altitude the radius. Archimedes solved also

the problem of the relation of the diameter of the circle to its

circumference; his answer being a close approximation to the familiar

3.1416, which every tyro in geometry will recall as the equivalent of

pi.

Numerous other of the studies of Archimedes having reference to conic

sections, properties of curves and spirals, and the like, are too

technical to be detailed here. The extent of his mathematical knowledge,

however, is suggested by the fact that he computed in great detail the

number of grains of sand that would be required to cover the sphere of

the sun's orbit, making certain hypothetical assumptions as to the size

of the earth and the distance of the sun for the purposes of argument.

Mathematicians find his computation peculiarly interesting because it

evidences a crude conception of the idea of logarithms. From our present

stand-point, the paper in which this calculation is contained has

considerable interest because of its assumptions as to celestial

mechanics. Thus Archimedes starts out with the preliminary assumption

that the circumference of the earth is less than three million stadia.

It must be understood that this assumption is purely for the sake of

argument. Archimedes expressly states that he takes this number because

it is "ten times as large as the earth has been supposed to be by

certain investigators." Here, perhaps, the reference is to Eratosthenes,

whose measurement of the earth we shall have occasion to revert to in a

moment. Continuing, Archimedes asserts that the sun is larger than the

earth, and the earth larger than the moon. In this assumption, he says,

he is following the opinion of the majority of astronomers. In the third

place, Archimedes assumes that the diameter of the sun is not more than

thirty times greater than that of the moon. Here he is probably basing

his argument upon another set of measurements of Aristarchus, to

which, also, we shall presently refer more at length. In reality, his

assumption is very far from the truth, since the actual diameter of the

sun, as we now know, is something like four hundred times that of the

moon. Fourth, the circumference of the sun is greater than one side of

the thousand-faced figure inscribed in its orbit. The measurement, it is

expressly stated, is based on the measurements of Aristarchus, who makes

the diameter of the sun 1/170 of its orbit. Archimedes adds, however,

that he himself has measured the angle and that it appears to him to be

less than 1/164, and greater than 1/200 part of the orbit. That is to

say, reduced to modern terminology, he places the limit of the sun's

apparent size between thirty-three minutes and twenty-seven minutes of

arc. As the real diameter is thirty-two minutes, this calculation is

surprisingly exact, considering the implements then at command. But

the honor of first making it must be given to Aristarchus and not to

Archimedes.

We need not follow Archimedes to the limits of his incomprehensible

numbers of sand-grains. The calculation is chiefly remarkable because

it was made before the introduction of the so-called Arabic numerals

had simplified mathematical calculations. It will be recalled that the

Greeks used letters for numerals, and, having no cipher, they soon found

themselves in difficulties when large numbers were involved. The Roman

system of numerals simplified the matter somewhat, but the beautiful

simplicity of the decimal system did not come into vogue until the

Middle Ages, as we shall see. Notwithstanding the difficulties, however,

Archimedes followed out his calculations to the piling up of bewildering

numbers, which the modern mathematician finds to be the consistent

outcome of the problem he had set himself.

But it remains to notice the most interesting feature of this document

in which the calculation of the sand-grains is contained. "It was

known to me," says Archimedes, "that most astronomers understand by the

expression 'world' (universe) a ball of which the centre is the middle

point of the earth, and of which the radius is a straight line between

the centre of the earth and the sun." Archimedes himself appears to

accept this opinion of the majority,--it at least serves as well as the

contrary hypothesis for the purpose of his calculation,--but he goes on

to say: "Aristarchus of Samos, in his writing against the astronomers,

seeks to establish the fact that the world is really very different

from this. He holds the opinion that the fixed stars and the sun are

immovable and that the earth revolves in a circular line about the sun,

the sun being at the centre of this circle." This remarkable bit of

testimony establishes beyond question the position of Aristarchus of

Samos as the Copernicus of antiquity. We must make further inquiry as to

the teachings of the man who had gained such a remarkable insight into

the true system of the heavens.

ARISTARCHUS OF SAMOS, THE COPERNICUS OF ANTIQUITY

It appears that Aristarchus was a contemporary of Archimedes, but the

exact dates of his life are not known. He was actively engaged in making

astronomical observations in Samos somewhat before the middle of the

third century B.C.; in other words, just at the time when the activities

of the Alexandrian school were at their height. Hipparchus, at a later

day, was enabled to compare his own observations with those made by

Aristarchus, and, as we have just seen, his work was well known to so

distant a contemporary as Archimedes. Yet the facts of his life are

almost a blank for us, and of his writings only a single one has been

preserved. That one, however, is a most important and interesting paper

on the measurements of the sun and the moon. Unfortunately, this paper

gives us no direct clew as to the opinions of Aristarchus concerning the

relative positions of the earth and sun. But the testimony of Archimedes

as to this is unequivocal, and this testimony is supported by other

rumors in themselves less authoritative.

In contemplating this astronomer of Samos, then, we are in the presence

of a man who had solved in its essentials the problem of the mechanism

of the solar system. It appears from the words of Archimedes

that Aristarchus; had propounded his theory in explicit writings.

Unquestionably, then, he held to it as a positive doctrine, not as a

mere vague guess. We shall show, in a moment, on what grounds he based

his opinion. Had his teaching found vogue, the story of science would be

very different from what it is. We should then have no tale to tell of

a Copernicus coming upon the scene fully seventeen hundred years later

with the revolutionary doctrine that our world is not the centre of the

universe. We should not have to tell of the persecution of a Bruno or

of a Galileo for teaching this doctrine in the seventeenth century of

an era which did not begin till two hundred years after the death of

Aristarchus. But, as we know, the teaching of the astronomer of Samos

did not win its way. The old conservative geocentric doctrine, seemingly

so much more in accordance with the every-day observations of

mankind, supported by the majority of astronomers with the Peripatetic

philosophers at their head, held its place. It found fresh supporters

presently among the later Alexandrians, and so fully eclipsed the

heliocentric view that we should scarcely know that view had even found

an advocate were it not for here and there such a chance record as the

phrases we have just quoted from Archimedes. Yet, as we now see, the

heliocentric doctrine, which we know to be true, had been thought out

and advocated as the correct theory of celestial mechanics by at least

one worker of the third century B.C. Such an idea, we may be sure, did

not spring into the mind of its originator except as the culmination of

a long series of observations and inferences. The precise character of

the evolution we perhaps cannot trace, but its broader outlines are open

to our observation, and we may not leave so important a topic without at

least briefly noting them.

Fully to understand the theory of Aristarchus, we must go back a century

or two and recall that as long ago as the time of that other great

native of Samos, Pythagoras, the conception had been reached that the

earth is in motion. We saw, in dealing with Pythagoras, that we could

not be sure as to precisely what he himself taught, but there is no

question that the idea of the world's motion became from an early day a

so-called Pythagorean doctrine. While all the other philosophers, so far

as we know, still believed that the world was flat, the Pythagoreans out

in Italy taught that the world is a sphere and that the apparent motions

of the heavenly bodies are really due to the actual motion of the earth

itself. They did not, however, vault to the conclusion that this true

motion of the earth takes place in the form of a circuit about the sun.

Instead of that, they conceived the central body of the universe to be a

great fire, invisible from the earth, because the inhabited side of the

terrestrial ball was turned away from it. The sun, it was held, is but

a great mirror, which reflects the light from the central fire. Sun

and earth alike revolve about this great fire, each in its own orbit.

Between the earth and the central fire there was, curiously enough,

supposed to be an invisible earthlike body which was given the name

of Anticthon, or counter-earth. This body, itself revolving about the

central fire, was supposed to shut off the central light now and again

from the sun or from the moon, and thus to account for certain eclipses

for which the shadow of the earth did not seem responsible. It was,

perhaps, largely to account for such eclipses that the counter-earth

was invented. But it is supposed that there was another reason. The

Pythagoreans held that there is a peculiar sacredness in the number ten.

Just as the Babylonians of the early day and the Hegelian philosophers

of a more recent epoch saw a sacred connection between the number seven

and the number of planetary bodies, so the Pythagoreans thought that the

universe must be arranged in accordance with the number ten. Their count

of the heavenly bodies, including the sphere of the fixed stars, seemed

to show nine, and the counter-earth supplied the missing body.

The precise genesis and development of this idea cannot now be followed,

but that it was prevalent about the fifth century B.C. as a Pythagorean

doctrine cannot be questioned. Anaxagoras also is said to have taken

account of the hypothetical counter-earth in his explanation of

eclipses; though, as we have seen, he probably did not accept that

part of the doctrine which held the earth to be a sphere. The names

of Philolaus and Heraclides have been linked with certain of these

Pythagorean doctrines. Eudoxus, too, who, like the others, lived in Asia

Minor in the fourth century B.C., was held to have made special studies

of the heavenly spheres and perhaps to have taught that the earth moves.

So, too, Nicetas must be named among those whom rumor credited with

having taught that the world is in motion. In a word, the evidence, so

far as we can garner it from the remaining fragments, tends to show that

all along, from the time of the early Pythagoreans, there had been an

undercurrent of opinion in the philosophical world which questioned the

fixity of the earth; and it would seem that the school of thinkers who

tended to accept the revolutionary view centred in Asia Minor, not far

from the early home of the founder of the Pythagorean doctrines. It

was not strange, then, that the man who was finally to carry these new

opinions to their logical conclusion should hail from Samos.

But what was the support which observation could give to this new,

strange conception that the heavenly bodies do not in reality move as

they seem to move, but that their apparent motion is due to the actual

revolution of the earth? It is extremely difficult for any one nowadays

to put himself in a mental position to answer this question. We are so

accustomed to conceive the solar system as we know it to be, that we

are wont to forget how very different it is from what it seems. Yet one

needs but to glance up at the sky, and then to glance about one at the

solid earth, to grant, on a moment's reflection, that the geocentric

idea is of all others the most natural; and that to conceive the sun

as the actual Centre of the solar system is an idea which must look for

support to some other evidence than that which ordinary observation can

give. Such was the view of most of the ancient philosophers, and such

continued to be the opinion of the majority of mankind long after the

time of Copernicus. We must not forget that even so great an observing

astronomer as Tycho Brahe, so late as the seventeenth century, declined

to accept the heliocentric theory, though admitting that all the planets

except the earth revolve about the sun. We shall see that before the

Alexandrian school lost its influence a geocentric scheme had been

evolved which fully explained all the apparent motions of the heavenly

bodies. All this, then, makes us but wonder the more that the genius of

an Aristarchus could give precedence to scientific induction as against

the seemingly clear evidence of the senses.

What, then, was the line of scientific induction that led Aristarchus to

this wonderful goal? Fortunately, we are able to answer that query, at

least in part. Aristarchus gained his evidence through some wonderful

measurements. First, he measured the disks of the sun and the moon.

This, of course, could in itself give him no clew to the distance of

these bodies, and therefore no clew as to their relative size; but in

attempting to obtain such a clew he hit upon a wonderful yet altogether

simple experiment. It occurred to him that when the moon is precisely

dichotomized--that is to say, precisely at the half-the line of vision

from the earth to the moon must be precisely at right angles with the

line of light passing from the sun to the moon. At this moment, then,

the imaginary lines joining the sun, the moon, and the earth, make a

right angle triangle. But the properties of the right-angle triangle had

long been studied and were well under stood. One acute angle of such a

triangle determines the figure of the triangle itself. We have already

seen that Thales, the very earliest of the Greek philosophers, measured

the distance of a ship at sea by the application of this principle. Now

Aristarchus sights the sun in place of Thales' ship, and, sighting the

moon at the same time, measures the angle and establishes the shape of

his right-angle triangle. This does not tell him the distance of the

sun, to be sure, for he does not know the length of his base-line--that

is to say, of the line between the moon and the earth. But it does

establish the relation of that base-line to the other lines of the

triangle; in other words, it tells him the distance of the sun in terms

of the moon's distance. As Aristarchus strikes the angle, it shows that

the sun is eighteen times as distant as the moon. Now, by comparing the

apparent size of the sun with the apparent size of the moon--which, as

we have seen, Aristarchus has already measured--he is able to tell us

that, the sun is "more than 5832 times, and less than 8000" times larger

than the moon; though his measurements, taken by themselves, give

no clew to the actual bulk of either body. These conclusions, be it

understood, are absolutely valid inferences--nay, demonstrations--from

the measurements involved, provided only that these measurements have

been correct. Unfortunately, the angle of the triangle we have just seen

measured is exceedingly difficult to determine with accuracy, while at

the same time, as a moment's reflection will show, it is so large an

angle that a very slight deviation from the truth will greatly affect

the distance at which its line joins the other side of the triangle.

Then again, it is virtually impossible to tell the precise moment when

the moon is at half, as the line it gives is not so sharp that we can

fix it with absolute accuracy. There is, moreover, another element of

error due to the refraction of light by the earth's atmosphere. The

experiment was probably made when the sun was near the horizon, at which

time, as we now know, but as Aristarchus probably did not suspect, the

apparent displacement of the sun's position is considerable; and this

displacement, it will be observed, is in the direction to lessen the

angle in question.

In point of fact, Aristarchus estimated the angle at eighty-seven

degrees. Had his instrument been more precise, and had he been able

to take account of all the elements of error, he would have found

it eighty-seven degrees and fifty-two minutes. The difference of

measurement seems slight; but it sufficed to make the computations

differ absurdly from the truth. The sun is really not merely eighteen

times but more than two hundred times the distance of the moon, as

Wendelein discovered on repeating the experiment of Aristarchus about

two thousand years later. Yet this discrepancy does not in the least

take away from the validity of the method which Aristarchus employed.

Moreover, his conclusion, stated in general terms, was perfectly

correct: the sun is many times more distant than the moon and vastly

larger than that body. Granted, then, that the moon is, as Aristarchus

correctly believed, considerably less in size than the earth, the

sun must be enormously larger than the earth; and this is the vital

inference which, more than any other, must have seemed to Aristarchus

to confirm the suspicion that the sun and not the earth is the centre

of the planetary system. It seemed to him inherently improbable that an

enormously large body like the sun should revolve about a small one such

as the earth. And again, it seemed inconceivable that a body so distant

as the sun should whirl through space so rapidly as to make the circuit

of its orbit in twenty-four hours. But, on the other hand, that a

small body like the earth should revolve about the gigantic sun seemed

inherently probable. This proposition granted, the rotation of the earth

on its axis follows as a necessary consequence in explanation of the

seeming motion of the stars. Here, then, was the heliocentric doctrine

reduced to a virtual demonstration by Aristarchus of Samos, somewhere

about the middle of the third century B.C.

It must be understood that in following out the steps of reasoning by

which we suppose Aristarchus to have reached so remarkable a conclusion,

we have to some extent guessed at the processes of thought-development;

for no line of explication written by the astronomer himself on this

particular point has come down to us. There does exist, however, as we

have already stated, a very remarkable treatise by Aristarchus on the

Size and Distance of the Sun and the Moon, which so clearly suggests the

methods of reasoning of the great astronomer, and so explicitly cites

the results of his measurements, that we cannot well pass it by

without quoting from it at some length. It is certainly one of the most

remarkable scientific documents of antiquity. As already noted, the

heliocentric doctrine is not expressly stated here. It seems to be

tacitly implied throughout, but it is not a necessary consequence of any

of the propositions expressly stated. These propositions have to do with

certain observations and measurements and what Aristarchus believes to

be inevitable deductions from them, and he perhaps did not wish to have

these deductions challenged through associating them with a theory which

his contemporaries did not accept. In a word, the paper of Aristarchus

is a rigidly scientific document unvitiated by association with any

theorizings that are not directly germane to its central theme. The

treatise opens with certain hypotheses as follows:

"First. The moon receives its light from the sun.

"Second. The earth may be considered as a point and as the centre of the

orbit of the moon.

"Third. When the moon appears to us dichotomized it offers to our view a

great circle (or actual meridian) of its circumference which divides the

illuminated part from the dark part.

"Fourth. When the moon appears dichotomized its distance from the sun is

less than a quarter of the circumference (of its orbit) by a thirtieth

part of that quarter."

That is to say, in modern terminology, the moon at this time lacks three

degrees (one thirtieth of ninety degrees) of being at right angles with

the line of the sun as viewed from the earth; or, stated otherwise, the

angular distance of the moon from the sun as viewed from the earth is at

this time eighty-seven degrees--this being, as we have already observed,

the fundamental measurement upon which so much depends. We may fairly

suppose that some previous paper of Aristarchus's has detailed the

measurement which here is taken for granted, yet which of course could

depend solely on observation.

"Fifth. The diameter of the shadow (cast by the earth at the point where

the moon's orbit cuts that shadow when the moon is eclipsed) is double

the diameter of the moon."

Here again a knowledge of previously established measurements is taken

for granted; but, indeed, this is the case throughout the treatise.

"Sixth. The arc subtended in the sky by the moon is a fifteenth part

of a sign" of the zodiac; that is to say, since there are twenty-four,

signs in the zodiac, one-fifteenth of one twenty-fourth, or in modern

terminology, one degree of arc. This is Aristarchus's measurement of the

moon to which we have already referred when speaking of the measurements

of Archimedes.

"If we admit these six hypotheses," Aristarchus continues, "it follows

that the sun is more than eighteen times more distant from the earth

than is the moon, and that it is less than twenty times more distant,

and that the diameter of the sun bears a corresponding relation to the

diameter of the moon; which is proved by the position of the moon when

dichotomized. But the ratio of the diameter of the sun to that of the

earth is greater than nineteen to three and less than forty-three to

six. This is demonstrated by the relation of the distances, by the

position (of the moon) in relation to the earth's shadow, and by the

fact that the arc subtended by the moon is a fifteenth part of a sign."

Aristarchus follows with nineteen propositions intended to elucidate

his hypotheses and to demonstrate his various contentions. These show a

singularly clear grasp of geometrical problems and an altogether correct

conception of the general relations as to size and position of the

earth, the moon, and the sun. His reasoning has to do largely with

the shadow cast by the earth and by the moon, and it presupposes

a considerable knowledge of the phenomena of eclipses. His first

proposition is that "two equal spheres may always be circumscribed in

a cylinder; two unequal spheres in a cone of which the apex is found on

the side of the smaller sphere; and a straight line joining the centres

of these spheres is perpendicular to each of the two circles made by the

contact of the surface of the cylinder or of the cone with the spheres."

It will be observed that Aristarchus has in mind here the moon, the

earth, and the sun as spheres to be circumscribed within a cone,

which cone is made tangible and measurable by the shadows cast by the

non-luminous bodies; since, continuing, he clearly states in proposition

nine, that "when the sun is totally eclipsed, an observer on the earth's

surface is at an apex of a cone comprising the moon and the sun."

Various propositions deal with other relations of the shadows which need

not detain us since they are not fundamentally important, and we

may pass to the final conclusions of Aristarchus, as reached in his

propositions ten to nineteen.

Now, since (proposition ten) "the diameter of the sun is more than

eighteen times and less than twenty times greater than that of the

moon," it follows (proposition eleven) "that the bulk of the sun is to

that of the moon in ratio, greater than 5832 to 1, and less than 8000 to

1."

"Proposition sixteen. The diameter of the sun is to the diameter of

the earth in greater proportion than nineteen to three, and less than

forty-three to six.

"Proposition seventeen. The bulk of the sun is to that of the earth in

greater proportion than 6859 to 27, and less than 79,507 to 216.

"Proposition eighteen. The diameter of the earth is to the diameter of

the moon in greater proportion than 108 to 43 and less than 60 to 19.

"Proposition nineteen. The bulk of the earth is to that of the moon

in greater proportion than 1,259,712 to 79,507 and less than 20,000 to

6859."

Such then are the more important conclusions of this very remarkable

paper--a paper which seems to have interest to the successors of

Aristarchus generation after generation, since this alone of all the

writings of the great astronomer has been preserved. How widely the

exact results of the measurements of Aristarchus, differ from the truth,

we have pointed out as we progressed. But let it be repeated that this

detracts little from the credit of the astronomer who had such clear

and correct conceptions of the relations of the heavenly bodies and who

invented such correct methods of measurement. Let it be particularly

observed, however, that all the conclusions of Aristarchus are stated in

relative terms. He nowhere attempts to estimate the precise size of

the earth, of the moon, or of the sun, or the actual distance of one of

these bodies from another. The obvious reason for this is that no

data were at hand from which to make such precise measurements. Had

Aristarchus known the size of any one of the bodies in question, he

might readily, of course, have determined the size of the others by

the mere application of his relative scale; but he had no means of

determining the size of the earth, and to this extent his system of

measurements remained imperfect. Where Aristarchus halted, however,

another worker of the same period took the task in hand and by an

altogether wonderful measurement determined the size of the earth, and

thus brought the scientific theories of cosmology to their climax.

This worthy supplementor of the work of Aristarchus was Eratosthenes of

Alexandria.

ERATOSTHENES, "THE SURVEYOR OF THE WORLD"

An altogether remarkable man was this native of Cyrene, who came to

Alexandria from Athens to be the chief librarian of Ptolemy Euergetes.

He was not merely an astronomer and a geographer, but a poet and

grammarian as well. His contemporaries jestingly called him Beta the

Second, because he was said through the universality of his attainments

to be "a second Plato" in philosophy, "a second Thales" in astronomy,

and so on throughout the list. He was also called the "surveyor of the

world," in recognition of his services to geography. Hipparchus said

of him, perhaps half jestingly, that he had studied astronomy as a

geographer and geography as an astronomer. It is not quite clear whether

the epigram was meant as compliment or as criticism. Similar phrases

have been turned against men of versatile talent in every age. Be that

as it may, Eratosthenes passed into history as the father of scientific

geography and of scientific chronology; as the astronomer who first

measured the obliquity of the ecliptic; and as the inventive genius

who performed the astounding feat of measuring the size of the globe

on which we live at a time when only a relatively small portion of

that globe's surface was known to civilized man. It is no discredit to

approach astronomy as a geographer and geography as an astronomer if the

results are such as these. What Eratosthenes really did was to approach

both astronomy and geography from two seemingly divergent points of

attack--namely, from the stand-point of the geometer and also from that

of the poet. Perhaps no man in any age has brought a better combination

of observing and imaginative faculties to the aid of science.

Nearly all the discoveries of Eratosthenes are associated with

observations of the shadows cast by the sun. We have seen that, in the

study of the heavenly bodies, much depends on the measurement of angles.

Now the easiest way in which angles can be measured, when solar angles

are in question, is to pay attention, not to the sun itself, but to

the shadow that it casts. We saw that Thales made some remarkable

measurements with the aid of shadows, and we have more than once

referred to the gnomon, which is the most primitive, but which long

remained the most important, of astronomical instruments. It is believed

that Eratosthenes invented an important modification of the gnomon which

was elaborated afterwards by Hipparchus and called an armillary sphere.

This consists essentially of a small gnomon, or perpendicular post,

attached to a plane representing the earth's equator and a hemisphere in

imitation of the earth's surface. With the aid of this, the shadow

cast by the sun could be very accurately measured. It involves no new

principle. Every perpendicular post or object of any kind placed in the

sunlight casts a shadow from which the angles now in question could be

roughly measured. The province of the armillary sphere was to make these

measurements extremely accurate.

With the aid of this implement, Eratosthenes carefully noted the longest

and the shortest shadows cast by the gnomon--that is to say, the shadows

cast on the days of the solstices. He found that the distance between

the tropics thus measured represented 47 degrees 42' 39" of arc.

One-half of this, or 23 degrees 5,' 19.5", represented the obliquity of

the ecliptic--that is to say, the angle by which the earth's axis dipped

from the perpendicular with reference to its orbit. This was a most

important observation, and because of its accuracy it has served modern

astronomers well for comparison in measuring the trifling change due to

our earth's slow, swinging wobble. For the earth, be it understood, like

a great top spinning through space, holds its position with relative but

not quite absolute fixity. It must not be supposed, however, that

the experiment in question was quite new with Eratosthenes. His merit

consists rather in the accuracy with which he made his observation than

in the novelty of the conception; for it is recorded that Eudoxus, a

full century earlier, had remarked the obliquity of the ecliptic. That

observer had said that the obliquity corresponded to the side of a

pentadecagon, or fifteen-sided figure, which is equivalent in modern

phraseology to twenty-four degrees of arc. But so little is known

regarding the way in which Eudoxus reached his estimate that the

measurement of Eratosthenes is usually spoken of as if it were the first

effort of the kind.

Much more striking, at least in its appeal to the popular imagination,

was that other great feat which Eratosthenes performed with the aid

of his perfected gnomon--the measurement of the earth itself. When we

reflect that at this period the portion of the earth open to observation

extended only from the Straits of Gibraltar on the west to India on

the east, and from the North Sea to Upper Egypt, it certainly seems

enigmatical--at first thought almost miraculous--that an observer

should have been able to measure the entire globe. That he should have

accomplished this through observation of nothing more than a tiny bit of

Egyptian territory and a glimpse of the sun's shadow makes it seem but

the more wonderful. Yet the method of Eratosthenes, like many another

enigma, seems simple enough once it is explained. It required but the

application of a very elementary knowledge of the geometry of circles,

combined with the use of a fact or two from local geography--which

detracts nothing from the genius of the man who could reason from such

simple premises to so wonderful a conclusion.

Stated in a few words, the experiment of Eratosthenes was this. His

geographical studies had taught him that the town of Syene lay directly

south of Alexandria, or, as we should say, on the same meridian of

latitude. He had learned, further, that Syene lay directly under the

tropic, since it was reported that at noon on the day of the summer

solstice the gnomon there cast no shadow, while a deep well was

illumined to the bottom by the sun. A third item of knowledge, supplied

by the surveyors of Ptolemy, made the distance between Syene and

Alexandria five thousand stadia. These, then, were the preliminary data

required by Eratosthenes. Their significance consists in the fact

that here is a measured bit of the earth's arc five thousand stadia in

length. If we could find out what angle that bit of arc subtends, a mere

matter of multiplication would give us the size of the earth. But how

determine this all-important number? The answer came through reflection

on the relations of concentric circles. If you draw any number of

circles, of whatever size, about a given centre, a pair of radii drawn

from that centre will cut arcs of the same relative size from all the

circles. One circle may be so small that the actual arc subtended by the

radii in a given case may be but an inch in length, while another circle

is so large that its corresponding are is measured in millions of miles;

but in each case the same number of so-called degrees will represent the

relation of each arc to its circumference. Now, Eratosthenes knew, as

just stated, that the sun, when on the meridian on the day of the summer

solstice, was directly over the town of Syene. This meant that at that

moment a radius of the earth projected from Syene would point directly

towards the sun. Meanwhile, of course, the zenith would represent the

projection of the radius of the earth passing through Alexandria. All

that was required, then, was to measure, at Alexandria, the angular

distance of the sun from the zenith at noon on the day of the

solstice to secure an approximate measurement of the arc of the

sun's circumference, corresponding to the arc of the earth's surface

represented by the measured distance between Alexandria and Syene.

The reader will observe that the measurement could not be absolutely

accurate, because it is made from the surface of the earth, and not from

the earth's centre, but the size of the earth is so insignificant in

comparison with the distance of the sun that this slight discrepancy

could be disregarded.

The way in which Eratosthenes measured this angle was very simple. He

merely measured the angle of the shadow which his perpendicular gnomon

at Alexandria cast at mid-day on the day of the solstice, when, as

already noted, the sun was directly perpendicular at Syene. Now a glance

at the diagram will make it clear that the measurement of this angle

of the shadow is merely a convenient means of determining the precisely

equal opposite angle subtending an arc of an imaginary circle passing

through the sun; the are which, as already explained, corresponds with

the arc of the earth's surface represented by the distance between

Alexandria and Syene. He found this angle to represent 7 degrees 12',

or one-fiftieth of the circle. Five thousand stadia, then, represent

one-fiftieth of the earth's circumference; the entire circumference

being, therefore, 250,000 stadia. Unfortunately, we do not know which

one of the various measurements used in antiquity is represented by the

stadia of Eratosthenes. According to the researches of Lepsius, however,

the stadium in question represented 180 meters, and this would make the

earth, according to the measurement of Eratosthenes, about twenty-eight

thousand miles in circumference, an answer sufficiently exact to justify

the wonder which the experiment excited in antiquity, and the admiration

with which it has ever since been regarded.

{illustration caption = DIAGRAM TO ILLUSTRATE ERATOSTHENES' MEASUREMENT

OF THE GLOBE

FIG. 1. AF is a gnomon at Alexandria; SB a gnomon at Svene; IS and JK

represent the sun's rays. The angle actually measured by Eratosthenes

is KFA, as determined by the shadow cast by the gnomon AF. This angle is

equal to the opposite angle JFL, which measures the sun's distance from

the zenith; and which is also equal to the angle AES--to determine the

Size of which is the real object of the entire measurement.

FIG. 2 shows the form of the gnomon actually employed in antiquity. The

hemisphere KA being marked with a scale, it is obvious that in actual

practice Eratosthenes required only to set his gnomon in the sunlight at

the proper moment, and read off the answer to his problem at a glance.

The simplicity of the method makes the result seem all the more

wonderful.}

Of course it is the method, and not its details or its exact results,

that excites our interest. And beyond question the method was an

admirable one. Its result, however, could not have been absolutely

accurate, because, while correct in principle, its data were defective.

In point of fact Syene did not lie precisely on the same meridian as

Alexandria, neither did it lie exactly on the tropic. Here, then,

are two elements of inaccuracy. Moreover, it is doubtful whether

Eratosthenes made allowance, as he should have done, for the

semi-diameter of the sun in measuring the angle of the shadow. But

these are mere details, scarcely worthy of mention from our present

stand-point. What perhaps is deserving of more attention is the fact

that this epoch-making measurement of Eratosthenes may not have been the

first one to be made. A passage of Aristotle records that the size of

the earth was said to be 400,000 stadia. Some commentators have thought

that Aristotle merely referred to the area of the inhabited portion

of the earth and not to the circumference of the earth itself, but his

words seem doubtfully susceptible of this interpretation; and if he

meant, as his words seem to imply, that philosophers of his day had a

tolerably precise idea of the globe, we must assume that this idea was

based upon some sort of measurement. The recorded size, 400,000 stadia,

is a sufficient approximation to the truth to suggest something more

than a mere unsupported guess. Now, since Aristotle died more than fifty

years before Eratosthenes was born, his report as to the alleged size of

the earth certainly has a suggestiveness that cannot be overlooked; but

it arouses speculations without giving an inkling as to their solution.

If Eratosthenes had a precursor as an earth-measurer, no hint or rumor

has come down to us that would enable us to guess who that precursor may

have been. His personality is as deeply enveloped in the mists of the

past as are the personalities of the great prehistoric discoverers. For

the purpose of the historian, Eratosthenes must stand as the inventor

of the method with which his name is associated, and as the first man of

whom we can say with certainty that he measured the size of the earth.

Right worthily, then, had the Alexandrian philosopher won his proud

title of "surveyor of the world."

HIPPARCHUS, "THE LOVER OF TRUTH"

Eratosthenes outlived most of his great contemporaries. He saw the

turning of that first and greatest century of Alexandrian science, the

third century before our era. He died in the year 196 B.C., having,

it is said, starved himself to death to escape the miseries of

blindness;--to the measurer of shadows, life without light seemed not

worth the living. Eratosthenes left no immediate successor. A generation

later, however, another great figure appeared in the astronomical world

in the person of Hipparchus, a man who, as a technical observer, had

perhaps no peer in the ancient world: one who set so high a value upon

accuracy of observation as to earn the title of "the lover of truth."

Hipparchus was born at Nicaea, in Bithynia, in the year 160 B.C. His

life, all too short for the interests of science, ended in the year 125

B.C. The observations of the great astronomer were made chiefly, perhaps

entirely, at Rhodes. A misinterpretation of Ptolemy's writings led to

the idea that Hipparchus, performed his chief labors in Alexandria, but

it is now admitted that there is no evidence for this. Delambre doubted,

and most subsequent writers follow him here, whether Hipparchus ever so

much as visited Alexandria. In any event there seems to be no question

that Rhodes may claim the honor of being the chief site of his

activities.

It was Hipparchus whose somewhat equivocal comment on the work of

Eratosthenes we have already noted. No counter-charge in kind could be

made against the critic himself; he was an astronomer pure and simple.

His gift was the gift of accurate observation rather than the gift

of imagination. No scientific progress is possible without scientific

guessing, but Hipparchus belonged to that class of observers with

whom hypothesis is held rigidly subservient to fact. It was not to be

expected that his mind would be attracted by the heliocentric theory of

Aristarchus. He used the facts and observations gathered by his great

predecessor of Samos, but he declined to accept his theories. For him

the world was central; his problem was to explain, if he could, the

irregularities of motion which sun, moon, and planets showed in

their seeming circuits about the earth. Hipparchus had the gnomon of

Eratosthenes--doubtless in a perfected form--to aid him, and he soon

proved himself a master in its use. For him, as we have said, accuracy

was everything; this was the one element that led to all his great

successes.

Perhaps his greatest feat was to demonstrate the eccentricity of the

sun's seeming orbit. We of to-day, thanks to Keppler and his followers,

know that the earth and the other planetary bodies in their circuit

about the sun describe an ellipse and not a circle. But in the day of

Hipparchus, though the ellipse was recognized as a geometrical figure

(it had been described and named along with the parabola and hyperbola

by Apollonius of Perga, the pupil of Euclid), yet it would have been the

rankest heresy to suggest an elliptical course for any heavenly body.

A metaphysical theory, as propounded perhaps by the Pythagoreans but

ardently supported by Aristotle, declared that the circle is the perfect

figure, and pronounced it inconceivable that the motions of the spheres

should be other than circular. This thought dominated the mind of

Hipparchus, and so when his careful measurements led him to the

discovery that the northward and southward journeyings of the sun did

not divide the year into four equal parts, there was nothing open to him

but to either assume that the earth does not lie precisely at the centre

of the sun's circular orbit or to find some alternative hypothesis.

In point of fact, the sun (reversing the point of view in accordance

with modern discoveries) does lie at one focus of the earth's elliptical

orbit, and therefore away from the physical centre of that orbit; in

other words, the observations of Hipparchus were absolutely accurate. He

was quite correct in finding that the sun spends more time on one side

of the equator than on the other. When, therefore, he estimated the

relative distance of the earth from the geometrical centre of the sun's

supposed circular orbit, and spoke of this as the measure of the sun's

eccentricity, he propounded a theory in which true data of observation

were curiously mingled with a positively inverted theory. That the

theory of Hipparchus was absolutely consistent with all the facts of

this particular observation is the best evidence that could be given

of the difficulties that stood in the way of a true explanation of the

mechanism of the heavens.

But it is not merely the sun which was observed to vary in the speed

of its orbital progress; the moon and the planets also show curious

accelerations and retardations of motion. The moon in particular

received most careful attention from Hipparchus. Dominated by his

conception of the perfect spheres, he could find but one explanation of

the anomalous motions which he observed, and this was to assume that

the various heavenly bodies do not fly on in an unvarying arc in their

circuit about the earth, but describe minor circles as they go which can

be likened to nothing so tangibly as to a light attached to the rim of

a wagon-wheel in motion. If such an invisible wheel be imagined as

carrying the sun, for example, on its rim, while its invisible hub

follows unswervingly the circle of the sun's mean orbit (this wheel, be

it understood, lying in the plane of the orbit, not at right-angles to

it), then it must be obvious that while the hub remains always at the

same distance from the earth, the circling rim will carry the sun nearer

the earth, then farther away, and that while it is traversing that

portion of the are which brings it towards the earth, the actual forward

progress of the sun will be retarded notwithstanding the uniform motion

of the hub, just as it will be accelerated in the opposite arc. Now, if

we suppose our sun-bearing wheel to turn so slowly that the sun revolves

but once about its imaginary hub while the wheel itself is making the

entire circuit of the orbit, we shall have accounted for the observed

fact that the sun passes more quickly through one-half of the orbit than

through the other. Moreover, if we can visualize the process and imagine

the sun to have left a visible line of fire behind him throughout the

course, we shall see that in reality the two circular motions involved

have really resulted in producing an elliptical orbit.

The idea is perhaps made clearer if we picture the actual progress of

the lantern attached to the rim of an ordinary cart-wheel. When the cart

is drawn forward the lantern is made to revolve in a circle as regards

the hub of the wheel, but since that hub is constantly going forward,

the actual path described by the lantern is not a circle at all but a

waving line. It is precisely the same with the imagined course of the

sun in its orbit, only that we view these lines just as we should view

the lantern on the wheel if we looked at it from directly above and not

from the side. The proof that the sun is describing this waving line,

and therefore must be considered as attached to an imaginary wheel, is

furnished, as it seemed to Hipparchus, by the observed fact of the sun's

varying speed.

That is one way of looking at the matter. It is an hypothesis that

explains the observed facts--after a fashion, and indeed a very

remarkable fashion. The idea of such an explanation did not originate

with Hipparchus. The germs of the thought were as old as the Pythagorean

doctrine that the earth revolves about a centre that we cannot see.

Eudoxus gave the conception greater tangibility, and may be considered

as the father of this doctrine of wheels--epicycles, as they came to

be called. Two centuries before the time of Hipparchus he conceived a

doctrine of spheres which Aristotle found most interesting, and which

served to explain, along the lines we have just followed, the observed

motions of the heavenly bodies. Calippus, the reformer of the calendar,

is said to have carried an account of this theory to Aristotle. As new

irregularities of motion of the sun, moon, and planetary bodies were

pointed out, new epicycles were invented. There is no limit to the

number of imaginary circles that may be inscribed about an imaginary

centre, and if we conceive each one of these circles to have a proper

motion of its own, and each one to carry the sun in the line of that

motion, except as it is diverted by the other motions--if we can

visualize this complex mingling of wheels--we shall certainly be able to

imagine the heavenly body which lies at the juncture of all the rims,

as being carried forward in as erratic and wobbly a manner as could be

desired. In other words, the theory of epicycles will account for all

the facts of the observed motions of all the heavenly bodies, but in

so doing it fills the universe with a most bewildering network of

intersecting circles. Even in the time of Calippus fifty-five of these

spheres were computed.

We may well believe that the clear-seeing Aristarchus would look

askance at such a complex system of imaginary machinery. But Hipparchus,

pre-eminently an observer rather than a theorizer, seems to have been

content to accept the theory of epicycles as he found it, though his

studies added to its complexities; and Hipparchus was the dominant

scientific personality of his century. What he believed became as a law

to his immediate successors. His tenets were accepted as final by

their great popularizer, Ptolemy, three centuries later; and so the

heliocentric theory of Aristarchus passed under a cloud almost at the

hour of its dawning, there to remain obscured and forgotten for the

long lapse of centuries. A thousand pities that the greatest observing

astronomer of antiquity could not, like one of his great precursors,

have approached astronomy from the stand-point of geography and poetry.

Had he done so, perhaps he might have reflected, like Aristarchus

before him, that it seems absurd for our earth to hold the giant sun

in thraldom; then perhaps his imagination would have reached out to the

heliocentric doctrine, and the cobweb hypothesis of epicycles, with that

yet more intangible figment of the perfect circle, might have been wiped

away.

But it was not to be. With Aristarchus the scientific imagination had

reached its highest flight; but with Hipparchus it was beginning to

settle back into regions of foggier atmosphere and narrower horizons.

For what, after all, does it matter that Hipparchus should go on to

measure the precise length of the year and the apparent size of the

moon's disk; that he should make a chart of the heavens showing the

place of 1080 stars; even that he should discover the precession of

the equinox;--what, after all, is the significance of these details as

against the all-essential fact that the greatest scientific authority of

his century--the one truly heroic scientific figure of his epoch--should

have lent all the forces of his commanding influence to the old, false

theory of cosmology, when the true theory had been propounded and when

he, perhaps, was the only man in the world who might have substantiated

and vitalized that theory? It is easy to overestimate the influence of

any single man, and, contrariwise, to underestimate the power of the

Zeitgeist. But when we reflect that the doctrines of Hipparchus,

as promulgated by Ptolemy, became, as it were, the last word of

astronomical science for both the Eastern and Western worlds, and so

continued after a thousand years, it is perhaps not too much to say

that Hipparchus, "the lover of truth," missed one of the greatest

opportunities for the promulgation of truth ever vouchsafed to a devotee

of pure science.

But all this, of course, detracts nothing from the merits of Hipparchus

as an observing astronomer. A few words more must be said as to his

specific discoveries in this field. According to his measurement, the

tropic year consists of 365 days, 5 hours, and 49 minutes, varying thus

only 12 seconds from the true year, as the modern astronomer estimates

it. Yet more remarkable, because of the greater difficulties involved,

was Hipparchus's attempt to measure the actual distance of the moon.

Aristarchus had made a similar attempt before him. Hipparchus based

his computations on studies of the moon in eclipse, and he reached the

conclusion that the distance of the moon is equal to 59 radii of the

earth (in reality it is 60.27 radii). Here, then, was the measure of the

base-line of that famous triangle with which Aristarchus had measured

the distance of the sun. Hipparchus must have known of that measurement,

since he quotes the work of Aristarchus in other fields. Had he now but

repeated the experiment of Aristarchus, with his perfected instruments

and his perhaps greater observational skill, he was in position to

compute the actual distance of the sun in terms not merely of the moon's

distance but of the earth's radius. And now there was the experiment

of Eratosthenes to give the length of that radius in precise terms. In

other words, Hipparchus might have measured the distance of the sun in

stadia. But if he had made the attempt--and, indeed, it is more than

likely that he did so--the elements of error in his measurements would

still have kept him wide of the true figures.

The chief studies of Hipparchus were directed, as we have seen, towards

the sun and the moon, but a phenomenon that occurred in the year 134

B.C. led him for a time to give more particular attention to the fixed

stars. The phenomenon in question was the sudden outburst of a new

star; a phenomenon which has been repeated now and again, but which

is sufficiently rare and sufficiently mysterious to have excited the

unusual attention of astronomers in all generations. Modern science

offers an explanation of the phenomenon, as we shall see in due course.

We do not know that Hipparchus attempted to explain it, but he was led

to make a chart of the heavens, probably with the idea of guiding future

observers in the observation of new stars. Here again Hipparchus was not

altogether an innovator, since a chart showing the brightest stars had

been made by Eratosthenes; but the new charts were much elaborated.

The studies of Hipparchus led him to observe the stars chiefly with

reference to the meridian rather than with reference to their rising,

as had hitherto been the custom. In making these studies of the relative

position of the stars, Hipparchus was led to compare his observations

with those of the Babylonians, which, it was said, Alexander had caused

to be transmitted to Greece. He made use also of the observations

of Aristarchus and others of his Greek precursors. The result of his

comparisons proved that the sphere of the fixed stars had apparently

shifted its position in reference to the plane of the sun's orbit--that

is to say, the plane of the ecliptic no longer seemed to cut the sphere

of the fixed stars at precisely the point where the two coincided in

former centuries. The plane of the ecliptic must therefore be conceived

as slowly revolving in such a way as gradually to circumnavigate the

heavens. This important phenomenon is described as the precession of the

equinoxes.

It is much in question whether this phenomenon was not known to the

ancient Egyptian astronomers; but in any event, Hipparchus is to be

credited with demonstrating the fact and making it known to the

Western world. A further service was rendered theoretical astronomy by

Hipparchus through his invention of the planosphere, an instrument for

the representation of the mechanism of the heavens. His computations

of the properties of the spheres led him also to what was virtually a

discovery of the method of trigonometry, giving him, therefore, a high

position in the field of mathematics. All in all, then, Hipparchus is a

most heroic figure. He may well be considered the greatest star-gazer of

antiquity, though he cannot, without injustice to his great precursors,

be allowed the title which is sometimes given him of "father of

systematic astronomy."

CTESIBIUS AND HERO: MAGICIANS OF ALEXANDRIA

Just about the time when Hipparchus was working out at Rhodes his

puzzles of celestial mechanics, there was a man in Alexandria who was

exercising a strangely inventive genius over mechanical problems of

another sort; a man who, following the example set by Archimedes a

century before, was studying the problems of matter and putting his

studies to practical application through the invention of weird devices.

The man's name was Ctesibius. We know scarcely more of him than that he

lived in Alexandria, probably in the first half of the second century

B.C. His antecedents, the place and exact time of his birth and death,

are quite unknown. Neither are we quite certain as to the precise range

of his studies or the exact number of his discoveries. It appears that

he had a pupil named Hero, whose personality, unfortunately, is scarcely

less obscure than that of his master, but who wrote a book through which

the record of the master's inventions was preserved to posterity. Hero,

indeed, wrote several books, though only one of them has been preserved.

The ones that are lost bear the following suggestive titles: On

the Construction of Slings; On the Construction of Missiles; On the

Automaton; On the Method of Lifting Heavy Bodies; On the Dioptric

or Spying-tube. The work that remains is called Pneumatics, and so

interesting a work it is as to make us doubly regret the loss of its

companion volumes. Had these other books been preserved we should

doubtless have a clearer insight than is now possible into some at

least of the mechanical problems that exercised the minds of the ancient

philosophers. The book that remains is chiefly concerned, as its name

implies, with the study of gases, or, rather, with the study of a single

gas, this being, of course, the air. But it tells us also of certain

studies in the dynamics of water that are most interesting, and for the

historian of science most important.

Unfortunately, the pupil of Ctesibius, whatever his ingenuity, was a

man with a deficient sense of the ethics of science. He tells us in

his preface that the object of his book is to record some ingenious

discoveries of others, together with additional discoveries of his own,

but nowhere in the book itself does he give us the, slightest clew as to

where the line is drawn between the old and the new. Once, in discussing

the weight of water, he mentions the law of Archimedes regarding a

floating body, but this is the only case in which a scientific principle

is traced to its source or in which credit is given to any one for a

discovery. This is the more to be regretted because Hero has discussed

at some length the theories involved in the treatment of his subject.

This reticence on the part of Hero, combined with the fact that such

somewhat later writers as Pliny and Vitruvius do not mention Hero's

name, while they frequently mention the name of his master, Ctesibius,

has led modern critics to a somewhat sceptical attitude regarding the

position of Hero as an actual discoverer.

The man who would coolly appropriate some discoveries of others under

cloak of a mere prefatorial reference was perhaps an expounder rather

than an innovator, and had, it is shrewdly suspected, not much of his

own to offer. Meanwhile, it is tolerably certain that Ctesibius was the

discoverer of the principle of the siphon, of the forcing-pump, and of a

pneumatic organ. An examination of Hero's book will show that these are

really the chief principles involved in most of the various interesting

mechanisms which he describes. We are constrained, then, to believe that

the inventive genius who was really responsible for the mechanisms we

are about to describe was Ctesibius, the master. Yet we owe a debt of

gratitude to Hero, the pupil, for having given wider vogue to these

discoveries, and in particular for the discussion of the principles of

hydrostatics and pneumatics contained in the introduction to his

book. This discussion furnishes us almost our only knowledge as to the

progress of Greek philosophers in the field of mechanics since the time

of Archimedes.

The main purpose of Hero in his preliminary thesis has to do with the

nature of matter, and recalls, therefore, the studies of Anaxagoras and

Democritus. Hero, however, approaches his subject from a purely material

or practical stand-point. He is an explicit champion of what we nowadays

call the molecular theory of matter. "Every body," he tells us, "is

composed of minute particles, between which are empty spaces less than

these particles of the body. It is, therefore, erroneous to say that

there is no vacuum except by the application of force, and that every

space is full either of air or water or some other substance. But in

proportion as any one of these particles recedes, some other follows

it and fills the vacant space; therefore there is no continuous vacuum,

except by the application of some force (like suction)--that is to

say, an absolute vacuum is never found, except as it is produced

artificially." Hero brings forward some thoroughly convincing proofs of

the thesis he is maintaining. "If there were no void places between the

particles of water," he says, "the rays of light could not penetrate the

water; moreover, another liquid, such as wine, could not spread itself

through the water, as it is observed to do, were the particles of water

absolutely continuous." The latter illustration is one the validity of

which appeals as forcibly to the physicists of to-day as it did to

Hero. The same is true of the argument drawn from the compressibility of

gases. Hero has evidently made a careful study of this subject. He

knows that an inverted tube full of air may be immersed in water without

becoming wet on the inside, proving that air is a physical substance;

but he knows also that this same air may be caused to expand to a much

greater bulk by the application of heat, or may, on the other hand,

be condensed by pressure, in which case, as he is well aware, the air

exerts force in the attempt to regain its normal bulk. But, he argues,

surely we are not to believe that the particles of air expand to

fill all the space when the bulk of air as a whole expands under the

influence of heat; nor can we conceive that the particles of normal air

are in actual contact, else we should not be able to compress the air.

Hence his conclusion, which, as we have seen, he makes general in its

application to all matter, that there are spaces, or, as he calls them,

vacua, between the particles that go to make up all substances, whether

liquid, solid, or gaseous.

Here, clearly enough, was the idea of the "atomic" nature of matter

accepted as a fundamental notion. The argumentative attitude assumed by

Hero shows that the doctrine could not be expected to go unchallenged.

But, on the other hand, there is nothing in his phrasing to suggest an

intention to claim originality for any phase of the doctrine. We may

infer that in the three hundred years that had elapsed since the time

of Anaxagoras, that philosopher's idea of the molecular nature of matter

had gained fairly wide currency. As to the expansive power of gas,

which Hero describes at some length without giving us a clew to his

authorities, we may assume that Ctesibius was an original worker, yet

the general facts involved were doubtless much older than his day. Hero,

for example, tells us of the cupping-glass used by physicians, which

he says is made into a vacuum by burning up the air in it; but this

apparatus had probably been long in use, and Hero mentions it not in

order to describe the ordinary cupping-glass which is referred to, but

a modification of it. He refers to the old form as if it were something

familiar to all.

Again, we know that Empedocles studied the pressure of the air in the

fifth century B.C., and discovered that it would support a column of

water in a closed tube, so this phase of the subject is not new.

But there is no hint anywhere before this work of Hero of a clear

understanding that the expansive properties of the air when compressed,

or when heated, may be made available as a motor power. Hero, however,

has the clearest notions on the subject and puts them to the practical

test of experiment. Thus he constructs numerous mechanisms in which the

expansive power of air under pressure is made to do work, and others in

which the same end is accomplished through the expansive power of

heated air. For example, the doors of a temple are made to swing open

automatically when a fire is lighted on a distant altar, closing again

when the fire dies out--effects which must have filled the minds of

the pious observers with bewilderment and wonder, serving a most useful

purpose for the priests, who alone, we may assume, were in the secret.

There were two methods by which this apparatus was worked. In one the

heated air pressed on the water in a close retort connected with the

altar, forcing water out of the retort into a bucket, which by its

weight applied a force through pulleys and ropes that turned the

standards on which the temple doors revolved. When the fire died down

the air contracted, the water was siphoned back from the bucket, which,

being thus lightened, let the doors close again through the action of

an ordinary weight. The other method was a slight modification, in which

the retort of water was dispensed with and a leather sack like a large

football substitued. The ropes and pulleys were connected with this

sack, which exerted a pull when the hot air expanded, and which

collapsed and thus relaxed its strain when the air cooled. A glance at

the illustrations taken from Hero's book will make the details clear.

Other mechanisms utilized a somewhat different combination of weights,

pulleys, and siphons, operated by the expansive power of air, unheated

but under pressure, such pressure being applied with a force-pump, or by

the weight of water running into a closed receptacle. One such mechanism

gives us a constant jet of water or perpetual fountain. Another curious

application of the principle furnishes us with an elaborate toy,

consisting of a group of birds which alternately whistle or are silent,

while an owl seated on a neighboring perch turns towards the birds when

their song begins and away from them when it ends. The "singing" of the

birds, it must be explained, is produced by the expulsion of air through

tiny tubes passing up through their throats from a tank below. The owl

is made to turn by a mechanism similar to that which manipulates the

temple doors. The pressure is supplied merely by a stream of running

water, and the periodical silence of the birds is due to the fact that

this pressure is relieved through the automatic siphoning off of the

water when it reaches a certain height. The action of the siphon, it may

be added, is correctly explained by Hero as due to the greater weight of

the water in the longer arm of the bent tube. As before mentioned, the

siphon is repeatedly used in these mechanisms of Hero. The diagram will

make clear the exact application of it in the present most ingenious

mechanism. We may add that the principle of the whistle was a favorite

one of Hero. By the aid of a similar mechanism he brought about the

blowing of trumpets when the temple doors were opened, a phenomenon

which must greatly have enhanced the mystification. It is possible that

this principle was utilized also in connection with statues to produce

seemingly supernatural effects. This may be the explanation of the

tradition of the speaking statue in the temple of Ammon at Thebes.

{illustration caption = DEVICE FOR CAUSING THE DOORS OF THE TEMPLE TO

OPEN WHEN THE FIRE ON THE ALTAR IS LIGHTED (Air heated in the altar F

drives water from the closed receptacle H through the tube KL into the

bucket M, which descends through gravity, thus opening the doors. When

the altar cools, the air contracts, the water is sucked from the bucket,

and the weight and pulley close the doors.)}

{illustration caption = THE STEAM-ENGINE OF HERO (The steam generated in

the receptacle AB passes through the tube EF into the globe, and escapes

through the bent tubes H and K, causing the globe to rotate on the axis

LG.)}

The utilization of the properties of compressed air was not confined,

however, exclusively to mere toys, or to produce miraculous effects. The

same principle was applied to a practical fire-engine, worked by levers

and force-pumps; an apparatus, in short, altogether similar to that

still in use in rural districts. A slightly different application of the

motive power of expanding air is furnished in a very curious toy called

"the dancing figures." In this, air heated in a retort like a miniature

altar is allowed to escape through the sides of two pairs of revolving

arms precisely like those of the ordinary revolving fountain with which

we are accustomed to water our lawns, the revolving arms being attached

to a plane on which several pairs of statuettes representing dancers

are placed, An even more interesting application of this principle of

setting a wheel in motion is furnished in a mechanism which must be

considered the earliest of steam-engines. Here, as the name implies, the

gas supplying the motive power is actually steam. The apparatus made

to revolve is a globe connected with the steam-retort by a tube which

serves as one of its axes, the steam escaping from the globe through two

bent tubes placed at either end of an equatorial diameter. It does

not appear that Hero had any thought of making practical use of this

steam-engine. It was merely a curious toy--nothing more. Yet had not the

age that succeeded that of Hero been one in which inventive genius

was dormant, some one must soon have hit upon the idea that this

steam-engine might be improved and made to serve a useful purpose. As

the case stands, however, there was no advance made upon the steam motor

of Hero for almost two thousand years. And, indeed, when the practical

application of steam was made, towards the close of the eighteenth

century, it was made probably quite without reference to the experiment

of Hero, though knowledge of his toy may perhaps have given a clew to

Watt or his predecessors.

{illustration caption = THE SLOT-MACHINE OF HERO (The coin introduced at

A falls on the lever R, and by its weight opens the valve S, permitting

the liquid to escape through the invisible tube LM. As the lever tips,

the coin slides off and the valve closes. The liquid in tank must of

course be kept above F.)}

In recent times there has been a tendency to give to this steam-engine

of Hero something more than full meed of appreciation. To be sure, it

marked a most important principle in the conception that steam might

be used as a motive power, but, except in the demonstration of this

principle, the mechanism of Hero was much too primitive to be of any

importance. But there is one mechanism described by Hero which was a

most explicit anticipation of a device, which presumably soon went out

of use, and which was not reinvented until towards the close of the

nineteenth century. This was a device which has become familiar in

recent times as the penny-in-the-slot machine. When towards the close of

the nineteenth century some inventive craftsman hit upon the idea of an

automatic machine to supply candy, a box of cigarettes, or a whiff

of perfumery, he may or may not have borrowed his idea from the

slot-machine of Hero; but in any event, instead of being an innovator he

was really two thousand years behind the times, for the slot-machine of

Hero is the precise prototype of these modern ones.

The particular function which the mechanism of Hero was destined to

fulfil was the distribution of a jet of water, presumably used

for sacramental purposes, which was given out automatically when a

five-drachma coin was dropped into the slot at the top of the machine.

The internal mechanism of the machine was simple enough, consisting

merely of a lever operating a valve which was opened by the weight of

the coin dropping on the little shelf at the end of the lever, and which

closed again when the coin slid off the shelf. The illustration will

show how simple this mechanism was. Yet to the worshippers, who probably

had entered the temple through doors miraculously opened, and who now

witnessed this seemingly intelligent response of a machine, the result

must have seemed mystifying enough; and, indeed, for us also, when we

consider how relatively crude was the mechanical knowledge of the time,

this must seem nothing less than marvellous. As in imagination we walk

up to the sacred tank, drop our drachma in the slot, and hold our hand

for the spurt of holy-water, can we realize that this is the land of the

Pharaohs, not England or America; that the kingdom of the Ptolemies is

still at its height; that the republic of Rome is mistress of the world;

that all Europe north of the Alps is inhabited solely by barbarians;

that Cleopatra and Julius Caesar are yet unborn; that the Christian era

has not yet begun? Truly, it seems as if there could be no new thing

under the sun.

X. SCIENCE OF THE ROMAN PERIOD

We have seen that the third century B.C. was a time when Alexandrian

science was at its height, but that the second century produced also in

Hipparchus at least one investigator of the very first rank; though, to

be sure, Hipparchus can be called an Alexandrian only by courtesy.

In the ensuing generations the Greek capital at the mouth of the

Nile continued to hold its place as the centre of scientific and

philosophical thought. The kingdom of the Ptolemies still flourished

with at least the outward appearances of its old-time glory, and a

company of grammarians and commentators of no small merit could always

be found in the service of the famous museum and library; but the whole

aspect of world-history was rapidly changing. Greece, after her brief

day of political supremacy, was sinking rapidly into desuetude, and

the hard-headed Roman in the West was making himself master everywhere.

While Hipparchus of Rhodes was in his prime, Corinth, the last

stronghold of the main-land of Greece, had fallen before the prowess

of the Roman, and the kingdom of the Ptolemies, though still nominally

free, had begun to come within the sphere of Roman influence.

Just what share these political changes had in changing the aspect of

Greek thought is a question regarding which difference of opinion might

easily prevail; but there can be no question that, for one reason or

another, the Alexandrian school as a creative centre went into a rapid

decline at about the time of the Roman rise to world-power. There are

some distinguished names, but, as a general rule, the spirit of the

times is reminiscent rather than creative; the workers tend to collate

the researches of their predecessors rather than to make new and

original researches for themselves. Eratosthenes, the inventive

world-measurer, was succeeded by Strabo, the industrious collator of

facts; Aristarchus and Hipparchus, the originators of new astronomical

methods, were succeeded by Ptolemy, the perfecter of their methods and

the systematizer of their knowledge. Meanwhile, in the West, Rome

never became a true culture-centre. The great genius of the Roman was

political; the Augustan Age produced a few great historians and poets,

but not a single great philosopher or creative devotee of science.

Cicero, Lucian, Seneca, Marcus Aurelius, give us at best a reflection

of Greek philosophy. Pliny, the one world-famous name in the scientific

annals of Rome, can lay claim to no higher credit than that of a

marvellously industrious collector of facts--the compiler of an

encyclopaedia which contains not one creative touch.

All in all, then, this epoch of Roman domination is one that need detain

the historian of science but a brief moment. With the culmination of

Greek effort in the so-called Hellenistic period we have seen ancient

science at its climax. The Roman period is but a time of transition,

marking, as it were, a plateau on the slope between those earlier

heights and the deep, dark valleys of the Middle Ages. Yet we cannot

quite disregard the efforts of such workers as those we have just named.

Let us take a more specific glance at their accomplishments.

STRABO THE GEOGRAPHER

The earliest of these workers in point of time is Strabo. This most

famous of ancient geographers was born in Amasia, Pontus, about 63 B.C.,

and lived to the year 24 A.D., living, therefore, in the age of Caesar

and Augustus, during which the final transformation in the political

position of the kingdom of Egypt was effected. The name of Strabo in a

modified form has become popularized through a curious circumstance.

The geographer, it appears, was afflicted with a peculiar squint of the

eyes, hence the name strabismus, which the modern oculist applies to

that particular infirmity.

Fortunately, the great geographer has not been forced to depend upon

hearsay evidence for recognition. His comprehensive work on geography

has been preserved in its entirety, being one of the few expansive

classical writings of which this is true. The other writings of Strabo,

however, including certain histories of which reports have come down to

us, are entirely lost. The geography is in many ways a remarkable book.

It is not, however, a work in which any important new principles are

involved. Rather is it typical of its age in that it is an elaborate

compilation and a critical review of the labors of Strabo's

predecessors. Doubtless it contains a vast deal of new information as

to the details of geography--precise areas and distance, questions

of geographical locations as to latitude and zones, and the like.

But however important these details may have been from a contemporary

stand-point, they, of course, can have nothing more than historical

interest to posterity. The value of the work from our present

stand-point is chiefly due to the criticisms which Strabo passes

upon his forerunners, and to the incidental historical and scientific

references with which his work abounds. Being written in this closing

period of ancient progress, and summarizing, as it does, in full detail

the geographical knowledge of the time, it serves as an important

guide-mark for the student of the progress of scientific thought. We

cannot do better than briefly to follow Strabo in his estimates and

criticisms of the work of his predecessors, taking note thus of the

point of view from which he himself looked out upon the world. We shall

thus gain a clear idea as to the state of scientific geography towards

the close of the classical epoch.

"If the scientific investigation of any subject be the proper avocation

of the philosopher," says Strabo, "geography, the science of which we

propose to treat, is certainly entitled to a high place; and this is

evident from many considerations. They who first undertook to handle

the matter were distinguished men. Homer, Anaximander the Milesian,

and Hecaeus (his fellow-citizen according to Eratosthenes), Democritus,

Eudoxus, Dicaearchus, and Ephorus, with many others, and after these,

Eratosthenes, Polybius, and Posidonius, all of them philosophers. Nor

is the great learning through which alone this subject can be approached

possessed by any but a person acquainted with both human and divine

things, and these attainments constitute what is called philosophy. In

addition to its vast importance in regard to social life and the art of

government, geography unfolds to us a celestial phenomena, acquaints us

with the occupants of the land and ocean, and the vegetation, fruits,

and peculiarities of the various quarters of the earth, a knowledge of

which marks him who cultivates it as a man earnest in the great problem

of life and happiness."

Strabo goes on to say that in common with other critics, including

Hipparchus, he regards Homer as the first great geographer. He has much

to say on the geographical knowledge of the bard, but this need not

detain us. We are chiefly concerned with his comment upon his more

recent predecessors, beginning with Eratosthenes. The constant reference

to this worker shows the important position which he held. Strabo

appears neither as detractor nor as partisan, but as one who earnestly

desires the truth. Sometimes he seems captious in his criticisms

regarding some detail, nor is he always correct in his emendations

of the labors of others; but, on the whole, his work is marked by an

evident attempt at fairness. In reading his book, however, one is forced

to the conclusion that Strabo is an investigator of details, not an

original thinker. He seems more concerned with precise measurements than

with questionings as to the open problems of his science. Whatever

he accepts, then, may be taken as virtually the stock doctrine of the

period.

"As the size of the earth," he says, "has been demonstrated by other

writers, we shall here take for granted and receive as accurate what

they have advanced. We shall also assume that the earth is spheroidal,

that its surface is likewise spheroidal and, above all, that bodies

have a tendency towards its centre, which latter point is clear to

the perception of the most average understanding. However, we may show

summarily that the earth is spheroidal, from the consideration that

all things, however distant, tend to its centre, and that every body is

attracted towards its centre by gravity. This is more distinctly proved

from observations of the sea and sky, for here the evidence of the

senses and common observation is alone requisite. The convexity of the

sea is a further proof of this to those who have sailed, for they cannot

perceive lights at a distance when placed at the same level as their

eyes, and if raised on high they at once become perceptible to vision

though at the same time farther removed. So when the eye is raised it

sees what before was utterly imperceptible. Homer speaks of this when he

says:

"'Lifted up on the vast wave he quickly beheld afar.'

"Sailors as they approach their destination behold the shore continually

raising itself to their view, and objects which had at first seemed low

begin to lift themselves. Our gnomons, also, are, among other things,

evidence of the revolution of the heavenly bodies, and common-sense

at once shows us that if the depth of the earth were infinite such a

revolution could not take place."(1)

Elsewhere Strabo criticises Eratosthenes for having entered into a long

discussion as to the form of the earth. This matter, Strabo thinks,

"should have been disposed of in the compass of a few words." Obviously

this doctrine of the globe's sphericity had, in the course of 600 years,

become so firmly established among the Greek thinkers as to seem almost

axiomatic. We shall see later on how the Western world made a curious

recession from this seemingly secure position under stimulus of an

Oriental misconception. As to the size of the globe, Strabo is disposed

to accept without particular comment the measurements of Eratosthenes.

He speaks, however, of "more recent measurements," referring in

particular to that adopted by Posidonius, according to which the

circumference is only about one hundred and eighty thousand stadia.

Posidonius, we may note in passing, was a contemporary and friend

of Cicero, and hence lived shortly before the time of Strabo. His

measurement of the earth was based on observations of a star which

barely rose above the southern horizon at Rhodes as compared with the

height of the same star when observed at Alexandria. This measurement

of Posidonius, together with the even more famous measurement of

Eratosthenes, appears to have been practically the sole guide as to

the size of the earth throughout the later periods of antiquity, and,

indeed, until the later Middle Ages.

As becomes a writer who is primarily geographer and historian rather

than astronomer, Strabo shows a much keener interest in the habitable

portions of the globe than in the globe as a whole. He assures us that

this habitable portion of the earth is a great island, "since wherever

men have approached the termination of the land, the sea, which we

designate ocean, has been met with, and reason assures us of the

similarity of this place which our senses have not been tempted to

survey." He points out that whereas sailors have not circumnavigated the

globe, that they had not been prevented from doing so by any continent,

and it seems to him altogether unlikely that the Atlantic Ocean is

divided into two seas by narrow isthmuses so placed as to prevent

circumnavigation. "How much more probable that it is confluent and

uninterrupted. This theory," he adds, "goes better with the ebb and flow

of the ocean. Moreover (and here his reasoning becomes more fanciful),

the greater the amount of moisture surrounding the earth, the easier

would the heavenly bodies be supplied with vapor from thence." Yet he is

disposed to believe, following Plato, that the tradition "concerning

the island of Atlantos might be received as something more than idle

fiction, it having been related by Solon, on the authority of the

Egyptian priests, that this island, almost as large as a continent, was

formerly in existence although now it had disappeared."(2)

In a word, then, Strabo entertains no doubt whatever that it would

be possible to sail around the globe from Spain to India. Indeed, so

matter-of-fact an inference was this that the feat of Columbus would

have seemed less surprising in the first century of our era than it did

when actually performed in the fifteenth century. The terrors of the

great ocean held the mariner back, rather than any doubt as to where he

would arrive at the end of the voyage.

Coupled with the idea that the habitable portion of the earth is an

island, there was linked a tolerably definite notion as to the shape

of this island. This shape Strabo likens to a military cloak. The

comparison does not seem peculiarly apt when we are told presently that

the length of the habitable earth is more than twice its breadth. This

idea, Strabo assures us, accords with the most accurate observations

"both ancient and modern." These observations seemed to show that it is

not possible to live in the region close to the equator, and that, on

the other hand, the cold temperature sharply limits the habitability of

the globe towards the north. All the civilization of antiquity clustered

about the Mediterranean, or extended off towards the east at about the

same latitude. Hence geographers came to think of the habitable globe as

having the somewhat lenticular shape which a crude map of these regions

suggests. We have already had occasion to see that at an earlier day

Anaxagoras was perhaps influenced in his conception of the shape of the

earth by this idea, and the constant references of Strabo impress upon

us the thought that this long, relatively narrow area of the earth's

surface is the only one which can be conceived of as habitable.

Strabo had much to tell us concerning zones, which, following

Posidonius, he believes to have been first described by Parmenides. We

may note, however, that other traditions assert that both Thales

and Pythagoras had divided the earth into zones. The number of zones

accepted by Strabo is five, and he criticises Polybius for making

the number six. The five zones accepted by Strabo are as follows: the

uninhabitable torrid zone lying in the region of the equator; a zone

on either side of this extending to the tropic; and then the temperate

zones extending in either direction from the tropic to the arctic

regions. There seems to have been a good deal of dispute among the

scholars of the time as to the exact arrangement of these zones, but the

general idea that the north-temperate zone is the part of the earth

with which the geographer deals seemed clearly established. That the

south-temperate zone would also present a habitable area is an idea that

is sometimes suggested, though seldom or never distinctly expressed. It

is probable that different opinions were held as to this, and no direct

evidence being available, a cautiously scientific geographer like Strabo

would naturally avoid the expression of an opinion regarding it. Indeed,

his own words leave us somewhat in doubt as to the precise character of

his notion regarding the zones. Perhaps we shall do best to quote them:

"Let the earth be supposed to consist of five zones. (1) The equatorial

circle described around it. (2) Another parallel to this, and defining

the frigid zone of the northern hemisphere. (3) A circle passing through

the poles and cutting the two preceding circles at right-angles. The

northern hemisphere contains two quarters of the earth, which are

bounded by the equator and circle passing through the poles. Each of

these quarters should be supposed to contain a four-sided district,

its northern side being of one-half of the parallel next the pole, its

southern by the half of the equator, and its remaining sides by two

segments of the circle drawn through the poles, opposite to each

other, and equal in length. In one of these (which of them is of no

consequence) the earth which we inhabit is situated, surrounded by a sea

and similar to an island. This, as we said before, is evident both to

our senses and to our reason. But let any one doubt this, it makes no

difference so far as geography is concerned whether you believe the

portion of the earth which we inhabit to be an island or only admit what

we know from experience--namely, that whether you start from the east

or the west you may sail all around it. Certain intermediate spaces may

have been left (unexplored), but these are as likely to be occupied by

sea as uninhabited land. The object of the geographer is to describe

known countries. Those which are unknown he passes over equally with

those beyond the limits of the inhabited earth. It will, therefore,

be sufficient for describing the contour of the island we have been

speaking of, if we join by a right line the outmost points which, up

to this time, have been explored by voyagers along the coast on either

side."(3)

We may pass over the specific criticisms of Strabo upon various

explorations that seem to have been of great interest to his

contemporaries, including an alleged trip of one Eudoxus out into

the Atlantic, and the journeyings of Pytheas in the far north. It is

Pytheas, we may add, who was cited by Hipparchus as having made the

mistaken observation that the length of the shadow of the gnomon is the

same at Marseilles and Byzantium, hence that these two places are on the

same parallel. Modern commentators have defended Pytheas as regards this

observation, claiming that it was Hipparchus and not Pytheas who made

the second observation from which the faulty induction was drawn. The

point is of no great significance, however, except as showing that a

correct method of determining the problems of latitude had thus early

been suggested. That faulty observations and faulty application of the

correct principle should have been made is not surprising. Neither need

we concern ourselves with the details as to the geographical distances,

which Strabo found so worthy of criticism and controversy. But in

leaving the great geographer we may emphasize his point of view and that

of his contemporaries by quoting three fundamental principles which

he reiterates as being among the "facts established by natural

philosophers." He tells us that "(1) The earth and heavens are

spheroidal. (2) The tendency of all bodies having weight is towards

a centre. (3) Further, the earth being spheroidal and having the same

centre as the heavens, is motionless, as well as the axis that passes

through both it and the heavens. The heavens turn round both the earth

and its axis, from east to west. The fixed stars turn round with it at

the same rate as the whole. These fixed stars follow in their course

parallel circles, the principal of which are the equator, two tropics,

and the arctic circles; while the planets, the sun, and the moon

describe certain circles comprehended within the zodiac."(4)

Here, then, is a curious mingling of truth and error. The Pythagorean

doctrine that the earth is round had become a commonplace, but it would

appear that the theory of Aristarchus, according to which the earth is

in motion, has been almost absolutely forgotten. Strabo does not so much

as refer to it; neither, as we shall see, is it treated with greater

respect by the other writers of the period.

TWO FAMOUS EXPOSITORS--PLINY AND PTOLEMY

While Strabo was pursuing his geographical studies at Alexandria, a

young man came to Rome who was destined to make his name more widely

known in scientific annals than that of any other Latin writer of

antiquity. This man was Plinius Secundus, who, to distinguish him from

his nephew, a famous writer in another field, is usually spoken of as

Pliny the Elder. There is a famous story to the effect that the great

Roman historian Livy on one occasion addressed a casual associate in the

amphitheatre at Rome, and on learning that the stranger hailed from the

outlying Spanish province of the empire, remarked to him, "Yet you

have doubtless heard of my writings even there." "Then," replied the

stranger, "you must be either Livy or Pliny."

The anecdote illustrates the wide fame which the Roman naturalist

achieved in his own day. And the records of the Middle Ages show that

this popularity did not abate in succeeding times. Indeed, the Natural

History of Pliny is one of the comparatively few bulky writings of

antiquity that the efforts of copyists have preserved to us almost

entire. It is, indeed, a remarkable work and eminently typical of its

time; but its author was an industrious compiler, not a creative genius.

As a monument of industry it has seldom been equalled, and in this

regard it seems the more remarkable inasmuch as Pliny was a practical

man of affairs who occupied most of his life as a soldier fighting the

battles of the empire. He compiled his book in the leisure hours stolen

from sleep, often writing by the light of the camp-fire. Yet he cites

or quotes from about four thousand works, most of which are known to

us only by his references. Doubtless Pliny added much through his own

observations. We know how keen was his desire to investigate, since he

lost his life through attempting to approach the crater of Vesuvius

on the occasion of that memorable eruption which buried the cities of

Herculaneum and Pompeii.

Doubtless the wandering life of the soldier had given Pliny abundant

opportunity for personal observation in his favorite fields of botany

and zoology. But the records of his own observations are so intermingled

with knowledge drawn from books that it is difficult to distinguish

the one from the other. Nor does this greatly matter, for whether as

closet-student or field-naturalist, Pliny's trait of mind is essentially

that of the compiler. He was no philosophical thinker, no generalizer,

no path-maker in science. He lived at the close of a great progressive

epoch of thought; in one of those static periods when numberless

observers piled up an immense mass of details which might advantageously

be sorted into a kind of encyclopaedia. Such an encyclopaedia is the

so-called Natural History of Pliny. It is a vast jumble of more or

less uncritical statements regarding almost every field of contemporary

knowledge. The descriptions of animals and plants predominate, but the

work as a whole would have been immensely improved had the compiler

shown a more critical spirit. As it is, he seems rather disposed to

quote any interesting citation that he comes across in his omnivorous

readings, shielding himself behind an equivocal "it is said," or "so and

so alleges." A single illustration will suffice to show what manner of

thing is thought worthy of repetition.

"It is asserted," he says, "that if the fish called a sea-star is

smeared with the fox's blood and then nailed to the upper lintel of the

door, or to the door itself, with a copper nail, no noxious spell will

be able to obtain admittance, or, at all events, be productive of any

ill effects."

It is easily comprehensible that a work fortified with such practical

details as this should have gained wide popularity. Doubtless the

natural histories of our own day would find readier sale were they to

pander to various superstitions not altogether different from that here

suggested. The man, for example, who believes that to have a black cat

cross his path is a lucky omen would naturally find himself attracted

by a book which took account of this and similar important details

of natural history. Perhaps, therefore, it was its inclusion of

absurdities, quite as much as its legitimate value, that gave vogue to

the celebrated work of Pliny. But be that as it may, the most famous

scientist of Rome must be remembered as a popular writer rather than as

an experimental worker. In the history of the promulgation of scientific

knowledge his work is important; in the history of scientific principles

it may virtually be disregarded.

PTOLEMY, THE LAST GREAT ASTRONOMER OF ANTIQUITY

Almost the same thing may be said of Ptolemy, an even more celebrated

writer, who was born not very long after the death of Pliny. The exact

dates of Ptolemy's life are not known, but his recorded observations

extend to the year 151 A.D. He was a working astronomer, and he made

at least one original discovery of some significance--namely, the

observation of a hitherto unrecorded irregularity of the moon's motion,

which came to be spoken of as the moon's evection. This consists of

periodical aberrations from the moon's regular motion in its orbit,

which, as we now know, are due to the gravitation pull of the sun, but

which remained unexplained until the time of Newton. Ptolemy also

made original observations as to the motions of the planets. He is,

therefore, entitled to a respectable place as an observing astronomer;

but his chief fame rests on his writings.

His great works have to do with geography and astronomy. In the former

field he makes an advance upon Strabo, citing the latitude of no fewer

than five thousand places. In the field of astronomy, his great service

was to have made known to the world the labors of Hipparchus. Ptolemy

has been accused of taking the star-chart of his great predecessor

without due credit, and indeed it seems difficult to clear him of

this charge. Yet it is at least open to doubt whether he intended any

impropriety, inasmuch as he all along is sedulous in his references to

his predecessor. Indeed, his work might almost be called an exposition

of the astronomical doctrines of Hipparchus. No one pretends that

Ptolemy is to be compared with the Rhodesian observer as an original

investigator, but as a popular expounder his superiority is evidenced

in the fact that the writings of Ptolemy became practically the sole

astronomical text-book of the Middle Ages both in the East and in the

West, while the writings of Hipparchus were allowed to perish.

The most noted of all the writings of Ptolemy is the work which became

famous under the Arabic name of Almagest. This word is curiously

derived from the Greek title (gr h megisth suntazis), "the greatest

construction," a name given the book to distinguish it from a work on

astrology in four books by the same author. For convenience of reference

it came to be spoken of merely as (gr h megisth), from which the Arabs

form the title Tabair al Magisthi, under which title the book was

published in the year 827. From this it derived the word Almagest,

by which Ptolemy's work continued to be known among the Arabs, and

subsequently among Europeans when the book again became known in the

West. Ptolemy's book, as has been said, is virtually an elaboration

of the doctrines of Hipparchus. It assumes that the earth is the fixed

centre of the solar system, and that the stars and planets revolve about

it in twenty-four hours, the earth being, of course, spherical. It was

not to be expected that Ptolemy should have adopted the heliocentric

idea of Aristarchus. Yet it is much to be regretted that he failed to do

so, since the deference which was accorded his authority throughout the

Middle Ages would doubtless have been extended in some measure at

least to this theory as well, had he championed it. Contrariwise, his

unqualified acceptance of the geocentric doctrine sufficed to place that

doctrine beyond the range of challenge.

The Almagest treats of all manner of astronomical problems, but the

feature of it which gained it widest celebrity was perhaps that which

has to do with eccentrics and epicycles. This theory was, of course, but

an elaboration of the ideas of Hipparchus; but, owing to the celebrity

of the expositor, it has come to be spoken of as the theory of Ptolemy.

We have sufficiently detailed the theory in speaking of Hipparchus. It

should be explained, however, that, with both Hipparchus and Ptolemy,

the theory of epicycles would appear to have been held rather as a

working hypothesis than as a certainty, so far as the actuality of

the minor spheres or epicycles is concerned. That is to say, these

astronomers probably did not conceive either the epicycles or the

greater spheres as constituting actual solid substances. Subsequent

generations, however, put this interpretation upon the theory,

conceiving the various spheres as actual crystalline bodies. It is

difficult to imagine just how the various epicycles were supposed to

revolve without interfering with the major spheres, but perhaps this is

no greater difficulty than is presented by the alleged properties of

the ether, which physicists of to-day accept as at least a working

hypothesis. We shall see later on how firmly the conception of

concentric crystalline spheres was held to, and that no real challenge

was ever given that theory until the discovery was made that comets

have an orbit that must necessarily intersect the spheres of the various

planets.

Ptolemy's system of geography in eight books, founded on that of Marinus

of Tyre, was scarcely less celebrated throughout the Middle Ages than

the Almagest. It contained little, however, that need concern us here,

being rather an elaboration of the doctrines to which we have already

sufficiently referred. None of Ptolemy's original manuscripts has come

down to us, but there is an alleged fifth-century manuscript attributed

to Agathadamon of Alexandria which has peculiar interest because it

contains a series of twenty-seven elaborately colored maps that are

supposed to be derived from maps drawn up by Ptolemy himself. In these

maps the sea is colored green, the mountains red or dark yellow, and the

land white. Ptolemy assumed that a degree at the equator was 500 stadia

instead of 604 stadia in length. We are not informed as to the grounds

on which this assumption was made, but it has been suggested that the

error was at least partially instrumental in leading to one very

curious result. "Taking the parallel of Rhodes," says Donaldson,(5) "he

calculated the longitudes from the Fortunate Islands to Cattigara or the

west coast of Borneo at 180 degrees, conceiving this to be one-half the

circumference of the globe. The real distance is only 125 degrees or

127 degrees, so that his measurement is wrong by one third of the whole,

one-sixth for the error in the measurement of a degree and one-sixth for

the errors in measuring the distance geometrically. These errors, owing

to the authority attributed to the geography of Ptolemy in the Middle

Ages, produced a consequence of the greatest importance. They really led

to the discovery of America. For the design of Columbus to sail from the

west of Europe to the east of Asia was founded on the supposition that

the distance was less by one third than it really was." This view is

perhaps a trifle fanciful, since there is nothing to suggest that the

courage of Columbus would have balked at the greater distance, and since

the protests of the sailors, which nearly thwarted his efforts, were

made long before the distance as estimated by Ptolemy had been covered;

nevertheless it is interesting to recall that the great geographical

doctrines, upon which Columbus must chiefly have based his arguments,

had been before the world in an authoritative form practically unheeded

for more than twelve hundred years, awaiting a champion with courage

enough to put them to the test.

GALEN--THE LAST GREAT ALEXANDRIAN

There is one other field of scientific investigation to which we must

give brief attention before leaving the antique world. This is the field

of physiology and medicine. In considering it we shall have to do

with the very last great scientist of the Alexandrian school. This was

Claudius Galenus, commonly known as Galen, a man whose fame was destined

to eclipse that of all other physicians of antiquity except Hippocrates,

and whose doctrines were to have the same force in their field

throughout the Middle Ages that the doctrines of Aristotle had for

physical science. But before we take up Galen's specific labors, it will

be well to inquire briefly as to the state of medical art and science in

the Roman world at the time when the last great physician of antiquity

came upon the scene.

The Romans, it would appear, had done little in the way of scientific

discoveries in the field of medicine, but, nevertheless, with their

practicality of mind, they had turned to better account many more of

the scientific discoveries of the Greeks than did the discoverers

themselves. The practising physicians in early Rome were mostly men of

Greek origin, who came to the capital after the overthrow of the Greeks

by the Romans. Many of them were slaves, as earning money by either

bodily or mental labor was considered beneath the dignity of a Roman

citizen. The wealthy Romans, who owned large estates and numerous

slaves, were in the habit of purchasing some of these slave doctors, and

thus saving medical fees by having them attend to the health of their

families.

By the beginning of the Christian era medicine as a profession had

sadly degenerated, and in place of a class of physicians who practised

medicine along rational or legitimate lines, in the footsteps of the

great Hippocrates, there appeared great numbers of "specialists," most

of them charlatans, who pretended to possess supernatural insight in the

methods of treating certain forms of disease. These physicians rightly

earned the contempt of the better class of Romans, and were made the

object of many attacks by the satirists of the time. Such specialists

travelled about from place to place in much the same manner as the

itinerant "Indian doctors" and "lightning tooth-extractors" do to-day.

Eye-doctors seem to have been particularly numerous, and these were

divided into two classes, eye-surgeons and eye-doctors proper. The

eye-surgeon performed such operations as cauterizing for ingrowing

eyelashes and operating upon growths about the eyes; while the

eye-doctors depended entirely upon salves and lotions. These eye-salves

were frequently stamped with the seal of the physician who compounded

them, something like two hundred of these seals being still in

existence. There were besides these quacks, however, reputable

eye-doctors who must have possessed considerable skill in the treatment

of certain ophthalmias. Among some Roman surgical instruments discovered

at Rheims were found also some drugs employed by ophthalmic surgeons,

and an analysis of these show that they contained, among other

ingredients, some that are still employed in the treatment of certain

affections of the eye.

One of the first steps taken in recognition of the services of

physicians was by Julius Caesar, who granted citizenship to all

physicians practising in Rome. This was about fifty years before the

Christian era, and from that time on there was a gradual improvement

in the attitude of the Romans towards the members of the medical

profession. As the Romans degenerated from a race of sturdy warriors and

became more and more depraved physically, the necessity for physicians

made itself more evident. Court physicians, and physicians-in-ordinary,

were created by the emperors, as were also city and district physicians.

In the year 133 A.D. Hadrian granted immunity from taxes and military

service to physicians in recognition of their public services.

The city and district physicians, known as the archiatri populaires,

treated and cared for the poor without remuneration, having a position

and salary fixed by law and paid them semi-annually. These were

honorable positions, and the archiatri were obliged to give instruction

in medicine, without pay, to the poor students. They were allowed to

receive fees and donations from their patients, but not, however,

until the danger from the malady was past. Special laws were enacted to

protect them, and any person subjecting them to an insult was liable to

a fine "not exceeding one thousand pounds."

An example of Roman practicality is shown in the method of treating

hemorrhage, as described by Aulus Cornelius Celsus (53 B.C. to 7 A.D.).

Hippocrates and Hippocratic writers treated hemorrhage by application of

cold, pressure, styptics, and sometimes by actual cauterizing; but they

knew nothing of the simple method of stopping a hemorrhage by a ligature

tied around the bleeding vessel. Celsus not only recommended tying the

end of the injured vessel, but describes the method of applying two

ligatures before the artery is divided by the surgeon--a common practice

among surgeons at the present time. The cut is made between these two,

and thus hemorrhage is avoided from either end of the divided vessel.

Another Roman surgeon, Heliodorus, not only describes the use of

the ligature in stopping hemorrhage, but also the practice of

torsion--twisting smaller vessels, which causes their lining membrane to

contract in a manner that produces coagulation and stops hemorrhage. It

is remarkable that so simple and practical a method as the use of the

ligature in stopping hemorrhage could have gone out of use, once it had

been discovered; but during the Middle Ages it was almost entirely lost

sight of, and was not reintroduced until the time of Ambroise Pare, in

the sixteenth century.

Even at a very early period the Romans recognized the advantage of

surgical methods on the field of battle. Each soldier was supplied with

bandages, and was probably instructed in applying them, something in the

same manner as is done now in all modern armies. The Romans also made

use of military hospitals and had established a rude but very practical

field-ambulance service. "In every troop or bandon of two or four

hundred men, eight or ten stout fellows were deputed to ride immediately

behind the fighting-line to pick up and rescue the wounded, for which

purpose their saddles had two stirrups on the left side, while they

themselves were provided with water-flasks, and perhaps applied

temporary bandages. They were encouraged by a reward of a piece of gold

for each man they rescued. 'Noscomi' were male nurses attached to the

military hospitals, but not inscribed 'on strength' of the legions, and

were probably for the most part of the servile class."(6)

From the time of the early Alexandrians, Herophilus and Erasistratus,

whose work we have already examined, there had been various anatomists

of some importance in the Alexandrian school, though none quite equal to

these earlier workers. The best-known names are those of Celsus (of

whom we have already spoken), who continued the work of anatomical

investigation, and Marinus, who lived during the reign of Nero,

and Rufus of Ephesus. Probably all of these would have been better

remembered by succeeding generations had their efforts not been eclipsed

by those of Galen. This greatest of ancient anatomists was born at

Pergamus of Greek parents. His father, Nicon, was an architect and a man

of considerable ability. Until his fifteenth year the youthful Galen was

instructed at home, chiefly by his father; but after that time he was

placed under suitable teachers for instruction in the philosophical

systems in vogue at that period. Shortly after this, however, the

superstitious Nicon, following the interpretations of a dream, decided

that his son should take up the study of medicine, and placed him under

the instruction of several learned physicians.

Galen was a tireless worker, making long tours into Asia Minor and

Palestine to improve himself in pharmacology, and studying anatomy

for some time at Alexandria. He appears to have been full of the

superstitions of the age, however, and early in his career made

an extended tour into western Asia in search of the chimerical

"jet-stone"--a stone possessing the peculiar qualities of "burning with

a bituminous odor and supposed to possess great potency in curing such

diseases as epilepsy, hysteria, and gout."

By the time he had reached his twenty-eighth year he had perfected his

education in medicine and returned to his home in Pergamus. Even at

that time he had acquired considerable fame as a surgeon, and his

fellow-citizens showed their confidence in his ability by choosing him

as surgeon to the wounded gladiators shortly after his return to his

native city. In these duties his knowledge of anatomy aided him

greatly, and he is said to have healed certain kinds of wounds that had

previously baffled the surgeons.

In the time of Galen dissections of the human body were forbidden by

law, and he was obliged to confine himself to dissections of the lower

animals. He had the advantage, however, of the anatomical works of

Herophilus and Erasistratus, and he must have depended upon them in

perfecting his comparison between the anatomy of men and the

lower animals. It is possible that he did make human dissections

surreptitiously, but of this we have no proof.

He was familiar with the complicated structure of the bones of the

cranium. He described the vertebrae clearly, divided them into groups,

and named them after the manner of anatomists of to-day. He was less

accurate in his description of the muscles, although a large number

of these were described by him. Like all anatomists before the time of

Harvey, he had a very erroneous conception of the circulation, although

he understood that the heart was an organ for the propulsion of blood,

and he showed that the arteries of the living animals did not contain

air alone, as was taught by many anatomists. He knew, also, that

the heart was made up of layers of fibres that ran in certain fixed

directions--that is, longitudinal, transverse, and oblique; but he did

not recognize the heart as a muscular organ. In proof of this he pointed

out that all muscles require rest, and as the heart did not rest it

could not be composed of muscular tissue.

Many of his physiological experiments were conducted upon scientific

principles. Thus he proved that certain muscles were under the control

of definite sets of nerves by cutting these nerves in living animals,

and observing that the muscles supplied by them were rendered useless.

He pointed out also that nerves have no power in themselves, but merely

conduct impulses to and from the brain and spinal-cord. He turned this

peculiar knowledge to account in the case of a celebrated sophist,

Pausanias, who had been under the treatment of various physicians for

a numbness in the fourth and fifth fingers of his left hand. These

physicians had been treating this condition by applications of poultices

to the hand itself. Galen, being called in consultation, pointed out

that the injury was probably not in the hand itself, but in the ulner

nerve, which controls sensation in the fourth and fifth fingers.

Surmising that the nerve must have been injured in some way, he made

careful inquiries of the patient, who recalled that he had been thrown

from his chariot some time before, striking and injuring his back.

Acting upon this information, Galen applied stimulating remedies to the

source of the nerve itself--that is, to the bundle of nerve-trunks known

as the brachial plexus, in the shoulder. To the surprise and confusion

of his fellow-physicians, this method of treatment proved effective and

the patient recovered completely in a short time.

Although the functions of the organs in the chest were not well

understood by Galen, he was well acquainted with their anatomy. He knew

that the lungs were covered by thin membrane, and that the heart was

surrounded by a sac of very similar tissue. He made constant comparisons

also between these organs in different animals, as his dissections were

performed upon beasts ranging in size from a mouse to an elephant. The

minuteness of his observations is shown by the fact that he had noted

and described the ring of bone found in the hearts of certain animals,

such as the horse, although not found in the human heart or in most

animals.

His description of the abdominal organs was in general accurate. He

had noted that the abdominal cavity was lined with a peculiar saclike

membrane, the peritoneum, which also surrounded most of the organs

contained in the cavity, and he made special note that this membrane

also enveloped the liver in a peculiar manner. The exactness of the last

observation seems the more wonderful when we reflect that even to-day

the medical, student finds a correct understanding of the position

of the folds of the peritoneum one of the most difficult subjects in

anatomy.

As a practical physician he was held in the highest esteem by the

Romans. The Emperor Marcus Aurelius called him to Rome and appointed

him physician-inordinary to his son Commodus, and on special occasions

Marcus Aurelius himself called in Galen as his medical adviser. On

one occasion, the three army surgeons in attendance upon the emperor

declared that he was about to be attacked by a fever. Galen relates

how "on special command I felt his pulse, and finding it quite normal,

considering his age and the time of day, I declared it was no fever

but a digestive disorder, due to the food he had eaten, which must be

converted into phlegm before being excreted. Then the emperor repeated

three times, 'That's the very thing,' and asked what was to be done. I

answered that I usually gave a glass of wine with pepper sprinkled

on it, but for you kings we only use the safest remedies, and it will

suffice to apply wool soaked in hot nard ointment locally. The emperor

ordered the wool, wine, etc., to be brought, and I left the room. His

feet were warmed by rubbing with hot hands, and after drinking the

peppered wine, he said to Pitholaus (his son's tutor), 'We have only one

doctor, and that an honest one,' and went on to describe me as the first

of physicians and the only philosopher, for he had tried many before who

were not only lovers of money, but also contentious, ambitious, envious,

and malignant."(7)

It will be seen from this that Galen had a full appreciation of his own

abilities as a physician, but inasmuch as succeeding generations for

a thousand years concurred in the alleged statement made by Marcus

Aurelius as to his ability, he is perhaps excusable for his open avowal

of his belief in his powers. His faith in his accuracy in diagnosis and

prognosis was shown when a colleague once said to him, "I have used the

prognostics of Hippocrates as well as you. Why can I not prognosticate

as well as you?" To this Galen replied, "By God's help I have never been

deceived in my prognosis."(8) It is probable that this statement was

made in the heat of argument, and it is hardly to be supposed that he

meant it literally.

His systems of treatment were far in advance of his theories regarding

the functions of organs, causes of disease, etc., and some of them are

still first principles with physicians. Like Hippocrates, he laid great

stress on correct diet, exercise, and reliance upon nature. "Nature is

the overseer by whom health is supplied to the sick," he says. "Nature

lends her aid on all sides, she decides and cures diseases. No one can

be saved unless nature conquers the disease, and no one dies unless

nature succumbs."

From the picture thus drawn of Galen as an anatomist and physician, one

might infer that he should rank very high as a scientific exponent of

medicine, even in comparison with modern physicians. There is, however,

another side to the picture. His knowledge of anatomy was certainly

very considerable, but many of his deductions and theories as to the

functions of organs, the cause of diseases, and his methods of treating

them, would be recognized as absurd by a modern school-boy of average

intelligence. His greatness must be judged in comparison with

ancient, not with modern, scientists. He maintained, for example, that

respiration and the pulse-beat were for one and the same purpose--that

of the reception of air into the arteries of the body. To him the act of

breathing was for the purpose of admitting air into the lungs, whence it

found its way into the heart, and from there was distributed throughout

the body by means of the arteries. The skin also played an important

part in supplying the body with air, the pores absorbing the air and

distributing it through the arteries. But, as we know that he was

aware of the fact that the arteries also contained blood, he must have

believed that these vessels contained a mixture of the two.

Modern anatomists know that the heart is divided into two approximately

equal parts by an impermeable septum of tough fibres. Yet, Galen, who

dissected the hearts of a vast number of the lower animals according to

his own account, maintained that this septum was permeable, and that the

air, entering one side of the heart from the lungs, passed through it

into the opposite side and was then transferred to the arteries.

He was equally at fault, although perhaps more excusably so, in his

explanation of the action of the nerves. He had rightly pointed out that

nerves were merely connections between the brain and spinal-cord and

distant muscles and organs, and had recognized that there were two kinds

of nerves, but his explanation of the action of these nerves was

that "nervous spirits" were carried to the cavities of the brain by

blood-vessels, and from there transmitted through the body along the

nerve-trunks.

In the human skull, overlying the nasal cavity, there are two thin

plates of bone perforated with numerous small apertures. These apertures

allow the passage of numerous nerve-filaments which extend from a group

of cells in the brain to the delicate membranes in the nasal cavity.

These perforations in the bone, therefore, are simply to allow the

passage of the nerves. But Galen gave a very different explanation. He

believed that impure "animal spirits" were carried to the cavities of

the brain by the arteries in the neck and from there were sifted out

through these perforated bones, and so expelled from the body.

He had observed that the skin played an important part in cooling the

body, but he seems to have believed that the heart was equally active

in overheating it. The skin, therefore, absorbed air for the purpose of

"cooling the heart," and this cooling process was aided by the brain,

whose secretions aided also in the cooling process. The heart itself was

the seat of courage; the brain the seat of the rational soul; and the

liver the seat of love.

The greatness of Galen's teachings lay in his knowledge of anatomy of

the organs; his weakness was in his interpretations of their functions.

Unfortunately, succeeding generations of physicians for something like a

thousand years rejected the former but clung to the latter, so that the

advances he had made were completely overshadowed by the mistakes of his

teachings.

XI. A RETROSPECTIVE GLANCE AT CLASSICAL SCIENCE

It is a favorite tenet of the modern historian that history is a

continuous stream. The contention has fullest warrant. Sharp lines of

demarcation are an evidence of man's analytical propensity rather than

the work of nature. Nevertheless it would be absurd to deny that the

stream of history presents an ever-varying current. There are times

when it seems to rush rapidly on; times when it spreads out into a

broad--seemingly static--current; times when its catastrophic changes

remind us of nothing but a gigantic cataract. Rapids and whirlpools,

broad estuaries and tumultuous cataracts are indeed part of the same

stream, but they are parts that vary one from another in their salient

features in such a way as to force the mind to classify them as things

apart and give them individual names.

So it is with the stream of history; however strongly we insist on its

continuity we are none the less forced to recognize its periodicity. It

may not be desirable to fix on specific dates as turning-points to the

extent that our predecessors were wont to do. We may not, for example,

be disposed to admit that the Roman Empire came to any such cataclysmic

finish as the year 476 A.D., when cited in connection with the overthrow

of the last Roman Empire of the West, might seem to indicate. But, on

the other hand, no student of the period can fail to realize that a

great change came over the aspect of the historical stream towards the

close of the Roman epoch.

The span from Thales to Galen has compassed about eight hundred

years--let us say thirty generations. Throughout this period there

is scarcely a generation that has not produced great scientific

thinkers--men who have put their mark upon the progress of civilization;

but we shall see, as we look forward for a corresponding period, that

the ensuing thirty generations produced scarcely a single scientific

thinker of the first rank. Eight hundred years of intellectual

activity--thirty generations of greatness; then eight hundred years of

stasis--thirty generations of mediocrity; such seems to be the record

as viewed in perspective. Doubtless it seemed far different to the

contemporary observer; it is only in reasonable perspective that any

scene can be viewed fairly. But for us, looking back without prejudice

across the stage of years, it seems indisputable that a great epoch came

to a close at about the time when the barbarian nations of Europe began

to sweep down into Greece and Italy. We are forced to feel that we have

reached the limits of progress of what historians are pleased to call

the ancient world. For about eight hundred years Greek thought has been

dominant, but in the ensuing period it is to play a quite subordinate

part, except in so far as it influences the thought of an alien race. As

we leave this classical epoch, then, we may well recapitulate in brief

its triumphs. A few words will suffice to summarize a story the details

of which have made up our recent chapters.

In the field of cosmology, Greek genius has demonstrated that the earth

is spheroidal, that the moon is earthlike in structure and much smaller

than our globe, and that the sun is vastly larger and many times more

distant than the moon. The actual size of the earth and the angle of its

axis with the ecliptic have been measured with approximate accuracy.

It has been shown that the sun and moon present inequalities of motion

which may be theoretically explained by supposing that the earth is not

situated precisely at the centre of their orbits. A system of eccentrics

and epicycles has been elaborated which serves to explain the apparent

motions of the heavenly bodies in a manner that may be called scientific

even though it is based, as we now know, upon a false hypothesis. The

true hypothesis, which places the sun at the centre of the planetary

system and postulates the orbital and axial motions of our earth in

explanation of the motions of the heavenly bodies, has been put forward

and ardently championed, but, unfortunately, is not accepted by the

dominant thinkers at the close of our epoch. In this regard, therefore,

a vast revolutionary work remains for the thinkers of a later period.

Moreover, such observations as the precession of the equinoxes and the

moon's evection are as yet unexplained, and measurements of the earth's

size, and of the sun's size and distance, are so crude and imperfect as

to be in one case only an approximation, and in the other an absurdly

inadequate suggestion. But with all these defects, the total achievement

of the Greek astronomers is stupendous. To have clearly grasped the idea

that the earth is round is in itself an achievement that marks off the

classical from the Oriental period as by a great gulf.

In the physical sciences we have seen at least the beginnings of great

things. Dynamics and hydrostatics may now, for the first time, claim a

place among the sciences. Geometry has been perfected and trigonometry

has made a sure beginning. The conception that there are four elementary

substances, earth, water, air, and fire, may not appear a secure

foundation for chemistry, yet it marks at least an attempt in the right

direction. Similarly, the conception that all matter is made up of

indivisible particles and that these have adjusted themselves and are

perhaps held in place by a whirling motion, while it is scarcely more

than a scientific dream, is, after all, a dream of marvellous insight.

In the field of biological science progress has not been so marked, yet

the elaborate garnering of facts regarding anatomy, physiology, and

the zoological sciences is at least a valuable preparation for the

generalizations of a later time.

If with a map before us we glance at the portion of the globe which was

known to the workers of the period now in question, bearing in mind

at the same time what we have learned as to the seat of labors of the

various great scientific thinkers from Thales to Galen, we cannot fail

to be struck with a rather startling fact, intimations of which have

been given from time to time--the fact, namely, that most of the great

Greek thinkers did not live in Greece itself. As our eye falls upon Asia

Minor and its outlying islands, we reflect that here were born such men

as Thales, Anaximander, Anaximenes, Heraclitus, Pythagoras, Anaxagoras,

Socrates, Aristarchus, Hipparchus, Eudoxus, Philolaus, and Galen.

From the northern shores of the aegean came Lucippus, Democritus,

and Aristotle. Italy, off to the west, is the home of Pythagoras and

Xenophanes in their later years, and of Parmenides and Empedocles, Zeno,

and Archimedes. Northern Africa can claim, by birth or by adoption,

such names as Euclid, Apollonius of Perga, Herophilus, Erasistratus,

Aristippus, Eratosthenes, Ctesibius, Hero, Strabo, and Ptolemy. This is

but running over the list of great men whose discoveries have claimed

our attention. Were we to extend the list to include a host of workers

of the second rank, we should but emphasize the same fact.

All along we are speaking of Greeks, or, as they call themselves,

Hellenes, and we mean by these words the people whose home was a small

jagged peninsula jutting into the Mediterranean at the southeastern

extremity of Europe. We think of this peninsula as the home of Greek

culture, yet of all the great thinkers we have just named, not one was

born on this peninsula, and perhaps not one in five ever set foot upon

it. In point of fact, one Greek thinker of the very first rank, and one

only, was born in Greece proper; that one, however, was Plato, perhaps

the greatest of them all. With this one brilliant exception (and even he

was born of parents who came from the provinces), all the great thinkers

of Greece had their origin at the circumference rather than the centre

of the empire. And if we reflect that this circumference of the Greek

world was in the nature of the case the widely circling region in which

the Greek came in contact with other nations, we shall see at once that

there could be no more striking illustration in all history than that

furnished us here of the value of racial mingling as a stimulus to

intellectual progress.

But there is one other feature of the matter that must not be

overlooked. Racial mingling gives vitality, but to produce the best

effect the mingling must be that of races all of which are at a

relatively high plane of civilization. In Asia Minor the Greek mingled

with the Semite, who had the heritage of centuries of culture; and in

Italy with the Umbrians, Oscans, and Etruscans, who, little as we know

of their antecedents, have left us monuments to testify to their high

development. The chief reason why the racial mingling of a later day did

not avail at once to give new life to Roman thought was that the races

which swept down from the north were barbarians. It was no more possible

that they should spring to the heights of classical culture than it

would, for example, be possible in two or three generations to produce a

racer from a stock of draught horses. Evolution does not proceed by

such vaults as this would imply. Celt, Goth, Hun, and Slav must undergo

progressive development for many generations before the population of

northern Europe can catch step with the classical Greek and prepare to

march forward. That, perhaps, is one reason why we come to a period of

stasis or retrogression when the time of classical activity is over.

But, at best, it is only one reason of several.

The influence of the barbarian nations will claim further attention as

we proceed. But now, for the moment, we must turn our eyes in the other

direction and give attention to certain phases of Greek and of Oriental

thought which were destined to play a most important part in the

development of the Western mind--a more important part, indeed, in the

early mediaeval period than that played by those important inductions of

science which have chiefly claimed our attention in recent chapters.

The subject in question is the old familiar one of false inductions or

pseudoscience. In dealing with the early development of thought and with

Oriental science, we had occasion to emphasize the fact that such false

inductions led everywhere to the prevalence of superstition. In dealing

with Greek science, we have largely ignored this subject, confining

attention chiefly to the progressive phases of thought; but it must

not be inferred from this that Greek science, with all its secure

inductions, was entirely free from superstition. On the contrary, the

most casual acquaintance with Greek literature would suffice to show the

incorrectness of such a supposition. True, the great thinkers of Greece

were probably freer from this thraldom of false inductions than any

of their predecessors. Even at a very early day such men as Xenophanes,

Empedocles, Anaxagoras, and Plato attained to a singularly rationalistic

conception of the universe.

We saw that "the father of medicine," Hippocrates, banished demonology

and conceived disease as due to natural causes. At a slightly later day

the sophists challenged all knowledge, and Pyrrhonism became a synonym

for scepticism in recognition of the leadership of a master doubter.

The entire school of Alexandrians must have been relatively free from

superstition, else they could not have reasoned with such effective

logicality from their observations of nature. It is almost inconceivable

that men like Euclid and Archimedes, and Aristarchus and Eratosthenes,

and Hipparchus and Hero, could have been the victims of such illusions

regarding occult forces of nature as were constantly postulated by

Oriental science. Herophilus and Erasistratus and Galen would hardly

have pursued their anatomical studies with equanimity had they believed

that ghostly apparitions watched over living and dead alike, and

exercised at will a malign influence.

Doubtless the Egyptian of the period considered the work, of the

Ptolemaic anatomists an unspeakable profanation, and, indeed, it was

nothing less than revolutionary--so revolutionary that it could not be

sustained in subsequent generations. We have seen that the great Galen,

at Rome, five centuries after the time of Herophilus, was prohibited

from dissecting the human subject. The fact speaks volumes for the

attitude of the Roman mind towards science. Vast audiences made up

of every stratum of society thronged the amphitheatre, and watched

exultingly while man slew his fellow-man in single or in multiple

combat. Shouts of frenzied joy burst from a hundred thousand throats

when the death-stroke was given to a new victim. The bodies of the

slain, by scores, even by hundreds, were dragged ruthlessly from the

arena and hurled into a ditch as contemptuously as if pity were

yet unborn and human life the merest bauble. Yet the same eyes that

witnessed these scenes with ecstatic approval would have been averted

in pious horror had an anatomist dared to approach one of the mutilated

bodies with the scalpel of science. It was sport to see the blade of the

gladiator enter the quivering, living flesh of his fellow-gladiator; it

was joy to see the warm blood spurt forth from the writhing victim while

he still lived; but it were sacrilegious to approach that body with the

knife of the anatomist, once it had ceased to pulsate with life. Life

itself was held utterly in contempt, but about the realm of death

hovered the threatening ghosts of superstition. And such, be it

understood, was the attitude of the Roman populace in the early and the

most brilliant epoch of the empire, before the Western world came

under the influence of that Oriental philosophy which was presently to

encompass it.

In this regard the Alexandrian world was, as just intimated, far more

advanced than the Roman, yet even there we must suppose that the leaders

of thought were widely at variance with the popular conceptions. A few

illustrations, drawn from Greek literature at various ages, will suggest

the popular attitude. In the first instance, consider the poems of Homer

and of Hesiod. For these writers, and doubtless for the vast majority

of their readers, not merely of their own but of many subsequent

generations, the world is peopled with a multitude of invisible

apparitions, which, under title of gods, are held to dominate the

affairs of man. It is sometimes difficult to discriminate as to where

the Greek imagination drew the line between fact and allegory; nor need

we attempt to analyse the early poetic narratives to this end. It will

better serve our present purpose to cite three or four instances which

illustrate the tangibility of beliefs based upon pseudo-scientific

inductions.

Let us cite, for example, the account which Herodotus gives us of the

actions of the Greeks at Plataea, when their army confronted the remnant

of the army of Xerxes, in the year 479 B.C. Here we see each side

hesitating to attack the other, merely because the oracle had declared

that whichever side struck the first blow would lose the conflict. Even

after the Persian soldiers, who seemingly were a jot less superstitious

or a shade more impatient than their opponents, had begun the attack,

we are told that the Greeks dared not respond at first, though they

were falling before the javelins of the enemy, because, forsooth, the

entrails of a fowl did not present an auspicious appearance. And these

were Greeks of the same generation with Empedocles and Anaxagoras and

aeschylus; of the same epoch with Pericles and Sophocles and Euripides

and Phidias. Such was the scientific status of the average mind--nay, of

the best minds--with here and there a rare exception, in the golden age

of Grecian culture.

Were we to follow down the pages of Greek history, we should but repeat

the same story over and over. We should, for example, see Alexander

the Great balked at the banks of the Hyphasis, and forced to turn back

because of inauspicious auguries based as before upon the dissection of

a fowl. Alexander himself, to be sure, would have scorned the augury;

had he been the prey of such petty superstitions he would never have

conquered Asia. We know how he compelled the oracle at Delphi to yield

to his wishes; how he cut the Gordian knot; how he made his dominating

personality felt at the temple of Ammon in Egypt. We know, in a word,

that he yielded to superstitions only in so far as they served his

purpose. Left to his own devices, he would not have consulted an oracle

at the banks of the Hyphasis; or, consulting, would have forced from the

oracle a favorable answer. But his subordinates were mutinous and he

had no choice. Suffice it for our present purpose that the oracle was

consulted, and that its answer turned the conqueror back.

One or two instances from Roman history may complete the picture.

Passing over all those mythical narratives which virtually constitute

the early history of Rome, as preserved to us by such historians as Livy

and Dionysius, we find so logical an historian as Tacitus recording a

miraculous achievement of Vespasian without adverse comment. "During

the months when Vespasian was waiting at Alexandria for the periodical

season of the summer winds, and a safe navigation, many miracles

occurred by which the favor of Heaven and a sort of bias in the powers

above towards Vespasian were manifested." Tacitus then describes in

detail the cure of various maladies by the emperor, and relates that

the emperor on visiting a temple was met there, in the spirit, by a

prominent Egyptian who was proved to be at the same time some eighty

miles distant from Alexandria.

It must be admitted that Tacitus, in relating that Vespasian caused the

blind to see and the lame to walk, qualifies his narrative by asserting

that "persons who are present attest the truth of the transaction when

there is nothing to be gained by falsehood." Nor must we overlook the

fact that a similar belief in the power of royalty has persisted almost

to our own day. But no such savor of scepticism attaches to a narrative

which Dion Cassius gives us of an incident in the life of Marcus

Aurelius--an incident that has become famous as the episode of The

Thundering Legion. Xiphilinus has preserved the account of Dion, adding

certain picturesque interpretations of his own. The original narrative,

as cited, asserts that during one of the northern campaigns of Marcus

Aurelius, the emperor and his army were surrounded by the hostile Quadi,

who had every advantage of position and who presently ceased hostilities

in the hope that heat and thirst would deliver their adversaries into

their hands without the trouble of further fighting. "Now," says Dion,

"while the Romans, unable either to combat or to retreat, and reduced to

the last extremity by wounds, fatigue, heat, and thirst, were standing

helplessly at their posts, clouds suddenly gathered in great number and

rain descended in floods--certainly not without divine intervention,

since the Egyptian Maege Arnulphis, who was with Marcus Antoninus, is

said to have invoked several genii by the aerial mercury by enchantment,

and thus through them had brought down rain."

Here, it will be observed, a supernatural explanation is given of a

natural phenomenon. But the narrator does not stop with this. If we are

to accept the account of Xiphilinus, Dion brings forward some striking

proofs of divine interference. Xiphilinus gives these proofs in the

following remarkable paragraph:

"Dion adds that when the rain began to fall every soldier lifted his

head towards heaven to receive the water in his mouth; but afterwards

others hold out their shields or their helmets to catch the water for

themselves and for their horses. Being set upon by the barbarians...

while occupied in drinking, they would have been seriously incommoded

had not heavy hail and numerous thunderbolts thrown consternation into

the ranks of the enemy. Fire and water were seen to mingle as they left

the heavens. The fire, however, did not reach the Romans, but if it did

by chance touch one of them it was immediately extinguished, while at

the same time the rain, instead of comforting the barbarians, seemed

merely to excite like oil the fire with which they were being consumed.

Some barbarians inflicted wounds upon themselves as though their blood

had power to extinguish flames, while many rushed over to the side of

the Romans, hoping that there water might save them."

We cannot better complete these illustrations of pagan credulity than by

adding the comment of Xiphilinus himself. That writer was a Christian,

living some generations later than Dion. He never thought of questioning

the facts, but he felt that Dion's interpretation of these facts must

not go unchallenged. As he interprets the matter, it was no pagan

magician that wrought the miracle. He even inclines to the belief that

Dion himself was aware that Christian interference, and not that of an

Egyptian, saved the day. "Dion knew," he declares, "that there existed

a legion called The Thundering Legion, which name was given it for no

other reason than for what came to pass in this war," and that this

legion was composed of soldiers from Militene who were all professed

Christians. "During the battle," continues Xiphilinus, "the chief of the

Pretonians, had set at Marcus Antoninus, who was in great perplexity at

the turn events were taking, representing to him that there was nothing

the people called Christians could not obtain by their prayers, and

that among his forces was a troop composed wholly of followers of that

religion. Rejoiced at this news, Marcus Antoninus demanded of these

soldiers that they should pray to their god, who granted their petition

on the instant, sent lightning among the enemy and consoled the Romans

with rain. Struck by this wonderful success, the emperor honored the

Christians in an edict and named their legion The Thundering. It is even

asserted that a letter existed by Marcus Antoninus on this subject.

The pagans well knew that the company was called The Thunderers, having

attested the fact themselves, but they revealed nothing of the occasion

on which the leader received the name."(1)

Peculiar interest attaches to this narrative as illustrating both

credulousness as to matters of fact and pseudo-scientific explanation

of alleged facts. The modern interpreter may suppose that a violent

thunderstorm came up during the course of a battle between the Romans

and the so-called barbarians, and that owing to the local character of

the storm, or a chance discharge of lightning, the barbarians

suffered more than their opponents. We may well question whether the

philosophical emperor himself put any other interpretation than this

upon the incident. But, on the other hand, we need not doubt that the

major part of his soldiers would very readily accept such an explanation

as that given by Dion Cassius, just as most readers of a few centuries

later would accept the explanation of Xiphilinus. It is well to bear

this thought in mind in considering the static period of science upon

which we are entering. We shall perhaps best understand this period, and

its seeming retrogressions, if we suppose that the average man of the

Middle Ages was no more credulous, no more superstitious, than the

average Roman of an earlier period or than the average Greek; though the

precise complexion of his credulity had changed under the influence of

Oriental ideas, as we have just seen illustrated by the narrative of

Xiphilinus.

APPENDIX

REFERENCE LIST, NOTES, AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES

CHAPTER I. PREHISTORIC SCIENCE

Length of the Prehistoric Period.--It is of course quite impossible to

reduce the prehistoric period to any definite number of years. There

are, however, numerous bits of evidence that enable an anthropologist to

make rough estimates as to the relative lengths of the different periods

into which prehistoric time is divided. Gabriel de Mortillet, one of the

most industrious students of prehistoric archaeology, ventured to give

a tentative estimate as to the numbers of years involved in each

period. He of course claimed for this nothing more than the value of a

scientific guess. It is, however, a guess based on a very careful study

of all data at present available. Mortillet divides the prehistoric

period, as a whole, into four epochs. The first of these is the

preglacial, which he estimates as comprising seventy-eight thousand

years; the second is the glacial, covering one hundred thousand years;

then follows what he terms the Solutreen, which numbers eleven thousand

years; and, finally, the Magdalenien, comprising thirty-three thousand

years. This gives, for the prehistoric period proper, a term of about

two hundred and twenty-two thousand years. Add to this perhaps twelve

thousand years ushering in the civilization of Egypt, and the six

thousand years of stable, sure chronology of the historical period, and

we have something like two hundred and thirty thousand or two hundred

and forty thousand years as the age of man.

"These figures," says Mortillet, "are certainly not exaggerated. It is

even probable that they are below the truth. Constantly new discoveries

are being made that tend to remove farther back the date of man's

appearance." We see, then, according to this estimate, that about a

quarter of a million years have elapsed since man evolved to a state

that could properly be called human. This guess is as good as another,

and it may advantageously be kept in mind, as it will enable us all

along to understand better than we might otherwise be able to do the

tremendous force of certain prejudices and preconceptions which recent

man inherited from his prehistoric ancestor. Ideas which had passed

current as unquestioned truths for one hundred thousand years or so are

not easily cast aside.

In going back, in imagination, to the beginning of the prehistoric

period, we must of course reflect, in accordance with modern ideas on

the subject, that there was no year, no millennium even, when it could

be said expressly: "This being was hitherto a primate, he is now a man."

The transition period must have been enormously long, and the changes

from generation to generation, even from century to century, must have

been very slight. In speaking of the extent of the age of man this must

be borne in mind: it must be recalled that, even if the period were not

vague for other reasons, the vagueness of its beginning must make it

indeterminate.

Bibliographical Notes.--A great mass of literature has been produced in

recent years dealing with various phases of the history of prehistoric

man. No single work known to the writer deals comprehensively with the

scientific attainments of early man; indeed, the subject is usually

ignored, except where practical phases of the mechanical arts are

in question. But of course any attempt to consider the condition of

primitive man talies into account, by inference at least, his knowledge

and attainments. Therefore, most works on anthropology, ethnology, and

primitive culture may be expected to throw some light on our present

subject. Works dealing with the social and mental conditions of existing

savages are also of importance, since it is now an accepted belief that

the ancestors of civilized races evolved along similar lines and passed

through corresponding stages of nascent culture. Herbert Spencer's

Descriptive Sociology presents an unequalled mass of facts regarding

existing primitive races, but, unfortunately, its inartistic method

of arrangement makes it repellent to the general reader. E. B. Tyler's

Primitive Culture and Anthropology; Lord Avebury's Prehistoric Times,

The Origin of Civilization, and The Primitive Condition of Man; W.

Boyd Dawkin's Cave-Hunting and Early Man in Britain; and Edward Clodd's

Childhood of the World and Story of Primitive Man are deservedly

popular. Paul Topinard's Elements d'Anthropologie Generale is one of the

best-known and most comprehensive French works on the technical phases

of anthropology; but Mortillet's Le Prehistorique has a more popular

interest, owing to its chapters on primitive industries, though this

work also contains much that is rather technical. Among periodicals, the

Revue de l'Ecole d'Anthropologie de Paris, published by the professors,

treats of all phases of anthropology, and the American Anthropologist,

edited by F. W. Hodge for the American Anthropological Association, and

intended as "a medium of communication between students of all branches

of anthropology," contains much that is of interest from the present

stand-point. The last-named journal devotes a good deal of space to

Indian languages.

A History of Science — Volume 1 · 第 1 / 11 章